20.10.2014 Views

Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP

Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP

Rehabilitation and Expansion of the Existing Wastewater ... - UNDP

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

Palestinian National Authority<br />

Ministry Of Local Government<br />

Jenin Municipality<br />

<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong><br />

<strong>Wastewater</strong> Treatment Plant in Jenin City<br />

VOLUME III: TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

FINAL<br />

September 2007<br />

This Project is funded by KfW


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Table <strong>of</strong> Contents<br />

A- Scope <strong>of</strong> Work<br />

1. Study Area .......................................................................................................................................... ii<br />

2. Recommended Réhabilitation <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Mesures ..................................................................... ii<br />

3. Implementation <strong>of</strong> Works .................................................................................................................. vi<br />

4. Summary <strong>of</strong> Geotechnical Survey .................................................................................................... viii<br />

B- Technical Specifications – Civil Works<br />

1. General Conditions ............................................................................................................................. 8<br />

2. Excavation <strong>and</strong> Earthworks .............................................................................................................. 13<br />

3. Concrete Work ................................................................................................................................. 17<br />

4. Block Work ...................................................................................................................................... 32<br />

5. Ro<strong>of</strong>ing ............................................................................................................................................. 35<br />

6. Plaster Work ..................................................................................................................................... 38<br />

7. Wall <strong>and</strong> Floor Tiling Works ........................................................................................................... 44<br />

8. Carpentry <strong>and</strong> Joinery ...................................................................................................................... 50<br />

9. Ironmongery .................................................................................................................................... 54<br />

10.Metal Works ................................................................................................................................... 56<br />

11. Painting And Décoration ................................................................................................................ 59<br />

12. Asphalt Works ................................................................................................................................ 64<br />

C- Technical Specifications – Mechanical Works<br />

1.General Conditions <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations…………………………………………………... .. 76<br />

2. Mechanical Cleaned Bar Screens…………………………………………………………………..87<br />

3. Screening Compactor………………………………………………………………………………92<br />

4. Grit Collection Equipment………………………………………...……………………… ………99<br />

5. Aeration Basin <strong>and</strong> Aeration Equipment ....................................................................................... 109<br />

6. Submersible Portable Pumps .......................................................................................................... 111<br />

7. Sluice Gates, Slide Gates, <strong>and</strong> Shear Gates .................................................................................... 113<br />

8. Sewer Pipe Installation <strong>and</strong> Testing ............................................................................................... 119<br />

9. Laboratory Equipment & Supplies…………………....…………………………………….…….124<br />

10. Fuel Oil Storage Tanks…………………………………………………………………………..128<br />

11. Flow Measuring Device……………………………..……………………………………......….134<br />

12. Air Blower System……………………………………………………………………………… 136<br />

13. Reinforced Concrete Cylinder Pipe…………………………………………………………….. 140<br />

D- Technical Specifications – Electrical Works<br />

1. General Specifications ................................................................................................................... 144<br />

2. Conduit <strong>and</strong> Fittings ....................................................................................................................... 147<br />

3. Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables ............................................................................................................................ 148<br />

4. Wiring Devices ............................................................................................................................... 149<br />

5. Electrical Distribution Boards ........................................................................................................ 151<br />

6. Grounding (Earthing System) ........................................................................................................ 153<br />

7. Emergency Power Supply .............................................................................................................. 154<br />

8. Low Voltage AC Induction Motors……………………………………………………...156<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

i<br />

Table <strong>of</strong> Contents


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong><br />

WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Summary on Modified BOQ for <strong>the</strong><br />

Implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Recommended <strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>Expansion</strong> Works<br />

Brief<br />

In executing <strong>the</strong> recommended rehabilitation <strong>and</strong> expansion works <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

existing WWTP in Jenin City, <strong>the</strong> continuity <strong>of</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> non-rehabilitated<br />

parts shall continue until <strong>the</strong> head works, <strong>the</strong> two aerated lagoons, <strong>the</strong><br />

stabilization pond, <strong>the</strong> Septage discharge points, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipes to be replaced<br />

are installed.<br />

To guarantee <strong>the</strong> continuity <strong>of</strong> work, three phases were put so that rehabilitation<br />

works will start in early stage while <strong>the</strong> second <strong>and</strong> third will cover <strong>the</strong><br />

commencing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> expansion stage <strong>and</strong> l<strong>and</strong>scaping.<br />

As per Client’s request dated February 22, 2008, <strong>the</strong> BOQ was modified to<br />

include <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> first <strong>and</strong> second phase. The third phase will<br />

be implemented in a later stage. In preparing <strong>the</strong> modified BOQ <strong>the</strong><br />

following was considered;<br />

• Second train <strong>of</strong> new Aerated lagoons <strong>and</strong> stabilization pond was<br />

eliminated<br />

• Chlorination basins <strong>and</strong> dosing system were eliminated<br />

• Concrete works for <strong>the</strong> re-embankment <strong>of</strong> existing pond <strong>and</strong><br />

embankment <strong>of</strong> new Pond 1 was replaced with basecoarse layers to<br />

achieve <strong>the</strong> required bottom levels.<br />

• 1.5 mm thick HDPE liner is applied for existing <strong>and</strong> new pond.<br />

• Wall around existing <strong>and</strong> new pond was eliminated<br />

• Road works was eliminated.<br />

• Total number <strong>of</strong> aerators was reduced from 18 to 10.<br />

The following construction items were considered as provisions:<br />

• RC Wall around existing <strong>and</strong> new pond for both C15 <strong>and</strong> C30 concrete<br />

works<br />

• RC Re embankment <strong>of</strong> existing pond <strong>and</strong> embankment <strong>of</strong> new pond 1<br />

• Riprap along wadi<br />

• Road works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 1<br />

GENERAL CONDITIONS<br />

1-1 General<br />

These specifications are to specify <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> materials, level <strong>of</strong> workmanship, <strong>and</strong> methods to be<br />

followed <strong>and</strong> respected in <strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin<br />

City that owned by Ministry <strong>of</strong> Local Government- Jenin Municipality- Palestine.<br />

1-2 Drawings<br />

The contractor shall be provided with a list <strong>of</strong> drawings included in this bid. All expenses borned by<br />

<strong>the</strong> contractor, to execute <strong>the</strong> conditions included in this section, on <strong>the</strong> contractor own cost <strong>and</strong> his<br />

unit rates in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantity shall be deemed to include all costs <strong>and</strong> expenses.<br />

In case <strong>the</strong> contractor asks for additional copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project drawings, he shall be provided with <strong>the</strong><br />

copy at a cost <strong>of</strong> (…..….) EUR, payable to <strong>the</strong> municipality <strong>of</strong> Jenin.<br />

1-3 Bidding Documents<br />

The bidding documents complete each o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> to consider <strong>the</strong> case which gives <strong>the</strong> higher quality in<br />

executing as <strong>the</strong> Engineers decides. The contractor is to consider this when he prices <strong>the</strong> bills.<br />

The contractor who participates in <strong>the</strong> bed must returns all bedding document, drawings <strong>and</strong> addenda<br />

including <strong>the</strong> pre-bed meeting, signed <strong>and</strong> stamped from his behalf. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t return any<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se documents with his <strong>of</strong>fer, <strong>the</strong> bedding committee has <strong>the</strong> right to reject his <strong>of</strong>fer.<br />

1-4 Shop Drawings<br />

If during executing <strong>the</strong> works or before, <strong>the</strong> Engineer found that <strong>the</strong> contractor needs shop drawings to<br />

execute a certain task, <strong>the</strong> contractor must prepare <strong>the</strong>se drawings <strong>and</strong> submit it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for<br />

approval. The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to instruct <strong>the</strong> contractor at any time to submit shop drawings,<br />

which <strong>the</strong> Engineer consider necessary for executing a certain task. The contractor is to abide by this<br />

instruction <strong>and</strong> don’t proceed with <strong>the</strong> task before <strong>the</strong> Engineer approves <strong>the</strong> shop drawings.<br />

The shop drawings must be fully detailed with a suitable scale <strong>and</strong> unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified be<br />

submitted in four copies.<br />

The Engineer shall within reasonable time from receiving <strong>the</strong> shop drawings approve <strong>the</strong> drawings. If<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer return <strong>the</strong> drawings with notes, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall adjust <strong>the</strong> drawings as instructed by<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> resubmit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval <strong>and</strong> he must point out <strong>the</strong> adjustment made to<br />

<strong>the</strong> first drawing according to st<strong>and</strong>ard procedure.<br />

1-5 As – Built Drawings<br />

The contractor, at his own cost, shall adjust <strong>the</strong> drawing copies with him as necessary during execution<br />

<strong>of</strong> works. The contractor is required to obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval on <strong>the</strong>se adjustments. When <strong>the</strong><br />

contractor h<strong>and</strong>s over <strong>the</strong> works, he shall prepare a new set <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drawings for <strong>the</strong> project as executed<br />

with all adjustments (if any) <strong>and</strong> submit it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval. When <strong>the</strong> Engineer approves<br />

<strong>the</strong> As-Built drawings <strong>the</strong> contractor shall submit one calc copy <strong>and</strong> two copies <strong>and</strong> one computer<br />

diskette copy (prepared for AutoCAD 14 or 2000) written on it <strong>the</strong> project name <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> phrase<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

8<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

‏.”المخططات آما تم تنفيذها “ AS – BUILT DRAWINGS<br />

The final payment to <strong>the</strong> contractor shall be paid according to <strong>the</strong> works actually executed as recorded<br />

in <strong>the</strong> AS-BUILT drawings mentioned above.<br />

1-6 Scaffolding<br />

The contractor shall provide. Erect <strong>and</strong> maintain <strong>the</strong> needed scaffoldings to execute <strong>the</strong> works <strong>of</strong> this<br />

project. Upon completion <strong>the</strong> contractor shall remove <strong>the</strong>m. The contractor is to take all necessary<br />

safety measures related to <strong>the</strong>se scaffoldings <strong>and</strong> repair any damages caused by <strong>the</strong> scaffoldings to<br />

<strong>the</strong> permanent works during execution period.<br />

1-7 Protection Of Works<br />

The contractor, in <strong>the</strong> course <strong>of</strong> completing his obligation according to contract conditions, is to<br />

protect <strong>and</strong> maintain <strong>the</strong> existing borders <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> area (steel angles). In case <strong>the</strong>y are moved or removed,<br />

because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor usage <strong>of</strong> his equipment or any o<strong>the</strong>r reason, <strong>the</strong> contractor is return <strong>the</strong>se<br />

angles to its correct position as per <strong>the</strong> coordinate provided by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The contractor is to cover<br />

<strong>and</strong> protect <strong>the</strong> works from <strong>the</strong> climatic conditions or misuse or negligence … etc, by providing proper<br />

barrier, covers according to <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s approval. The contractor, at his own expenses, shall repair<br />

any damages to <strong>the</strong> works caused by his negligence, or not fulfilling his obligation, according to <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer’s instruction <strong>and</strong> satisfaction.<br />

1-8 Materials And Its Equivalent<br />

All materials <strong>and</strong> goods must be according to technical specification. The contractor is submit <strong>the</strong><br />

specification <strong>and</strong> description <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials that he intend to supply with all necessary information to<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer to investigate before supplying. These information include, but not limited to, trade<br />

name, manufacturer address <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor is to submit samples if asked by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Wherever a trade name or catalogue number to any material or any item <strong>of</strong> work in <strong>the</strong> specification or<br />

bills <strong>of</strong> quantities or drawings, this is necessary to specify <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> specification required. The<br />

contractor can suggest alternatives for <strong>the</strong>se materials provided it is with <strong>the</strong> same level <strong>of</strong><br />

specification, <strong>and</strong> to obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval.<br />

When alternative materials, o<strong>the</strong>r than mentioned in <strong>the</strong> contract, are approved <strong>and</strong> it was not in <strong>the</strong><br />

same level <strong>of</strong> specification, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to make suitable deduction to <strong>the</strong> unit rate <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong>se materials. No increase to <strong>the</strong> contractor prices should be made if better materials were provided<br />

(compared to <strong>the</strong> required specification).<br />

Wherever, in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantity or specification or drawings, a trade name is mentioned or materials<br />

known by its manufacturer company or distributing company or catalogue number, it is to be<br />

automatically understood that <strong>the</strong> required is <strong>the</strong>se materials or equivalent even if <strong>the</strong> phrase “or<br />

equivalent” is not mentioned.<br />

1-9 Samples<br />

The contractor must be always ready to submit samples for materials <strong>and</strong> workmanship according to<br />

Engineer’s instruction. The Engineer shall test <strong>and</strong> inspect <strong>the</strong>se samples to determine its compliance<br />

with <strong>the</strong> technical specification <strong>and</strong> contract documents. The contractor shall execute <strong>the</strong> works<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> accepted samples <strong>and</strong> following conditions: -<br />

1. The cost <strong>of</strong> all samples shall be borned by <strong>the</strong> contractor.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

9<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-10 Materials’ Testing<br />

2. The contractor is to submit samples before a reasonable time <strong>of</strong> starting <strong>the</strong> work to<br />

give <strong>the</strong> Engineer time to inspect <strong>the</strong> samples <strong>and</strong> make <strong>the</strong> required tests.<br />

3. The samples shall be submitted with a letter containing all <strong>the</strong> needed information to<br />

obtain <strong>the</strong> Engineers approval.<br />

4. The samples shall be kept at <strong>the</strong> Engineers <strong>of</strong>fice in <strong>the</strong> site.<br />

The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to ask <strong>the</strong> contractor to accompany <strong>the</strong> required materials with a testing<br />

certificate from <strong>the</strong> source ei<strong>the</strong>r from <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or a laboratory approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to test samples from any material supplied to <strong>the</strong> site, <strong>and</strong> whenever<br />

needed, ei<strong>the</strong>r in <strong>the</strong> lab specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer inside <strong>the</strong> country or outside. Any materials that<br />

don’t pass <strong>the</strong> test shall be rejected.<br />

The contractor is to make for <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> his assistants all necessary assistance <strong>and</strong> services to<br />

test <strong>the</strong> materials brought to site <strong>and</strong> taking samples <strong>and</strong> checking measurements <strong>and</strong> weighs <strong>and</strong><br />

provide on his own expenses whatever need from labor, tools, materials …etc.<br />

1-11 The Construction specified For The Use Of The Supervision Staff<br />

The cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fices for <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s use shall be included in <strong>the</strong> contractor’s prices in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong><br />

quantity as described in <strong>the</strong> tender documents <strong>and</strong> conditions “ Condition Of Contract - Part II<br />

(Special conditions).<br />

The contractor should complete constructing <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> inspectors <strong>of</strong>fices within 30 days <strong>of</strong><br />

receiving <strong>the</strong> order to start works, <strong>and</strong> during this period, <strong>the</strong> contractor must provide temporary<br />

movable <strong>of</strong>fices for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> supervision staff. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t provide <strong>the</strong><br />

above or didn’t provide <strong>the</strong> required services, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to deduct a penalty <strong>of</strong> EUR<br />

60/day for every day <strong>the</strong> contractor delays in providing <strong>the</strong> above. The Engineer shall also have <strong>the</strong><br />

right to provide <strong>the</strong>se services <strong>and</strong> needs on <strong>the</strong> contractor expenses. And all sums shall be deducted<br />

from <strong>the</strong> contractor payment <strong>and</strong> insurance whatever sum it reach.<br />

The contractor shall during <strong>the</strong> execution <strong>of</strong> works provides all <strong>the</strong> required services for <strong>the</strong> abovementioned<br />

<strong>of</strong>fices including maintenance, cleaning, keeping <strong>and</strong> guarding <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fices <strong>and</strong> its content at<br />

all times.<br />

The contractor shall be responsible for all <strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> needed services <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong><br />

inspectors <strong>of</strong>fices <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir maintenance including electricity, water, telephone, cleaning <strong>the</strong> sewage<br />

pit, providing drinking water <strong>and</strong> all needed papers, books, files, … for <strong>the</strong> works according to<br />

Engineer’s approval.<br />

The required <strong>of</strong>fices shall be erected in <strong>the</strong> place approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> shall stay during <strong>the</strong><br />

execution <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works.<br />

1-12 Temporary Construction For The Contractor’s Use<br />

The contractor must, from <strong>the</strong> day <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> order to start works, has an existence in <strong>the</strong> site in a movable<br />

or temporary <strong>of</strong>fice for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> his staff to receive <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s instruction when needed. The<br />

<strong>of</strong>fice shall be in <strong>the</strong> size suitable for <strong>the</strong> contractor’s needs <strong>and</strong> requirements <strong>and</strong> he must obtain <strong>the</strong><br />

prior approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer on this <strong>of</strong>fice.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

10<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The warehouses needed for <strong>the</strong> contractor use sufficient to store all construction materials needed for<br />

<strong>the</strong> project including equipment <strong>and</strong> tools. These warehouses must have all <strong>the</strong> conditions required to<br />

protect <strong>the</strong> materials from <strong>the</strong> environmental conditions.<br />

The contractor shall be responsible to guard <strong>and</strong> maintain all <strong>the</strong> above-mentioned temporary<br />

constructions that are used by <strong>the</strong> contractor. He shall also be responsible to provide <strong>the</strong> required<br />

services for <strong>the</strong>se constructions.<br />

The contractor shall bear all <strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> constructing <strong>the</strong>se temporary constructions.<br />

1-13 Removing The Temporary Constructions<br />

All temporary constructions for <strong>the</strong> contractor use shall be kept in all times in a good condition until<br />

all stages <strong>of</strong> works are completed <strong>and</strong> finally h<strong>and</strong>ed over. Afterwards, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall remove all<br />

<strong>the</strong>se constructions <strong>and</strong> its residuals <strong>and</strong> cleaning its locations properly so that <strong>the</strong>y leave no trace. If<br />

<strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t fulfill this obligation, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to execute <strong>the</strong>se tasks on <strong>the</strong><br />

contractor’s account <strong>and</strong> deduct all <strong>the</strong> expenses from <strong>the</strong> contractor’s payment <strong>and</strong> insurance with <strong>the</strong><br />

owner, whatever sum it reach without any legal procedure.<br />

1-14 Temporary And Permanent Services<br />

The contractor shall, at his own expense, redirect public services if exist (like electricity, water,) which<br />

he found during work <strong>and</strong> according to Engineer’s directions <strong>and</strong> approval. If existing services is<br />

connected to, related to, or related to <strong>the</strong> works, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall maintain <strong>and</strong> keep in place until<br />

h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> works.<br />

The contractor shall, on his own cost, repair any damages to <strong>the</strong> public services like telephone,<br />

electrical, sewage <strong>and</strong> water services for <strong>the</strong> concerned authorities or a third party.<br />

If <strong>the</strong> concerned authority or <strong>the</strong> third party decided to repair <strong>the</strong> damages by itself, or asking any <strong>of</strong><br />

its representatives to do so, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall born <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se repairs don by <strong>the</strong> concerned<br />

authority or <strong>the</strong> third party. The owner, according to <strong>the</strong> contract conditions, shall not be responsible<br />

for any claims for such actions.<br />

1-15 Contradiction In The Contract Documents<br />

The contract documents complete each o<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> in case <strong>of</strong> contradiction or ambiguity in <strong>the</strong> contract<br />

documents <strong>the</strong> contractor shall raise it to <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s attention. The Engineer shall make <strong>the</strong><br />

appropriate decision <strong>and</strong> inform <strong>the</strong> contractor. In case <strong>of</strong> contradiction or ambiguity, as mentioned<br />

above, <strong>the</strong> contractor price shall be as recorded in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantities. In case any material or work<br />

needed to execute <strong>the</strong> works is not mentioned in <strong>the</strong> bills <strong>of</strong> quantities, <strong>the</strong> contractor has to execute<br />

<strong>the</strong>se materials or works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir cost shall be deemed to be automatically included in <strong>the</strong> contractor’s<br />

price for <strong>the</strong> related item. The contractor has no right to claim any differences as a result <strong>of</strong> this.<br />

1-16 Site Meetings<br />

During executing <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> on periodical bases, site meetings shall be held every week or<br />

whenever needed for <strong>the</strong> purposes to coordinate <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> to be sure that it is properly executed<br />

according to contract conditions <strong>and</strong> technical specification. Minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> meetings shall be prepared<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Engineer or his representative <strong>and</strong> distributed to all parties <strong>and</strong> it shall be followed.<br />

The contractor shall present in <strong>the</strong> meeting detailed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works intended to be executed in <strong>the</strong> next<br />

week, which shall be discussed <strong>and</strong> proper instruction shall be given, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>se instructions <strong>and</strong><br />

approval issued in <strong>the</strong> meeting shall be followed by <strong>the</strong> contractor.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

11<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-17 Daily Reports<br />

The contractor shall submit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer (or his representative) a daily report containing <strong>the</strong><br />

required information on <strong>the</strong> labor (No’s & types), equipment <strong>and</strong> materials arrived to <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong><br />

works executed in that day.<br />

1-18 Photographs <strong>of</strong> Progress <strong>of</strong> Works<br />

The contractor at his own expense shall submit once a month, or as <strong>the</strong> Engineers find suitable,<br />

suitable number <strong>of</strong> colored photographs in three copies (size 10x15 cm) for <strong>the</strong> executed works or<br />

works under progress as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The original film negative <strong>and</strong> all copies shall be<br />

<strong>the</strong> ownership <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> owner, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> photos can’t be use without his approval.<br />

1-19 Work Schedule<br />

The contractor shall prepare (in 3 copies) <strong>and</strong> submit schedule <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work including all tasks <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

subcontractors any works in <strong>the</strong> contract condition. The contractor shall keep a copy in his site <strong>of</strong>fice<br />

<strong>and</strong> submit 2 copies to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The contractor has to make monthly (or as <strong>the</strong> Engineers see necessary) adjustment to <strong>the</strong> schedule<br />

according to site conditions <strong>and</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> works. Two copies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> revised schedule shall be<br />

submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-20 H<strong>and</strong>ing Over Works And Removing Residuals<br />

The contractor must h<strong>and</strong> over all works clean <strong>and</strong> insure removing all materials or construction<br />

residuals or rejected materials or remains in <strong>the</strong> site in general or in <strong>the</strong> buildings or nearby. The<br />

completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works as explained here shall be on <strong>the</strong> contractor’s expense <strong>and</strong> according to <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer’s approval. If <strong>the</strong> contractor didn’t fulfill this obligation, <strong>the</strong> Engineer has <strong>the</strong> right to<br />

execute <strong>the</strong>se works on <strong>the</strong> contractor expense <strong>and</strong> deduct it from <strong>the</strong> contractor payments or<br />

insurance.<br />

1-21 Measurement Of Works<br />

The Engineering measurement shall be made for all works; all openings <strong>and</strong> intersection shall be<br />

deducted. Actual net distances shall be calculated but not exceeding <strong>the</strong> measurement reported in <strong>the</strong><br />

drawings.<br />

1-21 Codes And St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

Where ever B.S. is mentioned it should be read as follows:-<br />

All building materials <strong>and</strong> equipment should be registered with an international recognized norm<br />

institution or correspond to an international recognized norm. The st<strong>and</strong>ards used shall be DIN, ISO,<br />

<strong>and</strong> B.S. or approved equivalent.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 2<br />

EXCAVATION AND EARTHWORKS<br />

1-1 Clearing The Site<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

12<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

This item “Clearing” shall consist <strong>of</strong> clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing <strong>the</strong> disposal <strong>of</strong> materials, <strong>of</strong> all areas<br />

within <strong>the</strong> limits designated on <strong>the</strong> drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Prior to <strong>the</strong> general clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing operations <strong>the</strong> contractor shall clear <strong>the</strong> site to <strong>the</strong> intent<br />

required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer for checking <strong>the</strong> setting out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> for <strong>the</strong> implementation <strong>of</strong> preexcavation<br />

survey. Such clearing <strong>and</strong> grubbing shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

In areas designated to be cleared <strong>and</strong> grubbed <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground shall be cleared <strong>of</strong> all trees,<br />

stumps, down timber, logs, brush, under growth, heavy growth <strong>of</strong> grass or weeds, fences, minor<br />

structures, debris, <strong>and</strong> rubbish <strong>of</strong> any nature, natural obstruction or such materials which in <strong>the</strong><br />

opinion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer are unsuitable for <strong>the</strong> foundation <strong>of</strong> embankments or o<strong>the</strong>r required structures<br />

including <strong>the</strong> grubbing <strong>of</strong> stumps roots <strong>and</strong> matted roots.<br />

All unsuitable materials shall become property <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> shall be satisfactorily disposed <strong>of</strong><br />

as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Holes resulting from clearing shall be filled with acceptable materials, moistened <strong>and</strong> properly<br />

compacted according to <strong>the</strong> relevant specifications.<br />

1-2 Demolition, Dismantling <strong>and</strong> Relocation <strong>of</strong> Utilities<br />

The Contractor shall demolish, dismantle <strong>and</strong>/or remove any miscellaneous existing structures,<br />

buildings or parts <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong> which occupy or obstruct <strong>the</strong> Permanent Works, or relocate existing utilities,<br />

all as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings, described in <strong>the</strong> “Scope <strong>of</strong> Works” or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Unsuitable materials from demolishing <strong>and</strong> dismantling remain <strong>the</strong> property <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

be disposed <strong>of</strong> in a manner <strong>and</strong> at location to be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Where partly demolition <strong>of</strong> structures is required <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall take <strong>the</strong> utmost care not to<br />

damage any part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure, which is to remain in place. If any such damage may occur <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor shall repair <strong>and</strong> make good <strong>the</strong> damage at his own expense.<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer holes or openings shall be backfilled compacted conform<br />

“Backfill for Structures”.<br />

1-3 Datum And Nature Of Excavation<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for setting up <strong>and</strong> maintaining a site datum level. The Engineer<br />

shall give ‘Zero’ datum on <strong>the</strong> site, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Information pertaining to <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground may be given to <strong>the</strong> contractor, when available, but<br />

without any guarantee <strong>of</strong> correctness or accuracy.<br />

1-4 Setting Out<br />

Each Benchmark (B.M.) or centreline for <strong>the</strong> building <strong>and</strong>/or o<strong>the</strong>r constructions to be under this<br />

contract, shall be properly set out by <strong>the</strong> Contractor as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> inspected <strong>and</strong><br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to commencing excavations.<br />

1-5 Surface Levelling<br />

All earth works on Site shall be completed before any fill is deposited. Excavations over areas <strong>of</strong> Site<br />

or filling with approved material shall be carried out where required to <strong>the</strong> levels shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

Drawings or to such o<strong>the</strong>r levels as may be directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

13<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-6 Sizes And Depth Of Excavation<br />

Excavation shall be cut to <strong>the</strong> size <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> foundation shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> taken down to <strong>the</strong><br />

foundation levels shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. If, without <strong>the</strong> Engineer's written instructions, <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor goes down below <strong>the</strong> foundation level specified, he shall fill up <strong>the</strong> part so excavated with<br />

concrete <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same type <strong>and</strong> grade as that required for <strong>the</strong> piles as defined in Concrete Works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities at his own expense.<br />

1-7 Shoring Excavations And Dewatering<br />

The sides <strong>of</strong> excavations shall be supported as necessary to maintain a vertical face <strong>and</strong>/or to prevent<br />

caving-in <strong>of</strong> any nature, especially during subsequent operations. The Contractor shall be responsible<br />

for <strong>the</strong> design, supply, fixing, safety <strong>and</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> all planking, strutting <strong>and</strong> shoring required to <strong>the</strong><br />

side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> excavation. The Contractor is responsible on <strong>the</strong> type nd nature os soil to be excavated, also<br />

he is to use any equipment, including dewatering equipment, to carry out <strong>the</strong> work required by this<br />

Contract.<br />

1-8 Types Of Excavations<br />

Excavations shall be classified according to <strong>the</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials to be removed ei<strong>the</strong>r as<br />

excavation in rock or as excavation in earth. Excavation in rock shall be classified as including all<br />

excavations in hard <strong>and</strong> consolidated materials, which cannot be removed, by normal excavation tools<br />

<strong>and</strong> equipment, <strong>and</strong> which require drilling or o<strong>the</strong>r special means for <strong>the</strong>ir removal. All excavation,<br />

which is not in rock, shall be defined as excavation in earth.<br />

1-9 Required Bearing Capacity<br />

The Contractor shall notify <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> obtain instructions if <strong>the</strong> required bearing capacity:<br />

(1) is obtained at a lesser depth than that shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

(2) is not obtained at <strong>the</strong> depth shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

Excavation bottoms are to be approved before new work is laid on <strong>the</strong>m. The Contractor is to inform<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer when excavations are ready for inspection. If, after approval, surfaces become unsuitable<br />

due to flooding or o<strong>the</strong>r causes, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall excavate fur<strong>the</strong>r, backfill with approved filling<br />

material <strong>and</strong> compact to approval at no extra cost to <strong>the</strong> owner.<br />

Should <strong>the</strong> soil condition, after <strong>the</strong> Engineer has been informed <strong>the</strong> excavations are ready for<br />

inspection, be such that <strong>the</strong> Engineer deems it necessary to carry out tests, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall perform<br />

such tests to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Any expenses incurred in <strong>the</strong> performance <strong>of</strong> such tests<br />

are deemed to be included by <strong>the</strong> Contractor in his tender.<br />

1-10 Preparations And Inspection Of Excavation<br />

1-11 Filling<br />

All excavations shall be kept free <strong>of</strong> water arising from whatever source, <strong>and</strong> shall be properly cleaned<br />

out <strong>of</strong> all loose <strong>and</strong> foreign matter, levelled <strong>and</strong> rammed. The Contractor is to report to <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />

when excavations are ready for inspection <strong>and</strong> all excavations are to be approved before any fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

work is done.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

14<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The Engineer shall approve all filling materials before being placed in position. Approved earth, s<strong>and</strong>,<br />

or any o<strong>the</strong>r suitable material free from rubbish shall be used to make up levels as shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

Drawings. The material shall be placed in successive layers each having a finished thickness not<br />

exceeding 250 mm before compaction, watered <strong>and</strong> compacted to at least 98% compaction ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

maximum dry density <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Modified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) prior to <strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

succeeding layer.<br />

Any exposed side or edge <strong>of</strong> fill shall be properly <strong>and</strong> evenly graded to a slope as directed or specified.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> required quantities <strong>of</strong> approved fill are not found on Site <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall, at his own<br />

expense, obtain <strong>the</strong>m from locations approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Filling to make up levels under building shall be executed with approved suitable material from<br />

existing ground levels up to underside <strong>of</strong> ground floor slab, <strong>and</strong> shall be placed in successive layers<br />

each having a finished thickness not exceeding 250 mm, watered <strong>and</strong> compacted to at least 98%<br />

compaction ratio <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum dry density <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Modified Proctor test (ASTM D-1557) prior to<br />

<strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> succeeding layer.<br />

The ground surrounding <strong>the</strong> building <strong>and</strong> pavements shall be filled with approved material, fine s<strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> coarse materials, free <strong>of</strong> foreign materials, debris, clay lumps, organic <strong>and</strong> vegetation.<br />

A) Coarse materials:<br />

Such as s<strong>and</strong>y gravel, gravely s<strong>and</strong>, …etc., which is <strong>the</strong> material retained on sieve no. 4, <strong>and</strong> consists<br />

<strong>of</strong> crushed rock. It shall be clean, hard, tough <strong>and</strong> free from deleterious substance.<br />

B) Fine S<strong>and</strong> Materials<br />

Shall consist <strong>of</strong> that portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total aggregate/fines passes no.4 sieve, such as s<strong>and</strong>, silty s<strong>and</strong>, etc.<br />

The fill materials shall consists <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combination <strong>of</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> conform to <strong>the</strong><br />

following grading:<br />

Sieve Size 1/ 2 " 3/8" # 4 # 10 # 30 # 60 # 200<br />

% 90-100 80-90 58-72 42-50 28-38 8-18 2-5<br />

70-100 60-85 50-75 30-60 20-40 10-25 0-10<br />

Pass 100 90-100 65-85 35-45 20-30 15-30 3-8<br />

The fine s<strong>and</strong> shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following grading:-<br />

Sieve Size # 4 # 30 # 60 # 200<br />

% 100 80-100 30-50 4-8<br />

90-100 80-90 20-30 0-10<br />

Pass 100 90-100 40-90 5-15<br />

In addition, shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following physical requirements:<br />

- Minimum CBR 35 % coarse materials, Kurkar<br />

25 % fine s<strong>and</strong>, S<strong>and</strong><br />

1-12 Disposal <strong>of</strong> Surplus Material<br />

All surplus excavated material not used in backfilling or levelling shall be loaded <strong>and</strong> transported<br />

elsewhere on <strong>the</strong> Site as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer or, if not required on <strong>the</strong> Site, shall be loaded <strong>and</strong><br />

carted away from <strong>the</strong> Site to a dump to be selected by <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Municipality<br />

at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's own expense.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

15<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

All rubbish arising from <strong>the</strong> Works shall be cleared away <strong>and</strong> removed from <strong>the</strong> Site as it accumulates<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's instructions <strong>and</strong> also on completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1-1 General<br />

SECTION 3<br />

CONCRETE WORK<br />

All materials shall be subject to such tests as <strong>the</strong> Engineer may direct <strong>and</strong> provision for such tests<br />

shall be included in <strong>the</strong> price for such materials inserted in <strong>the</strong> Bill <strong>of</strong> Quantities or Schedule <strong>of</strong> Rates<br />

unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise provided for. In case such tests required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, an independent <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong>ficially authorized lab shall carry out such tests <strong>and</strong> sampling.<br />

Properly representative samples <strong>of</strong> all materials to be used in <strong>the</strong> works shall be submitted by <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval when required.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

16<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Where tests are required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall take samples <strong>and</strong> send to a firm<br />

experienced in analysis <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material. Reports shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The Contractor<br />

shall bear all expenses consequent to <strong>the</strong> provision, taking <strong>and</strong> cartage, etc. <strong>of</strong> samples, in addition to<br />

<strong>the</strong> costs <strong>of</strong> performing <strong>the</strong> tests <strong>and</strong> reporting <strong>the</strong> results.<br />

The Engineer reserves <strong>the</strong> right to reject any material, which, in his opinion is objectionable in any<br />

respect, not withst<strong>and</strong>ing its apparent compliance with <strong>the</strong> relevant St<strong>and</strong>ards. Any such rejected<br />

material shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> site at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense at once.<br />

1-2 Formwork for Concrete<br />

The Contractor shall supply, design, erect, strike <strong>and</strong> remove <strong>the</strong> formwork <strong>and</strong> be entirely<br />

responsible for its stability <strong>and</strong> safety so that it will carry <strong>the</strong> fresh concrete <strong>and</strong> all incidental loadings<br />

<strong>and</strong> preserve it from damage <strong>and</strong> distortion during its placing, vibration, ramming, setting <strong>and</strong> curing.<br />

It shall be so constructed as to leave <strong>the</strong> finished concrete to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> a material capable <strong>of</strong> providing <strong>the</strong> surface finish specified. In any event, <strong>the</strong> maximum<br />

permissible deflection under all loads shall not exceed 2mm or 1/600 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> free span, whichever is<br />

less.<br />

Formwork shall be <strong>of</strong> timber <strong>and</strong> / or metal <strong>and</strong> shall include all temporary concrete moulds <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

supports. Bolts to be used for fixing <strong>the</strong> formwork shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before staring<br />

<strong>the</strong> work.<br />

For concrete surfaces which are to remain exposed wrought formwork shall be used . Wrought<br />

formwork shall be <strong>of</strong> timber or steel framing lined with 12mm thick smooth-faced plywood or an<br />

equal lining approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, or <strong>of</strong> metal, suitable to obtain a fair face finish on <strong>the</strong><br />

concrete. All external angles or fair faced in-situ concrete shall have chamfers formed with 15x15mm<br />

(5/8"x5/8") wrought hardwood angle fillets planted in <strong>the</strong> angles <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> formwork, unless larger<br />

chamfers are shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

Formwork ready to receive concrete shall be thoroughly clean <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> internal faces properly painted<br />

with approved shutter oil or o<strong>the</strong>r preparation. Joints shall be tight to prevent leakage.<br />

Wherever required <strong>and</strong> prior to placing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reinforcement <strong>the</strong> internal surfaces <strong>of</strong> all formwork<br />

shall be treated with approved mould oil.<br />

All formwork shall be inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to concreting. This approval,<br />

however, does not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>of</strong> any <strong>of</strong> his responsibilities.<br />

The striking <strong>of</strong> all formwork shall be carried out with <strong>the</strong> greatest <strong>of</strong> care to avoid damage to concrete.<br />

The formwork to vertical surfaces such as walls, columns <strong>and</strong> sides <strong>of</strong> beams may be removed in<br />

accordance with <strong>the</strong> table below although care must be taken to avoid damage to <strong>the</strong> concrete,<br />

especially to arises <strong>and</strong> features.<br />

Minimum periods in days for striking o<strong>the</strong>r formwork should be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> following<br />

table, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />

Ordinary Portl<strong>and</strong> cement<br />

Concrete<br />

Slabs 14<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

17<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Beam s<strong>of</strong>fits 14<br />

Walls, columns <strong>and</strong> sides <strong>of</strong> beams 3<br />

Formwork, shuttering, props, or any o<strong>the</strong>r means <strong>of</strong> temporary or semi-permanent support shall not<br />

be removed from <strong>the</strong> concrete until <strong>the</strong> concrete is sufficiently strong to carry safely <strong>the</strong> load (dead<br />

<strong>and</strong> temporary).<br />

The Contractor shall inform <strong>the</strong> Engineer when he is ready to strike <strong>the</strong> formwork, or remove any<br />

form <strong>of</strong> temporary support, <strong>and</strong> shall obtain his written consent before proceeding.<br />

The times given for <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> props are based on <strong>the</strong> assumption that <strong>the</strong> total live plus dead<br />

weight to be supported at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> removal is not more than one half <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total design load.<br />

For horizontal members where <strong>the</strong> loading is to be a higher proportion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total design load <strong>the</strong>se<br />

times may need to be increased.<br />

The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to <strong>the</strong> concrete work caused by or arising from<br />

<strong>the</strong> removal <strong>and</strong> striking <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> forms <strong>and</strong> supports Any advice, permission or approval by <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer relative to <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>and</strong> striking <strong>of</strong> forms <strong>and</strong> supports shall not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor<br />

from this responsibility.<br />

Any work showing signs <strong>of</strong> damage through premature loading is to be entirely reconstructed at <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor's expense.<br />

The Contractor shall confirm positions <strong>and</strong> details <strong>of</strong> all<br />

(a) Permanent fixings<br />

(b) Pipes <strong>and</strong> conduit<br />

(c) Holes <strong>and</strong> chases<br />

to ensure that alterations are not made without <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>and</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Contractor shall fix inserts or box out as required to correct positions before placing concrete,<br />

<strong>and</strong> shall form all holes <strong>and</strong> chases. He shall not cut hardened concrete without approval.<br />

1-3 Reinforcement for Concrete<br />

Steel reinforcement shall generally be hot rolled mild, medium or high yield steel smooth round or<br />

deformed bars complying with BS 4449 or similar approved st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

In case any o<strong>the</strong>r type <strong>of</strong> reinforcement is required, it shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Particular Specification.<br />

All reinforcement shall be free from rust <strong>and</strong> mill scale <strong>and</strong> any coating such as oil, clay, paint etc that<br />

might impair <strong>the</strong> bond with <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />

Manufacturer's test certificates for all classes <strong>of</strong> reinforcement shall be supplied when required.<br />

Specimens sufficient for three tensile tests <strong>and</strong> three cold-bending tests per ten tons <strong>of</strong> bars or fraction<br />

<strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> for each different size <strong>of</strong> bar shall be sampled under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Testing shall be in accordance with BS 4449 or o<strong>the</strong>r approved st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>and</strong> batches shall be rejected<br />

if <strong>the</strong> average results for each batch are not in accordance with <strong>the</strong> specification. All tests should be<br />

made on <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense.<br />

All steel is to be totally free from dirt, paint, loose rust or scale when in position ready for concreting.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

18<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The Contractor shall cut <strong>and</strong> bend bars to BS 4466 <strong>and</strong> to schedule provided unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

instructed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Straight sections <strong>of</strong> bars must be kept out <strong>of</strong> winding. The internal radius <strong>of</strong> bends shall in no case be<br />

less than four times <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar, except for stirrups, column binders, <strong>and</strong> wall shear bars<br />

which are to be bent to fit closely around <strong>the</strong> main bars.<br />

Great care is to be taken to bend stirrups <strong>and</strong> columns binders separately <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> sizes shown.<br />

All bars will be cut <strong>and</strong> bent cold using approved machines.<br />

Leng<strong>the</strong>ning <strong>of</strong> bars by welding, <strong>and</strong> rebinding <strong>of</strong> incorrectly bent bars will not be permitted, except<br />

where requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Contractor shall provide on site facilities for h<strong>and</strong> bending to deal with minor adjustments.<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise allowed for in <strong>the</strong> particular specification splices in reinforcing bars shall be formed<br />

by lapping. Such laps in bars in any member shall be staggered. Except as o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong><br />

drawings <strong>the</strong> minimum overlap <strong>of</strong> lapped splices shall be 50 bar diameters or 400mm whichever is<br />

greater.<br />

The steel is to be fixed in position exactly as indicated, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> bars are to be securely wired toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with 1.6 or 1.4mm s<strong>of</strong>t iron wire or approved spring steel clips wherever necessary to prevent any<br />

displacement during concreting.<br />

Spacers, chairs <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like, temporary or permanent, are to be used as required to ensure that <strong>the</strong> steel<br />

has <strong>the</strong> exact amount <strong>of</strong> cover indicated. No permanent spacers may show on a surface where a fair<br />

faced concrete finish or brushed aggregate finishes are required. The Engineer shall approve type <strong>of</strong><br />

spacers before starting <strong>the</strong> work.<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated, <strong>the</strong> minimum cover to <strong>the</strong> reinforcing bars is to be as listed below or<br />

equal to <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar, whichever is greater.<br />

Position<br />

Minimum cover - mm<br />

Main bars <strong>of</strong><br />

Columns <strong>and</strong> beams 30<br />

Main bars in floor slabs <strong>and</strong> 20<br />

S<strong>of</strong>fits <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> slabs<br />

Main bars in top <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> slabs 20<br />

Outermost bars in internal faces<br />

<strong>of</strong> walls 20<br />

Outermost bars in external faces <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> walls 25<br />

Bars in top <strong>of</strong> ground slabs 20<br />

Bars near faces in contact with soil 40<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

19<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The placing <strong>of</strong> all reinforcement will be checked by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> in no case is concrete to be<br />

poured around any steel that has not been passed by him. The Contractor is to ensure that no steel is<br />

displaced from its position during <strong>the</strong> placement <strong>of</strong> concrete <strong>and</strong> until <strong>the</strong> concrete is set.<br />

The insertion <strong>of</strong> bars into or removal <strong>of</strong> bars from concrete already placed will not be permitted.<br />

Reinforcement temporarily left projecting from <strong>the</strong> concrete at <strong>the</strong> joints shall not be bent without <strong>the</strong><br />

prior approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Secondary reinforced concrete members for which no reinforcement details are given in <strong>the</strong> drawings<br />

or <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications shall have a minimum ratio <strong>of</strong> reinforcement area to concrete area <strong>of</strong><br />

0.33 %.<br />

1-4 Concreting<br />

Cement<br />

The cement used shall be Portl<strong>and</strong> Cement conforming in all respects to ASTM St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

Specification C150, Type I. Sulphate Resisting Cement shall conform in all respects to ASTM<br />

Portl<strong>and</strong> Cement, C50 Type V. , or to BS 12 , unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise required , bags shall contain 50kg net<br />

+ 1%.<br />

If cements o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> above are required <strong>the</strong>y shall be covered fully by <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification.<br />

The Contractor shall at all times furnish <strong>the</strong> Manufacturer's statement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> above St<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

Specifications toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> manufacture, certified by an independent agency in <strong>the</strong><br />

country <strong>of</strong> origin approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The cement shall be delivered to <strong>the</strong> site by <strong>the</strong> Contractor in <strong>the</strong> original sealed <strong>and</strong> br<strong>and</strong>ed bags or<br />

containers <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer in batches not exceeding 100 tons <strong>and</strong> shall be stored in a proper<br />

manner <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> ground to prevent deterioration. Each batch shall be stacked separately <strong>and</strong> used in <strong>the</strong><br />

order <strong>of</strong> delivery. No cement shall be used which has been manufactured more than twelve months<br />

prior to its proposed use on site.<br />

All cements whe<strong>the</strong>r stored in bulk, bags, or containers in warehouses or on site shall be sampled for<br />

testing according to ASTM C183 (Methods <strong>of</strong> Sampling Hydraulic Cements). Test samples over <strong>and</strong><br />

above those specified shall be taken at any time if so requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Testing <strong>of</strong> cement<br />

shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> methods required by ASTM C150 <strong>and</strong> C175 or BS 12 or any o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

accepted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Aggregates<br />

This specification covers fine <strong>and</strong> coarse aggregates o<strong>the</strong>r than lightweight aggregates for use in <strong>the</strong><br />

production <strong>of</strong> concrete.<br />

When lightweight aggregates are required <strong>the</strong>y shall be defined in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />

The aggregates shall be crushed gravel or stone <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS 882 for graded or single<br />

size aggregate <strong>and</strong> shall be obtained from any quarry in <strong>the</strong> mountains approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. For<br />

convenience part <strong>of</strong> Clause 5 <strong>of</strong> BS 882 (grading) including Tables 1, 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 are reproduced herein.<br />

Coarse aggregate: <strong>the</strong> grading <strong>of</strong> coarse aggregate, when analysed by <strong>the</strong> method given for sieve<br />

analysis in BS 812 shall be within <strong>the</strong> limits given in Table 1.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

20<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Fine aggregate: <strong>the</strong> grading <strong>of</strong> a fine aggregate, when analysed by <strong>the</strong> method <strong>of</strong> sieve analysis<br />

described in BS 812, shall be within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grading zones given in Table 2, except<br />

that a total tolerance <strong>of</strong> up to 5 per cent may be applied to <strong>the</strong> percentages under-lined. This tolerance<br />

may be split up; for example, it could be 1 per cent on each <strong>of</strong> three sieves <strong>and</strong> 2 per cent on ano<strong>the</strong>r,<br />

or 4 per cent on one sieve <strong>and</strong> 1 per cent on ano<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

The fine aggregate shall be described as fine aggregate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grading zone into which it falls, e.g. BS<br />

882, Grading Zone 1.<br />

NOTE: It is intended that individual zones should not be specified in contract documents relating to<br />

concrete but that <strong>the</strong> concrete mixes should be modified to make <strong>the</strong> best use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> materials readily<br />

available.<br />

If approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Single-sized aggregate to BS 882 Table 1 may only be used for<br />

reinforced concrete when combined in two or more sizes to provide a well-graded mixture approved<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Sampling <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> aggregates shall be as required by BS 882 <strong>and</strong> in accordance with BS 812<br />

'Methods for Sampling <strong>and</strong> Testing<br />

<strong>of</strong> Mineral Aggregates , S<strong>and</strong>s <strong>and</strong> Fillers' . All sampling shall be done by or under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The combined percentage <strong>of</strong> sulphates <strong>and</strong> chlorides by weight in coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregates shall not<br />

exceed 0.05 per cent (500ppm) <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined weight <strong>of</strong> total aggregates.<br />

Just before use <strong>the</strong> aggregate will be washed down with potable water to reduce <strong>the</strong> content <strong>of</strong><br />

sulphates, chlorides <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r extraneous material.<br />

Table 1: Coarse Aggregate<br />

BS 410<br />

Test<br />

Sieve<br />

mm<br />

Percentage by weight passing BS sieves<br />

Nominal size <strong>of</strong> Nominal size <strong>of</strong><br />

Graded aggregate Single-sized aggregate<br />

400mm 200mm 14mm 63mm 40mm 20mm 14mm 14mm<br />

to 5mm to 5mm to 5mm<br />

75.0 100 - - 100 - - - -<br />

63.0 - - - 85-100 100 - - -<br />

37.5 95-100 100 - 0-30 85-100 100 - -<br />

20.0 35-70 95-100 100 0-5 0-25 85-100 100 -<br />

14.0 - - 90-100 - - 0 85-100 100<br />

10.0 10-40 30-60 50-85 - 0-5 0-25 0-50 85-100<br />

5.0 0-5 0-10 0-10 - - 0-5 0-10 0-25<br />

2.36 - - - - - - - 0-25<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

21<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Table 2: Fine Aggregate<br />

BS 410<br />

Test<br />

Sieve<br />

Percentage by weight passing BS sieves<br />

Grading Zone 1 Grading Zone 2 Grading Zone 3 Grading Zone 4<br />

mm<br />

10.00 100 100 100 100<br />

5.00 90-100 90-100 90-100 95-100<br />

2.36 60-95 75-100 85-100 95-100<br />

1.18 30-70 55-90 75-100 90-100<br />

microns<br />

600 15-34 35-59 60-79 80-100<br />

300 5-20 8-30 12-40 15-50<br />

150 0-10 0-10 0-10 0-15<br />

H<strong>and</strong>ling Aggregates<br />

The choice <strong>and</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> sites for stockpiling <strong>of</strong> aggregates, <strong>the</strong> number <strong>and</strong> sizes <strong>of</strong> stockpiles<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods adopted to prevent segregation <strong>of</strong> component sizes shall be agreed with <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Coarse aggregate shall be stockpiled in three separate gradings: 38-19mm, 19-10mm, 10-5mm . When<br />

aggregates <strong>of</strong> different gradings are stockpiled close toge<strong>the</strong>r bulkheads shall separate <strong>the</strong> stockpiles.<br />

Stockpiles are to be on concrete or o<strong>the</strong>r hard surface sufficiently sloped so that water is not retained in<br />

<strong>the</strong> base <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stockpiles.<br />

All aggregates are to be h<strong>and</strong>led from <strong>the</strong> stockpile in such a manner as to secure a typical grading <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> material, care being taken to avoid crushing <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> contamination with extraneous<br />

matter.<br />

Aggregates need not be stockpiled when a crushing-screening plant is used in t<strong>and</strong>em with a batching<br />

plant properly equipped with several bins for different sized aggregates having <strong>the</strong> appropriate<br />

weighing scales at such bin such that a mix <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> desired gradation is obtained consistently <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

whole operation is conducted to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Water<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise authorised in writing by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, only water from potable supply system may be<br />

used for mixing concrete <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r products containing cement.<br />

Similarly only potable water may be used for curing concrete <strong>and</strong> cement products during <strong>the</strong> first 24<br />

hours after pouring. Later, fresh water, or o<strong>the</strong>r water containing not more than 4750 ppm dissolved<br />

solids <strong>of</strong> which not more than 1000 ppm may be chlorides, may be used for curing.<br />

No additives <strong>of</strong> any kind shall be used in <strong>the</strong> concrete without <strong>the</strong> express approval in writing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer.<br />

Quality Of Concrete<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

22<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Concrete shall be a mixture <strong>of</strong> cement aggregates <strong>and</strong> water as covered respectively by 4.01 to 4.23<br />

above.<br />

Where air-entrainment is required, <strong>the</strong> method to be used shall be specified in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification.<br />

The mix proportions, workability <strong>and</strong> strengths <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> various types <strong>of</strong> concrete shall conform to Table<br />

4.<br />

The terms contained in Table 4 are defined as follows: WATER/CEMENT RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term<br />

water/cement ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> cement in <strong>the</strong> mix, expressed as a<br />

decimal fraction. The water is that which is free to combine with <strong>the</strong> cement in <strong>the</strong> mix.<br />

This includes free water in <strong>the</strong> aggregate but excludes water absorbed or to be absorbed by <strong>the</strong><br />

aggregate. The aggregate for this purpose shall be taken in a saturated surface-dry condition.<br />

The absorption <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates shall be determined in accordance with Section 4 <strong>of</strong> BS 812 or any<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r method approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The strengths specified are for ordinary Portl<strong>and</strong> cement to BS 12 or Type 1 Cement to ASTM C150;<br />

if o<strong>the</strong>r types <strong>of</strong> cement are specified, <strong>the</strong> required strength shall be defined in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification<br />

Table 4: Mix Proportions, Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength Grades <strong>of</strong> Concrete<br />

Grade Minimum Works cube<br />

Strength kg/cm 2<br />

Max.<br />

Agg<br />

mm<br />

Limits <strong>of</strong> agg./<br />

Cement ration by<br />

weight<br />

Use <strong>of</strong> concrete if not<br />

o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified<br />

At 7 days At 28 days Max. Min.<br />

(A) 150 200 20 7:1 5:1 RC structures in general<br />

B-200 150 200 37 8:1 6:1 RC Foundations<br />

(B) 175 250 20 5.5:1 4:1 High load columns<br />

B-250 175 250 37 6.5:1 4.5:1 High load foundations<br />

( C) 200 300 20 5:1 3:1 High load columns<br />

B-300 200 300 37 5:1 3:1 High load foundations<br />

(D) 100 150 20 10:1 8:1 Plain concrete foundations<br />

B-150 100 150 37 10:1 8:1 Blinding layer under RC<br />

Foundations<br />

(E) 75 100 20 14:0 12:1 Mass lean<br />

B-100 75 100 37 14:1 12:1 Concrete filling<br />

Table 4: Mix Proportions, Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength St<strong>and</strong>ard Mixes<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

23<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Grade <strong>of</strong><br />

Concrete<br />

Minimum<br />

works<br />

Cube<br />

Strength<br />

Kg/cm 2<br />

7<br />

days<br />

28<br />

days<br />

Weight<br />

<strong>of</strong> dry<br />

s<strong>and</strong> per<br />

50 k <strong>of</strong><br />

cement<br />

20mm max. size 37mm max. size<br />

Low Med. High Low Med. High<br />

Max.<br />

desigm<br />

W/C<br />

ratio<br />

kg kg Kg kg kg kg kg<br />

B-200 150 200 91 193 159 136 226 193 170 0.55<br />

B-250 175 250 80 170 136 113 204 170 147 0.50<br />

B-300 200 300 68 147 113 91 170 136 113 0.45<br />

Table 4 : Mix Proportions , Workability <strong>and</strong> Strength Workability<br />

Degree<br />

<strong>of</strong><br />

Workabi<br />

lity<br />

20 mm Max. size<br />

aggregate<br />

Weight <strong>of</strong> dry coarse aggregate per 50 kg <strong>of</strong> cement<br />

Workability<br />

37 mm Max. size<br />

aggregate<br />

Use for which Concrete is<br />

suitable<br />

Slump<br />

Mm<br />

Compacting<br />

Factor<br />

Slump<br />

mm<br />

Compacting<br />

Factor<br />

Low 13-25 0.82-0.88 13-50 0.82-0.88 Simple reinforced sections<br />

with vibration<br />

Medium 25-50 0.88-0.94 50-101 0.88-0.94 Heavily reinforced sections<br />

with vibration<br />

High 50-127 0.94-0.97 101-117 0.94-0.97 Sections with heavily<br />

congested reinforcement<br />

where vibration is difficult<br />

In case cylinders are used for determination <strong>of</strong> concrete compressive strength in accordance with<br />

ASTM C 39, <strong>the</strong> corresponding cube strength shall be obtained by using a multiplication factor <strong>of</strong> 1.2.<br />

AGGREGATE/CEMENT RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term aggregate/cement ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight <strong>of</strong><br />

aggregate to cement in <strong>the</strong> mix. For this purpose <strong>the</strong> aggregate is taken in a saturated surface-dry<br />

condition as for <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio above.<br />

FINE/TOTAL AGGREGATE RATIO: <strong>the</strong> term fine/total aggregate ratio means <strong>the</strong> ratio by weight<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fine aggregate to <strong>the</strong> total aggregate in <strong>the</strong> mix expressed as a percentage. For this purpose<br />

<strong>the</strong> aggregate is also taken in a saturated surface-dry condition as for <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio above.<br />

VOLUME OF AIR ENTRAINED: <strong>the</strong> air content expressed as a percentage by volume <strong>of</strong> concrete<br />

shall be determined by ASTM C231, 'Air Content <strong>of</strong> Freshly Mixed Concrete by <strong>the</strong> Pressure<br />

Method ' . At least one test for each 120 cubic metres <strong>of</strong> concrete shall be made.<br />

SLUMP: <strong>the</strong> slump <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> freshly mixed concrete shall be determined in accordance with Part 2 <strong>of</strong><br />

BS 1881 or ASTM C143. At least one morning <strong>and</strong> one afternoon test shall be made <strong>and</strong><br />

whenever directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

STRENGTH OF CONCRETE: Preliminary Test Cubes shall be taken from <strong>the</strong> trial mixes designed<br />

to select <strong>the</strong> job mix <strong>and</strong> shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with Parts 3 <strong>and</strong> 4 <strong>of</strong> BS 1881.<br />

SAMPLING FOR COMPLIANCE TESTING: Works Test Cubes shall be those used for control<br />

during construction <strong>and</strong> shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with BS 5328 PART 4:1990.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

24<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Recommended Minimum Rates Sampling<br />

Average Rate o Sampling<br />

One Sample (6 cubes) per<br />

10 m 3 or<br />

10 batches<br />

20 m 3 or<br />

20 batches<br />

50 m 3 or<br />

50 batches<br />

Maximum quantity <strong>of</strong> concrete at<br />

risk under any one decision<br />

40 m 3<br />

80 m 3<br />

200 m 3<br />

The Contractor when tendering having knowledge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> source <strong>and</strong> types <strong>of</strong> cement, aggregate, plant<br />

<strong>and</strong> method <strong>of</strong> placing he intends to use shall allow for <strong>the</strong> aggregate/cement ratio <strong>and</strong> water/cement<br />

ratio which he considers will achieve <strong>the</strong> strength requirements specified <strong>and</strong> will produce a<br />

workability which will enable <strong>the</strong> concrete to be properly compacted to its full depth <strong>and</strong> finished to<br />

<strong>the</strong> dimensions <strong>and</strong> within <strong>the</strong> tolerances shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> required by <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification . In any event <strong>the</strong> aggregate/cement ratio <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> water/cement ratio shall not exceed <strong>the</strong><br />

upper limits specified in Table 4 for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete. Fur<strong>the</strong>rmore, <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> cement per<br />

cubic metre <strong>of</strong> concrete shall in no case be less than <strong>the</strong> minimum specified in Table 4.<br />

As soon as possible after signature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall prepare such trial mixes as<br />

required to satisfy <strong>the</strong> Engineer that <strong>the</strong> specified concrete strengths will be obtained using <strong>the</strong><br />

materials <strong>and</strong> mix proportions in accordance with <strong>the</strong> above clauses. The proportion <strong>of</strong> cement shall be<br />

increased if necessary to obtain <strong>the</strong> strengths required.<br />

From each trial mix, six Preliminary Test Cubes shall be made <strong>and</strong> tested at 7 days <strong>and</strong> four at 28 days,<br />

<strong>the</strong> test at 7 days being intended to give <strong>and</strong> early indication <strong>of</strong> possible variation from <strong>the</strong> required<br />

strength. If <strong>the</strong> difference between <strong>the</strong> highest <strong>and</strong> lowest test results from any one trial mix is more<br />

than 15 per cent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> average <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> strength test results, <strong>the</strong> test is to be discarded <strong>and</strong> a fur<strong>the</strong>r trial<br />

mix made, unless all test results so obtained are above <strong>the</strong> required strength. Separate trial mixes are<br />

required for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete. The trial mix or mixes agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer shall be designated<br />

job mixes <strong>and</strong> used as a basis for actual concrete production.<br />

Batching And Mixing Of Concrete<br />

All concrete shall be batched by weight <strong>and</strong> mixed mechanically. H<strong>and</strong> mixing shall not be allowed<br />

except only upon <strong>the</strong> written permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Concrete may ei<strong>the</strong>r be batched <strong>and</strong> mixed on site or outside <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> transported <strong>the</strong>reto.<br />

When mixed outside <strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> transported to it, batching <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be in accordance with<br />

ASTM Specification C94, 'St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete’.<br />

When mixed on site , batching <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be as follows :<br />

BATCHING BY WEIGHT: The cement <strong>and</strong> each size <strong>of</strong> aggregate shall be measured by weight. The<br />

water may be measured by weight or volume. The weight-batching machines used shall be <strong>of</strong> a type<br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall be kept in good condition while in use on <strong>the</strong> Works. Checks are to<br />

be made as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer to determine that <strong>the</strong> weighing devices are registering correctly.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

25<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

BATCHING AGGREGATE BY VOLUME: When batching aggregates by volume is allowed as <strong>and</strong><br />

when required, <strong>the</strong> cement shall be batched by weight <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> water by weight or volume. Each size <strong>of</strong><br />

aggregate shall be measured in metallic containers <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> which is at least equal to <strong>the</strong>ir greatest<br />

width. The containers shall be <strong>of</strong> such shape that <strong>the</strong>ir volume can be easily checked by measurement.<br />

MIXING CONCRETE: <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> batching <strong>and</strong> mixing plant shall be agreed with <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer.<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> concrete mixed in any one batch is not to exceed <strong>the</strong> rated capacity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixer .The<br />

whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> batch is to be removed before materials for a fresh batch enter <strong>the</strong> drum.<br />

On cessation <strong>of</strong> work, including all stoppages exceeding 20 minutes, <strong>the</strong> mixers <strong>and</strong> all h<strong>and</strong>ling plant<br />

shall be washed with clean mixing water. If old concrete deposits remain in <strong>the</strong> mixer drum, <strong>the</strong>y shall<br />

be rotated with clean aggregate <strong>and</strong> water prior to production <strong>of</strong> new concrete.<br />

Concrete mixed as above is not to be modified by <strong>the</strong> addition <strong>of</strong> water or in any o<strong>the</strong>r manner to<br />

facilitate h<strong>and</strong>ling or for any o<strong>the</strong>r reason.<br />

Work In Cold Or Hot Wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

Concrete is not to be mixed or placed at a shade air temperature below 2 deg .C on a rising<br />

<strong>the</strong>rmometer or at a shade air temperature below 3 deg .C on a falling <strong>the</strong>rmometer.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> shade air temperature is 37 deg .C <strong>and</strong> rising, special precautions shall be taken during<br />

concerting operations, such as shading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> plant, cooling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixing water or<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r methods approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, so that <strong>the</strong> temperatures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete when placed shall<br />

not be in excess <strong>of</strong> 39 deg .C.<br />

Fresh concrete placed at <strong>the</strong>se temperatures shall be shaded from <strong>the</strong> direct rays <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sun to <strong>the</strong><br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer for a period <strong>of</strong> at least 24 hours.<br />

Placing<br />

Concrete shall be conveyed from <strong>the</strong> mixer to its final position in any suitable manner, provided <strong>the</strong>re<br />

is no segregation, loss <strong>of</strong> ingredients or contamination.<br />

It shall be placed in its final position before initial setting takes place <strong>and</strong> within 20 minutes <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

addition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> mixer without using any additives. In case additives will be used, <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturer specifications <strong>of</strong> such additives must be h<strong>and</strong>ed over to <strong>the</strong> Engineer to be approved<br />

before using it.<br />

The order <strong>of</strong> placing concrete shall be such as to prevent water from collecting at <strong>the</strong> ends, corners <strong>and</strong><br />

along <strong>the</strong> faces <strong>of</strong> forms. It shall not be placed in large quantities at a given point <strong>and</strong> allowed to run or<br />

be worked over a long distance in <strong>the</strong> form.<br />

Whenever possible concrete shall be placed <strong>and</strong> compacted in even layers with each batch adjoining<br />

<strong>the</strong> previous one.<br />

The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> layers shall be between 150 <strong>and</strong> 300mm for reinforced concrete <strong>and</strong> up to 450mm<br />

for plain (non -reinforced) concrete, <strong>the</strong> thickness depending on <strong>the</strong> width <strong>of</strong> forms, <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong><br />

reinforcement <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> need to place each layer before <strong>the</strong> previous one stiffens.<br />

Concrete shall not be allowed to drop freely for more than 2 metres. To convey <strong>the</strong> concrete as near as<br />

possible to its final position, drop chutes <strong>of</strong> rubber or metal shall be used for small sections <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />

dump buckets or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable vessels for large sections.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

26<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Concrete shall be carefully compacted when placed to ensure a dense <strong>and</strong> uniform mass free from air<br />

holes <strong>and</strong> cavities. Concrete type "A”, "B"& "C" shall be compacted by vibration, whereas type 'D' <strong>and</strong><br />

'E' concrete may be vibrated or rammed, tamped <strong>and</strong> rodded. Mechanical or electro -mechanical<br />

vibrators shall perform vibration. The vibrators shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> plunger (poker) type for insertion in <strong>the</strong><br />

concrete: except that plate type vibrators (external) shall be used if requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The plunger (poker) type vibrators shall have a diameter compatible with <strong>the</strong> lowest spacing <strong>of</strong><br />

reinforcement, a sufficiently high frequency <strong>and</strong> be properly h<strong>and</strong>led by experienced personnel. They<br />

hall be immersed at regular intervals close enough to vibrate all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete, but not too close to<br />

affect previously vibrated <strong>and</strong> partially set concrete. Each immersion shall continue until shortly after<br />

air bubbles cease to appear on <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete, but shall not last more than 30 seconds. The<br />

vibrators shall be withdrawn gradually <strong>and</strong> vertically to ensure that no air pockets are formed.<br />

When external vibrators are used as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong>y shall be clamped to <strong>the</strong> forms<br />

whenever possible to avoid large impact during h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> forms shall be so constructed as to<br />

withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> additional vibrations.<br />

All vibrations, compaction <strong>and</strong> finishing operations shall be completed within 15 minutes from <strong>the</strong><br />

time <strong>of</strong> placing <strong>the</strong> concrete in its final position. Until it has hardened sufficiently to carry weight<br />

without distortion, workers shall not be allowed to walk over freshly placed concrete.<br />

Concreting <strong>of</strong> any one part or section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work shall be carried out in one continuous operation, <strong>and</strong><br />

no interruption <strong>of</strong> concreting work will be allowed without <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Where beams<br />

<strong>and</strong> slabs toge<strong>the</strong>r form an integral part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure <strong>the</strong>y shall be poured in one operation.<br />

A record is to be kept by <strong>the</strong> Contractor on site <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> time <strong>and</strong> date <strong>of</strong> placing <strong>the</strong> concrete in each<br />

portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> number <strong>and</strong> identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works Test Cubes, corresponding to<br />

<strong>the</strong>se portions. Such records are to be h<strong>and</strong>ed to <strong>the</strong> Engineer weekly during <strong>the</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work.<br />

If placing <strong>of</strong> concrete by pumping is required it shall be specified in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />

Admixtures<br />

No admixtures <strong>of</strong> any type shall be used in <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> concrete or concrete products unless so<br />

required by <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or unless so directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. In case any such<br />

admixtures are used <strong>the</strong> rates <strong>and</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> application shall be strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturer's instructions, which must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before using it.<br />

Curing<br />

Freshly placed concrete shall be protected from rain, dust storms, chemical attack <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> harmful<br />

effects <strong>of</strong> heat, wind, flowing water, vibrations <strong>and</strong> shocks. This protection shall continue until <strong>the</strong><br />

concrete is sufficiently set such that it is no longer damaged by <strong>the</strong>se factors.<br />

The Engineer shall determine when <strong>the</strong> protection is no longer required, but in any case this shall not<br />

be less than 24 hours after <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> placing.<br />

Concrete shall be cured for at least seven days <strong>and</strong> as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Curing shall be<br />

effected by <strong>the</strong> direct application <strong>of</strong> water to <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete or by o<strong>the</strong>r approved curing<br />

methods or curing compounds applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturers specifications. In case <strong>the</strong><br />

application <strong>of</strong> such curing compounds is delayed for any reason, <strong>the</strong> concrete shall be kept moist until<br />

<strong>the</strong> application is made.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

27<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Timber formwork covering <strong>the</strong> concrete shall be moistened with water at frequent intervals to keep it<br />

from drying during <strong>the</strong> curing period. Metal formwork exposed to <strong>the</strong> sun must be shaded from its<br />

direct rays, painted white or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected during <strong>the</strong> curing period.<br />

Formed Finishes<br />

1 - Basic finish<br />

General requirements:<br />

(a) Produce an even finish with a sheet material.<br />

(b) Arrange panels in a regular pattern.<br />

(c) Blowholes not more than about 10mm in diameter will be permitted but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

surface is to be free from voids honey combing <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r large defects.<br />

(d) Variation in colour resulting from <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> a from discoloration due to contamination<br />

or grout leakage.<br />

The finish will be left as struck, making good or small defects will normally be permitted but only<br />

after inspection by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. All blowholes shall be filled with a matching mortar to an approved<br />

sample unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. All faces shall be protected from damage,<br />

especially arrisses .<br />

All faces shall be protected from rust marks <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r surface disfigurements. Form tie holes shall be<br />

filled with a matching mortar to an approved sample accepted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

2 - Fine finish (Fair Face)<br />

General Requirements:<br />

a) Produce a smooth even finish with an impervious sheet metal.<br />

b) Make panels as large as is practicable <strong>and</strong> arrange to approval.<br />

c) Blowhole not more than about 5mm in diameter will be permitted but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

surface is to be free from voids, honey combing <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r defects.<br />

d) Variation in colour resulting from <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> an impervious form lining will be<br />

permitted, but <strong>the</strong> surface is to be free from discoloration due to contamination or grout leakage.<br />

e) Concrete cover spacers shall be used only if approved.<br />

The finish is to be left as struck. Making good will not normally be permitted. All form tie holes are to<br />

be filled with a matching mortar to an approved sample. Wire form ties shall not be used. Approval <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer for <strong>the</strong> position <strong>of</strong> tie holes is to be obtained before use.<br />

Quality Control Testing Etc.<br />

Prior to commencing <strong>the</strong> work <strong>the</strong> contractor shall make available on site <strong>the</strong> following minimum<br />

approved equipment kept in good condition at all times:<br />

- Six Cube moulds.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

28<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

- Slump cones.<br />

- Thermometer.<br />

- Any o<strong>the</strong>r accessories as required by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

All samples <strong>and</strong> testing shall be done in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer or his authorised representative<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r on site or in an approved testing laboratory in <strong>the</strong> area.<br />

The frequency <strong>of</strong> testing shall be as noted in <strong>the</strong> clauses <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>and</strong> whenever required by <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer.<br />

The works Test Cubes shall be made as follows for types <strong>of</strong> concrete (A), (B) , <strong>and</strong> (C) :<br />

(a) At least three times weekly per mixing plant.<br />

(b) At least once for three individual parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structure.<br />

(c) At least once per 100 cubic meters <strong>of</strong> Concrete or fraction <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>.<br />

For types (D), <strong>and</strong> (E) concrete <strong>the</strong> rate shall be once per each 100 cubic meters or fraction <strong>the</strong>re<strong>of</strong>.<br />

At least six cubes shall be made at one time. Two <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> six cubes are to be tested at seven (7) days.<br />

The remaining four cubes are to be tested at 28 days, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir average strength must not fall below <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum strength specified for each type <strong>of</strong> concrete <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> lowest test result shall not be more than<br />

20% below <strong>the</strong> average <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> four cubes.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> 7-day test is unsatisfactory, <strong>the</strong> Contractor may elect to remove <strong>and</strong> replace <strong>the</strong><br />

defective concrete without waiting for <strong>the</strong> 28-day test. If <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 28-day test is unsatisfactory<br />

all concreting shall be stopped at <strong>the</strong> Contractors expense <strong>and</strong> shall not proceed fur<strong>the</strong>r without <strong>the</strong><br />

written permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Contractor shall <strong>the</strong>n, in accordance with <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer, remove cores <strong>and</strong> test<br />

same or conduct in- insitu tests in accordance with CP 144 from or on suspect portions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> works,<br />

under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Concrete judged by <strong>the</strong> Engineer to be defective shall be forthwith cut out, removed <strong>and</strong> replaced at<br />

<strong>the</strong> Contractors own expense.<br />

In <strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> strengths consistently higher than those specified being obtained, a reduction in <strong>the</strong><br />

number <strong>of</strong> tests may be authorised by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Position <strong>of</strong> Reinforcement<br />

The actual concrete cover to all steel at any point should not be smaller than <strong>the</strong> required nominal<br />

cover by more than 5mm.<br />

The effective depth <strong>of</strong> fully or nearly fully stressed tensile reinforcement should not be less than that<br />

given on <strong>the</strong> drawings by an amount exceeding 5 per cent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> effective depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section being<br />

considered or 5mm whichever is <strong>the</strong> greater.<br />

Ready Mixed Concrete<br />

Ready - mixed concrete as defined in BS 1926, batched <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> site will be used with agreement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall comply with all requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract. The quality <strong>and</strong> strength <strong>of</strong> cements<br />

shall be determined by site tests. No test results supplied by Ready-Mix Supplier shall be accepted as<br />

pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> quality <strong>and</strong> strength <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />

The concrete shall be carried in purpose made agitators operating continuously, or in truck mixers. The<br />

concrete shall be compacted <strong>and</strong> in its final position within 1 hour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> introduction <strong>of</strong> cement to <strong>the</strong><br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

29<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

aggregate or as agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The time <strong>of</strong> such introduction shall be recorded on <strong>the</strong><br />

Delivery Note toge<strong>the</strong>r with <strong>the</strong> weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> constituents <strong>of</strong> each mix.<br />

When truck mixed concrete is used, water shall be added under supervision ei<strong>the</strong>r at <strong>the</strong> site or at <strong>the</strong><br />

central batching plant as agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer but in no circumstances shall water be added in<br />

transit.<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise agreed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer truck mixer units <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir mixing <strong>and</strong> discharge<br />

performance shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> BS 4251. Mixing shall continue for <strong>the</strong> number<br />

<strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> revolutions recommended in accordance with BS 4251 or, in <strong>the</strong> absence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturer's instructions, mixing shall continue for not less than 100 revolutions at a rate <strong>of</strong> not less<br />

than 7 revolutions per minute.<br />

Prior to any ready mixed concrete being ordered, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall submit to <strong>the</strong> Engineer details <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> supplier <strong>and</strong> shall arrange for <strong>the</strong> Engineer to inspect <strong>the</strong> supplier's works if required.<br />

Truck-mixer units shall be maintained <strong>and</strong> operated strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />

recommendations.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

30<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 4<br />

BLOCK WORK<br />

1-1 Manufacture<br />

Generally <strong>the</strong> blocks used shall be <strong>of</strong> local manufacture made with concrete in approved vibrated<br />

pressure machines. The fine aggregate to be used for blocks shall be clean <strong>and</strong> sharp approved s<strong>and</strong>. It<br />

shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable <strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Grading given<br />

hereunder. The cement, coarse aggregate <strong>and</strong> water to be used for blocks shall comply with <strong>the</strong><br />

requirements given for Concrete Works, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing <strong>the</strong> material shall<br />

be <strong>the</strong> same. The following Mixing Table shall be strictly adhered to in all cases. Water/cement ratio<br />

shall be strictly governed to produce a mix <strong>of</strong> nil - slump.<br />

Mixing Table<br />

Nominal Mix (all by volume)<br />

1 part Cement, 2 parts Fine Aggregate <strong>and</strong> 5 parts Coarse Aggregate<br />

Table Of Grading<br />

(a) Fine aggregate<br />

BS 410 Sieve No. Approximate size: mm Percentage(by weight) Passing<br />

BS sieve<br />

- 10.00 100<br />

- 5.00 90-100<br />

7 2.36 75-100<br />

14 1.18 55-90<br />

25 0.60 35-59<br />

52 0.30 8-30<br />

100 0.15 0-10<br />

b) Coarse aggregate 10mm single size aggregate.<br />

The blocks shall be hard, sound, square <strong>and</strong> clean with sharp well defined arrises <strong>and</strong> shall, unless<br />

previously approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, be a work size <strong>of</strong> (400 x 200 x 200mm) with properly formed<br />

half blocks for bonding.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

31<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Hollow blocks, where required, shall be similar quality <strong>and</strong> overall size to solid blocks, <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong><br />

local manufacture made with concrete as described above in approved vibrated pressure machines. The<br />

design <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cavities <strong>and</strong> webs shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval before manufacture.<br />

The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> membranes or solid portions <strong>of</strong> hollow blocks shall be not less than (30 mm) each<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> solid portion shall exceed one third <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> total thickness in ei<strong>the</strong>r<br />

horizontal direction<br />

(Light weight lime - blocks can be used according to drawings, bills <strong>of</strong> quantities <strong>and</strong> Engineer’s<br />

approval)<br />

Arrises shall be sharp <strong>and</strong> true; blocks which have damaged arrises are not to be used in <strong>the</strong> works <strong>and</strong><br />

shall be discarded at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor.<br />

Immediately after moulding <strong>the</strong> blocks shall be placed on clean, level, non-absorbent pallets. Blocks<br />

shall not be removed from <strong>the</strong> pallets until inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Blocks shall be<br />

cured by being kept thoroughly wet by means <strong>of</strong> water sprinklers or o<strong>the</strong>r approved means for a period<br />

determined by <strong>the</strong> Engineer but in all cases for not less than three days. Blocks must not be left on<br />

earth or s<strong>and</strong> during <strong>the</strong> curing process. Blocks shall be stacked in honeycomb fashion. Solid stacking<br />

will not be permitted.<br />

The average crushing strength <strong>of</strong> solid or hollow blocks shall be not less than 35 kg/cm <strong>of</strong> gross area<br />

(average <strong>of</strong> 12 blocks).<br />

1-2 Mortars<br />

The s<strong>and</strong> to be used for mortar shall be clean <strong>and</strong> sharp. It shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable<br />

<strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Gradings below. The lime if used for mortar shall be hydrated<br />

lime complying with BS 890.<br />

Where coloured mortars are required <strong>the</strong>se shall be obtained ei<strong>the</strong>r by <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> coloured cement or<br />

by addition <strong>of</strong> pigments complying with BS 1014.<br />

The cement <strong>and</strong> water to be used for mortar shall comply with <strong>the</strong> requirements given under Concrete<br />

Works Section, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be <strong>the</strong> same. The following Mixing<br />

Table shall be strictly adhered to in all cases.<br />

Mixing Table<br />

Nominal<br />

Mix<br />

1<br />

:<br />

4<br />

Table Of Grading<br />

Cement<br />

Kilos<br />

3<br />

6<br />

0<br />

S<strong>and</strong><br />

m<br />

Lime<br />

(Dry Hydrate)<br />

Kilos<br />

1.00 As approved by<br />

The Engineer<br />

BS 410<br />

Sieve No.<br />

Approximate<br />

Size: mm<br />

S<strong>and</strong> Passing Through Sieve:<br />

percentage<br />

- 3 95-100<br />

7 2.4 80-100<br />

14 .2 60-100<br />

25 0.6 30-100<br />

52 0.3 5-65<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

32<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

100 0.15 0-15<br />

200 0.08 0-5<br />

Note: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes mentioned.<br />

The mortar generally shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix .<br />

Where plasticiser is added to <strong>the</strong> mortar <strong>the</strong> following mixes shall be used:<br />

(a) Building mortar - cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:6) <strong>and</strong><br />

(b) Mortar for pointing - cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (according to plasticizer manufacturer<br />

recommendation)<br />

The plasticiser shall be used strictly in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions, <strong>and</strong> subject to<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval.<br />

All mortars shall be used before <strong>the</strong> initial set has begun. Mortar shall not be remixed after <strong>the</strong> initial<br />

set has taken place. The full description given under Plaster Work Section, shall apply also to <strong>the</strong><br />

measuring, mixing etc. <strong>of</strong> mortar for block work.<br />

1-3 Construction<br />

All block work shall be set out <strong>and</strong> built to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Walls shall be carried up regularly without leaving any part more than one meter lower than ano<strong>the</strong>r<br />

unless <strong>the</strong> permission <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer is first obtained. Work, which is left at different levels, shall be<br />

racked back. In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> cavity walls, both thicknesses shall not be carried up more than about 400<br />

mm.<br />

The courses <strong>of</strong> block work shall be properly levelled. The perpendicular joints shall be properly lined<br />

<strong>and</strong> quoins, jambs <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r angles plumbed as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />

All walls shall be thoroughly bonded in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best constructional practice <strong>and</strong> as<br />

directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. Broken blocks shall not be used except where required for bond (if approved<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />

All concrete blocks shall be soaked with water before being used <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> tops <strong>of</strong> walls left <strong>of</strong>f shall be<br />

wetted before work is resumed. The faces <strong>of</strong> walls shall be kept clean <strong>and</strong> free from mortar droppings<br />

<strong>and</strong> splashes<br />

All blocks shall be properly spread with mortar before being laid <strong>and</strong> all joints shall be thoroughly<br />

flushed up solid through <strong>the</strong> full thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> wall at each course as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />

For block walls <strong>the</strong> gauge shall be ten courses to 2100 mm.<br />

Walls to be left unplastered shall have a fair face consisting <strong>of</strong> selected blocks pointed with a neat<br />

wea<strong>the</strong>red or flush joint as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds using <strong>the</strong> same mortar mix as for jointing.<br />

Walls to be plastered shall have <strong>the</strong> horizontal joints raked out to depth <strong>of</strong> 8 mm to form a key.<br />

Block work shall be bonded to concrete columns <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like with 200 x 60 x 6 mm non ferrous metal<br />

ties cast in concrete <strong>and</strong> subsequently bent down, ragged <strong>and</strong> built into every 2 courses <strong>of</strong> block work.<br />

Gunning ties to concrete will not be permitted (o<strong>the</strong>r ways <strong>of</strong> bond must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

33<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 5<br />

ROOFING<br />

1-1 Corrugated Steel Ro<strong>of</strong>s<br />

All corrugated galvanised steel sheeting (whe<strong>the</strong>r fixed to wood or steel framing) shall be <strong>of</strong> 23 or 24<br />

gauge fixed with a minimum <strong>of</strong> 50mm end laps <strong>and</strong> with a minimum <strong>of</strong> one corrugation side lap.<br />

When instructed to have a one-corrugation side lap, <strong>the</strong> sheets shall have a cover <strong>of</strong> not less than 20<br />

mm <strong>and</strong> all <strong>the</strong> lapped sides shall be turned downwards. Where practicable <strong>the</strong> exposed lapped sides<br />

shall be arranged to face away from <strong>the</strong> prevailing wind. When instructed to have a one <strong>and</strong> a half<br />

corrugations side lap <strong>the</strong> sheets shall be arranged alternatively with a cover <strong>of</strong> not less than 90mm, <strong>the</strong><br />

first sheet being fixed with <strong>the</strong> lapped sides turned upwards away from <strong>the</strong> bearer <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> cover sheet<br />

with <strong>the</strong> lapped sides turned downwards.<br />

Sheets shall be secured to purlins at centres not exceeding 300mm by galvanised self-parking screws<br />

(minimum 75mm long) with galvanised diamond shaped washers <strong>and</strong> lead sealing washers.<br />

All holes for bolts, self-parking screws etc. shall be punched from <strong>the</strong> underside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

be on <strong>the</strong> crown <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> corrugations.<br />

Galvanised steel ridge capping shall be supplied <strong>and</strong> fixed to purlins as described above.<br />

1-2 Screeds<br />

Hook bolts; self-parking screws <strong>and</strong> washers shall generally comply with BS 1494.<br />

The provisions <strong>of</strong> Concrete Work section shall apply to <strong>the</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> solid reinforced concrete<br />

slab ro<strong>of</strong>s <strong>and</strong> to hollow slab ro<strong>of</strong>s. The actual finish will be specifically shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or in<br />

<strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />

Lightweight concrete screeds for obtaining falls or as an insulation layer shall be <strong>of</strong> approved type <strong>of</strong><br />

foamed concrete. The materials shall be measured, applied <strong>and</strong> cured in accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturer's instructions <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

In all cases <strong>the</strong> finished screed shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved proprietary type with a density <strong>of</strong> not less than<br />

400kg/ m2 to receive <strong>the</strong> applied ro<strong>of</strong>ing. Mixing shall take place using approved mechanical mixers.<br />

Concrete screeds for obtaining falls shall be (1:3:6) mix.<br />

All screeds shall be laid in bays not exceeding 10 square metres <strong>and</strong> formed between stop boards <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> correct height <strong>and</strong> cut on each side to indicate <strong>the</strong> slope required in <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong>ing. The screed shall<br />

<strong>the</strong>n be trowelled with a wooden float to true <strong>and</strong> accurate falls or cross falls up to <strong>the</strong> stop boards. A<br />

10mm side gap shall be left between each screed bay for <strong>the</strong> full depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screed. The screeds shall<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

34<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

be allowed to cure thoroughly to attain maximum shrinkage. Any cracks, which appear due to<br />

shrinkage, shall be made good. The gaps between bays shall <strong>the</strong>n be filled in with cold bitumen.<br />

Where <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> screeds are to be reinforced with one layer <strong>of</strong> galvanised wire mesh, this shall be<br />

supported on top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base on spacers to ensure that it is maintained at between 10mm <strong>and</strong> 15mm<br />

below <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finished screeds. It shall be at least 100mm wide, securely wired toge<strong>the</strong>r. It shall<br />

be stopped 20mm from <strong>the</strong> edge <strong>of</strong> each bay.<br />

1-3 Insulation<br />

1-4 Tiling<br />

When an asphalt sheet is used on <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screeds, it should have <strong>the</strong> following<br />

properties:<br />

− Asphalt sheets should be supplied in rolls <strong>of</strong> 1-1.2m width <strong>and</strong> 4mm thick.<br />

− Top surface should have a layer <strong>of</strong> medium size white aggregates (2-3mm)<br />

Applying asphalt sheets should be made according to <strong>the</strong> manufacturer instructions.<br />

Top surface <strong>of</strong> screeds should be cleaned <strong>and</strong> a suitable prime should be sprayed before using asphalt<br />

sheets.<br />

An overlap <strong>of</strong> 15-20cm should be made on sheets.<br />

Hot asphalt should be sprayed before erecting <strong>the</strong> sheets, which should be heated<br />

(bottom side).<br />

Sheets should have at least 15cm vertical edges, all around <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> (a special groove should be made<br />

in <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> parapet to erect <strong>the</strong> vertical side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets)<br />

During erecting asphalt sheets, contractor should prevent air pockets entrained under <strong>the</strong> sheets, which<br />

will be full flame applied.<br />

Tiled finishing to ro<strong>of</strong>s shall be manufactured <strong>and</strong> laid as described in Section P (Plasterwork etc.)<br />

Tilted tiled skirting shall include a triangular fillet <strong>of</strong> screed material <strong>and</strong> pointing at top with<br />

polysulphide mastic.<br />

1-5 <strong>Expansion</strong> Joints<br />

The expansion joints shall generally be <strong>of</strong> 10mm thick fibreboard impregnated with bitumen<br />

accurately cut, with butt joints <strong>and</strong> fixed vertical <strong>and</strong> straight .The top 10mm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint shall be<br />

filled with a grey polyurethane gun grade sealant, which confirms with BS 4254.<br />

<strong>Expansion</strong> joints shall continue into <strong>the</strong> tilted tile, skirting <strong>and</strong> fillets.<br />

1-6 Felt Ro<strong>of</strong>ing<br />

Felt ro<strong>of</strong>ing, below tiling, shall be two-ply, tropical grade, fibre- based bituminous ro<strong>of</strong>ing felt<br />

weighing not less than 1.8kg /m2 <strong>and</strong> shall comply generally with BS 747 (Class 1 Type 16) <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

be executed by an approved specialist.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

35<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The felt shall be thoroughly bonded to <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> or screed <strong>and</strong> between layers. Care shall be taken to<br />

ensure that all surfaces upon which felt is to be laid are dry, smooth <strong>and</strong> clean.<br />

The bonding shall be by means <strong>of</strong> bitumen (60 /70 penetration) applied hot as a continuous coating to<br />

an average thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 1.5mm <strong>and</strong> not more than 2mm, so as to give a complete coat<br />

over <strong>the</strong> whole area at <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> not less than 1.5kg /m2 <strong>and</strong> not more than 2.0kg /m2 for each<br />

bonding coat.<br />

The felt shall be laid with 150mm side <strong>and</strong> end laps, which shall be staggered.<br />

The felt shall be carried up <strong>the</strong> walls etc., over fillets to from a skirting continuous with <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong><br />

covering. The skirting shall be bonded to <strong>the</strong> fillets <strong>and</strong> walls <strong>and</strong> shall be not less that 150mm in<br />

vertical height.<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> materials shall conform in all respects with <strong>the</strong> British St<strong>and</strong>ard CP 144: Part 1, ‘Ro<strong>of</strong><br />

Coverings, built-up bitumen felt', or any st<strong>and</strong>ards approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The felt shall be dressed <strong>and</strong> bonded into rainwater outlets <strong>and</strong> under flashings.<br />

1-7 Bitumen Ro<strong>of</strong>ing<br />

Where ro<strong>of</strong> finishing’s are required to be <strong>of</strong> a bitumen <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mix this shall be composed <strong>of</strong> a mix<br />

to <strong>the</strong> following proportion (by weight) :<br />

Bitumen 60 /70 penetration 13 %<br />

Filler (passing 200 sieve) 11 %<br />

S<strong>and</strong> 76 %<br />

Mixing shall be carried out in an approved machine until all materials are thoroughly mixed. The<br />

mixing temperature shall be between 163OC <strong>and</strong> 191OC <strong>and</strong> it shall be applied at a temperature<br />

sufficient to maintain <strong>the</strong> workability <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix. The covering shall be laid in one coat to give a<br />

consolidated thickness <strong>of</strong> 20mm after rolling with a light h<strong>and</strong> roller. 150x150mm angle fillets shall<br />

be laid at edges <strong>of</strong> ro<strong>of</strong>s against parapets etc., properly bonded to <strong>the</strong> ro<strong>of</strong> covering <strong>and</strong> with top<br />

edges turned into joints <strong>of</strong> walls. The covering shall also be pressed into rainwater outlets <strong>and</strong> under<br />

flashings.<br />

1-8 Asphalt<br />

An approved specialist using mastic asphalt to BS 988 shall execute asphalt ro<strong>of</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> tanking.<br />

The asphalt shall be applied in <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> number <strong>of</strong> coats described in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Conditions, with each successive coat breaking joints at least 300mm (12") <strong>and</strong> with properly formed<br />

angles, double angle fillets <strong>and</strong> fair edges.<br />

Joints <strong>of</strong> block work shall be raked out <strong>and</strong> all vertical surfaces hacked for key.<br />

Horizontal work shall be laid on a layer <strong>of</strong> stout sheathing felt.<br />

1-9 Completion<br />

On completion all ro<strong>of</strong>s etc are to be left sound, water- tight <strong>and</strong> in clean condition before h<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

over.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

36<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 6<br />

PLASTER WORK<br />

1-1 General<br />

The British St<strong>and</strong>ards (BS) governs <strong>the</strong> work covered in this section.<br />

1-2 Materials<br />

Portl<strong>and</strong> cement, fine aggregate <strong>and</strong> water shall be as previously specified in Concrete Work section.<br />

The colour pigments shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture, lime pro<strong>of</strong> <strong>and</strong> non-fading.<br />

The s<strong>and</strong> for plastering shall be clean fine s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> shall be chemically <strong>and</strong> structurally stable. The<br />

s<strong>and</strong> shall be sieved <strong>and</strong> graded in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Grading given below.<br />

Table Of Grading<br />

BS 410<br />

Sieve No.<br />

Approximate Size<br />

mm<br />

S<strong>and</strong> Passing Through Sieve<br />

Percentage :<br />

UNDERCOAT FINISH COAT<br />

7 2.4 95-100 100<br />

14 1.2 80-95 95-100<br />

25 0.6 30-55 30-85<br />

52 0.3 5-50 5-50<br />

100 0.15 0-10 0-10<br />

Note: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes<br />

mentioned.<br />

Imported lime shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hydrate type complying with BS 890.<br />

Bonding agents where required shall be <strong>of</strong> a type approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> shall be used as<br />

recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer<br />

The Contractor shall ensure that supplies <strong>of</strong> materials are sufficient to give consistent <strong>and</strong> uniform<br />

colour to surface finishes which are not to be painted.<br />

1-3 Mixing<br />

The methods <strong>of</strong> measuring <strong>and</strong> mixing shall be as laid down under Concrete Work section, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

proportions shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Mixing Table given below.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

37<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Mixing Table<br />

Nominal mix Ratio Cement/ Kg Fine Aggregate or<br />

S<strong>and</strong> /m3<br />

(I)(dry hydrate )<br />

kg<br />

1:5 cement 289 1.00 -<br />

1:4 cement 361 1.00 -<br />

1:3 cement 476 1.00 -<br />

1:2 ½ cement 577 1.00 -<br />

1:2 cement 721 1.00 -<br />

1:1 cement 1442 1.00 -<br />

1:5 cement with 1:5:1 289 1.00 124<br />

20 % (I)<br />

1:4 (I) cement with<br />

10 %<br />

1:10:2 1/2 145 1.00 161<br />

* I = Imported Li<br />

With regard to <strong>the</strong> lime mortars gauged with cement, <strong>the</strong> addition just before use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cement to<br />

small quantities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> lime/s<strong>and</strong> mix shall preferably take place in a mechanical mixer <strong>and</strong> mixing<br />

shall continue for such time as will ensure uniform distribution <strong>of</strong> materials <strong>and</strong> uniform colour <strong>and</strong><br />

consistency. It is important to note that quantity <strong>of</strong> water used shall be carefully controlled.<br />

1-4 Plastering And Similar In-Situ Finishing’s And Backings<br />

All plastering shall be executed in a neat workmanlike manner. All faces except circular work shall be<br />

true <strong>and</strong> flat <strong>and</strong> angles shall be straight <strong>and</strong> level or plumb.<br />

Plastering shall be neatly made good up to metal or wooden frames <strong>and</strong> skirting <strong>and</strong> around pipes or<br />

fittings. Angles shall be rounded to 5mm radius.<br />

Surfaces <strong>of</strong> undercoats shall be well scratched to provide a key for finishing coats. Screed marks or<br />

making good on undercoats shall not show through <strong>the</strong> finishing coats.<br />

Surfaces described, as trowelled smooth shall be finished with a steel trowel to a smooth flat surface<br />

free from trowel marks.<br />

Surfaces described as floated shall be finished with a wooden or felt float to a flat surface free from<br />

trowel marks.<br />

All tools, implements, vessels <strong>and</strong> surfaces shall at all times be kept scrupulously clean <strong>and</strong> strict<br />

precautions shall be taken to prevent <strong>the</strong> plaster or o<strong>the</strong>r materials from being contaminated by pieces<br />

<strong>of</strong> partially set material which would tend to retard or accelerate <strong>the</strong> setting time.<br />

Coating work shall not be started until all:<br />

a) required openings, chases or o<strong>the</strong>r apertures have been cut<br />

b) pipes, fixtures, fixing pads <strong>and</strong> plugs have been fixed<br />

c) making good has been completed .<br />

The Contractor shall protect all existing work <strong>and</strong> approaches, with boards, dust sheets etc. All<br />

droppings onto finished work shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f immediately.<br />

The Contractor shall ensure that all plant <strong>and</strong> tools are kept clean <strong>and</strong> free from previous mixes.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

38<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The Contractor shall make good defective or damaged coatings before starting decoration works.<br />

1-5 Preparation For Plaster etc.<br />

All surfaces to be plastered shall be clean <strong>and</strong> free from dust, loose mortar <strong>and</strong> all traces <strong>of</strong> salts.<br />

Projections <strong>and</strong> concrete fins shall be hacked <strong>of</strong>f. Traces <strong>of</strong> mould oil, paint, grease, dust <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

incompatible materials shall be removed by scrubbing with water containing detergent.<br />

Where cement plaster is to be applied <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall first be wetted <strong>and</strong> dashed with a mixture <strong>of</strong><br />

Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:2) mix to form a key. This should be kept wet with a fine water spray<br />

until set, <strong>and</strong> allowed to harden before applying undercoat for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 3 days.<br />

All surfaces shall be thoroughly sprayed with water <strong>and</strong> all free water allowed to disappear before<br />

plaster is applied.<br />

Bonding agents where required shall be applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions<br />

<strong>and</strong> must be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Before plastering is commenced all junctions between differing materials shall be reinforced in<br />

accordance with clause 9.21.<br />

1-6 Curing Of Plaster etc.<br />

Each coat <strong>of</strong> plaster should be kept damp for <strong>the</strong> first three days. Care must be taken to prevent too<br />

rapid drying out during hot wea<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> in drying winds.<br />

The Contractor shall <strong>the</strong>refore provide a protective covering <strong>of</strong> plastic or similar impervious sheeting,<br />

which must be hung so that it is clear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finished surface.<br />

Any cracking, discoloration or o<strong>the</strong>r defects caused by inadequate protection shall be remedied at <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor's expense.<br />

1-7 Uses Of Plaster etc.<br />

The type, mix <strong>and</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> plaster for each location shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification or shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, <strong>and</strong> shall generally be selected from <strong>the</strong> Schedule <strong>of</strong> Plasters<br />

given in Table P1.<br />

Table P1 : Schedule Of Plasters<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

39<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

DESCRIPTION Render And<br />

Spray<br />

Cement <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong><br />

Total<br />

Thicknes<br />

s<br />

Plain Face<br />

Cement <strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong><br />

Walls 13 15 13<br />

Ceilings 10 10 10<br />

Gauged Plastering Lime<br />

<strong>and</strong> S<strong>and</strong> with Cement<br />

Underco Mix 1:4 Floated 1:4 Scratched 1:10:2.5 Scratched<br />

ats<br />

Thicknes<br />

Surface<br />

Walls 10 as required as required<br />

s (mm) Ceilings 7 as required as required<br />

Finishing Mix 1:1 Sprayed 1:4 trowelled or floated 1:10:2.5 trowelled or<br />

Thicknes Surface<br />

floated<br />

s (mm) Walls 3 as required as required<br />

Ceilings 3 as required as required<br />

Remarks External use External or internal use<br />

may be applied in one<br />

coat to ceiling only if<br />

Internal use may be applied<br />

in one coat if finished<br />

thickness is 12mm <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

finished thickness is required surface finish is<br />

12mm <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> required obtained.<br />

surface finish is obtained.<br />

1-8 Application Of Plaster etc.<br />

After preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surfaces <strong>the</strong> undercoat shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> required thickness between<br />

screeds laid, ruled <strong>and</strong> plumbed as necessary when nearly set <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undercoat shall be<br />

scratched. The undercoat shall be allowed to set hard <strong>and</strong> shall be cured. Where plastering is applied<br />

in one coat or where roughcast is to be applied <strong>the</strong> scratching should be omitted.<br />

The finishing coat shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> required thickness by means <strong>of</strong> a laying - on trowel <strong>and</strong><br />

finished to give <strong>the</strong> required surface.<br />

The surfaces shall be finished to a true plane to correct line <strong>and</strong> level, with all angles <strong>and</strong> corners to a<br />

right angle unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, <strong>and</strong> with walls <strong>and</strong> reveals plumb <strong>and</strong> square. The surfaces<br />

shall be finished to within 3 mm <strong>of</strong> a straight edge 1.80m long placed on face <strong>of</strong> plaster.<br />

Undercoat shall be worked well into <strong>the</strong> interstices <strong>of</strong> metal work to obtain maximum key.<br />

Each coat shall be applied firmly to achieve good adhesion, <strong>and</strong> ruled to an even surface.<br />

Each coat shall be applied to each wall <strong>and</strong> ceiling surface in one continuous operation.<br />

Each coat shall be applied at full thickness down to floor level or skirting lath.<br />

All undercoats shall be cross scratched to provide key for next coat .<br />

Cement based undercoats shall be allowed to dry out thoroughly to ensure that drying shrinkage is<br />

substantially complete before applying subsequent coat.<br />

50 mm each side <strong>of</strong> angle bead to be finished with neat Keene’s cement before plaster finishing coat<br />

is applied. Where angle beads are not specified, angles shall be formed with pencil round arris.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

40<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Smooth Finish<br />

Finished with a steel-laying trowel to an even surface.<br />

Wood Float Or Plain Finish<br />

Finished with a dry wooden float as soon as wet sheen has disappeared from surface to give overall<br />

even texture.<br />

Rough Textured Finish<br />

Finished with a cork or carpet float to provide a rough but open-textured surface.<br />

Scraped finish<br />

Finished with laying trowel to uniform thickness <strong>and</strong> after coat has set but before it is too hard,<br />

aggregate exposed by scraping surface <strong>of</strong> skin to approved texture.<br />

Rough Cast Finish<br />

Thrown on while wet with trowel or scooped to an even texture <strong>and</strong> left as cast.<br />

Dry Dash Finish<br />

Topcoat <strong>of</strong> rendering finished to uniform thickness; while coating is plastic, aggregate thrown on to<br />

cover surface <strong>and</strong> particles pressed lightly into mortar to ensure adhesion.<br />

Sprayed Finish<br />

The sprayed finish shall be applied with an approved machine to give a finish <strong>of</strong> even texture <strong>and</strong><br />

thickness. The sprayed finish shall be applied in three separate coats allowing time for drying between<br />

coats.<br />

Application in one continuous operation to build up a thick layer will not be permitted. The total<br />

finished thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> four-sprayed coats shall be not less than 3 mm. The sprayed finish shall not<br />

be applied until all repairs <strong>and</strong> making good to <strong>the</strong> undercoat are completed. Rainwater pipes, fittings<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall first be fitted, <strong>the</strong>n removed during <strong>the</strong> spraying process <strong>and</strong> refitted <strong>and</strong> jointed<br />

afterwards. Any plaster, which adheres to o<strong>the</strong>r pipes, doors, windows <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like, shall be carefully<br />

removed before it has set. Curing shall take place after <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fourth coat.<br />

1-9 Steel Mesh Lathing, Stops And Beads<br />

Steel mesh lathing shall be galvanized type weighing 1.6kg/m.<br />

Steel rods for distancing shall be hot rolled mild steel round bars to BS 4449, diameter to approval,<br />

galvanized to BS 729 or bitumen coated.<br />

Steel clout nails shall be to BS 1202: Part 1, Table 3, galvanized to BS 729.<br />

Galvanized steel angle bead with 50 mm galvanized exp<strong>and</strong>ed metal mesh on both sides <strong>of</strong> bead.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

41<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Mesh lathing shall be fixed with <strong>the</strong> long way <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mesh at right angles to supports.<br />

In horizontal work it shall be fixed with all mesh str<strong>and</strong>s sloping in <strong>the</strong> same direction.<br />

In vertical work it shall be fixed with all mesh str<strong>and</strong>s sloping inwards <strong>and</strong> downwards from face <strong>of</strong><br />

coating.<br />

Lathing shall be fixed from <strong>the</strong> center outwards so that it is taut.<br />

Lathing shall not be lapped within 100mm <strong>of</strong> angles or curves.<br />

Junctions <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be reinforced at corners with 75 x 75 mm angled plain mesh, fixed to rails<br />

with tying wire at not more than 100mm centers.<br />

Ends <strong>of</strong> wire shall be bent away from face <strong>of</strong> coating.<br />

Beads <strong>and</strong> stops shall be fixed plumb, square <strong>and</strong> true to line <strong>and</strong> level.<br />

Metal angle beads shall be fixed to solid backgrounds with plaster dabs, <strong>and</strong> shall be fixed to timber<br />

supports with 28mm clout nails. Both types <strong>of</strong> fixing shall be on each side <strong>of</strong> angle at not more than<br />

600mm centers .<br />

At junctions between dissimilar solid backgrounds in <strong>the</strong> same plane <strong>and</strong> with <strong>the</strong> same coating, steel<br />

lathing shall be fixed with 38 mm clout nails or with staples. They shall be driven into drilled <strong>and</strong><br />

plugged holes or into fixing bricks or plugs built in or cast in:<br />

(a) At single junctions, lathing to be not less than 450mm wide, fixed each edge at 100 mm centers<br />

.<br />

(b) At columns, lathing to extend not less than 150mm beyond each junction, fixed each<br />

edge centrally at 100 mm centers .<br />

Side edges <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be lapped not less than 25mm, <strong>and</strong> secure with tying wire at not more than<br />

100mm centers .<br />

Ends <strong>of</strong> lathing shall be lapped 40mm at supports <strong>and</strong> 50mm between supports, <strong>and</strong> secured with<br />

tying wire at not more than 100m centers.<br />

Lathing fixed to metal supports shall be fixed with hair-pin shaped tying wire ties at not more than<br />

100mm centers, passed over <strong>the</strong> support with both ends through mesh, twisted tight, ends cut <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong><br />

bent flat.<br />

Concrete, block work or masonry backgrounds shall be drilled <strong>and</strong> plugged at not more than<br />

100x400mm centres <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> lathing shall be fixed with 38mm clout nails or wire staples driven at an<br />

angle to tauten <strong>the</strong> mesh.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1-1 General<br />

SECTION 7<br />

WALL AND FLOOR TILING WORKS<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

42<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The British St<strong>and</strong>ards (BS) govern <strong>the</strong> work covered in this section.<br />

1-2 Materials<br />

Portl<strong>and</strong> cement, fine aggregate <strong>and</strong> water shall be as previously specified in Concrete Work section.<br />

The marble chipping shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved quality in irregular pieces varying from 2 mm to 10 mm<br />

in size depending on <strong>the</strong> effect required. The pieces should preferably be roughly cubical in shape<br />

where flaky shaped pieces shall not be used.<br />

The granite chipping shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved quality graded from 12 mm down with not more than 5<br />

percent fine material passing a No.100 sieve.<br />

Marble <strong>and</strong> granite aggregates shall comply generally with <strong>the</strong> Table <strong>of</strong> Gradings. In connection with<br />

marble aggregates <strong>the</strong> percentages are approximate only. The actual grading should be selected to<br />

produce <strong>the</strong> surface effects required.<br />

Table Of Gradings<br />

BS 410<br />

Approximate Size Percentage <strong>of</strong> Aggregate<br />

Sieve No.<br />

mm<br />

Passing Through Sieve<br />

GRANITE<br />

MARBLE<br />

- 13 100 -<br />

- 10 95-100 95-100<br />

- 5 30-60 25-60<br />

7 2.4 20-50 5-30<br />

14 1.2 15-40 0-10<br />

25 0.6 10-30 -<br />

59 0.3 5-15 -<br />

100 0.15 0-5 -<br />

NOTE: <strong>the</strong> above figures represent <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> percentages (by weight) passing sieves <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sizes<br />

mentioned.<br />

1-3 Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Tiles<br />

Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be formed with a (1:2) mix <strong>of</strong> white or coloured cement, or in white<br />

cement with a colour pigment added, <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> applied as a facing not less than 7.5mm thick to a<br />

Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:5) mix backing.<br />

The tiles shall be cast in heavy moulds under pressure to <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>and</strong> sizes shown in <strong>the</strong><br />

following table.<br />

Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Tile Dimensions<br />

Size mm Size tolerances mm Minimum total thickness<br />

mm<br />

200x200 ± 0.5 20<br />

250x250 ± 0.5 25<br />

300x300 ± 1.0 25<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

43<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

400x400 ± 1.0 30<br />

Coloured cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> skirting to match tiles, 100mm or 200mm with chamfered top edges shall<br />

be produced in <strong>the</strong> same way as <strong>the</strong> tiles using <strong>the</strong> same mixes.<br />

All cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be cured by totally immersing <strong>the</strong>m, after <strong>the</strong> initial set has taken<br />

place, in a tank <strong>of</strong> clean water for at least 24 hours.<br />

Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles shall be laid <strong>and</strong> bedded direct onto a concrete sub-floor on a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong><br />

(1:4) mix screed. This screed shall be 25mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> 25mm tiles <strong>and</strong> 30mm thick in <strong>the</strong><br />

case <strong>of</strong> 20mm tiles. The total thickness <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> screed <strong>and</strong> tiles shall not exceed 50mm.<br />

All tiles shall be laid with square joints.<br />

All tiling shall be grouted up on completion, care being taken to fill all joints completely. The grout<br />

shall consist <strong>of</strong> neat cement <strong>of</strong> a colour to match <strong>the</strong> tiling. Any surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong><br />

face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiling <strong>and</strong> surrounding surfaces immediately <strong>and</strong> all tiling shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f.<br />

1-4 Terrazzo Tiles<br />

Terrazzo tiles shall be formed with a (1:2 1/2) mix <strong>of</strong> white or coloured cement or white cement with<br />

a colour pigment added <strong>and</strong> granular marble chippings applied as a facing not less than 5 mm thick to<br />

a Portl<strong>and</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:5)) mix backing.<br />

The tiles shall be cast in heavy metal moulds under pressure to <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>and</strong> sizes shown in <strong>the</strong><br />

following table.<br />

Terrazzo Tile Dimensions<br />

Size mm Size tolerances mm Minimum total<br />

thickness mm<br />

200x200 ± 0.5 20<br />

250x250 ± 0.5 25<br />

300x300 ± 1.0 25<br />

400x400 ± 1.0 30<br />

Tiles shall be cured as for cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> tiles <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n ground, filled <strong>and</strong> polished before<br />

distribution to site.<br />

Grinding shall be done wet by means <strong>of</strong> a No. 80 carborundum stone. Filling shall be carried out with<br />

a neat cement grout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same colour, as <strong>the</strong> facing mix <strong>and</strong> this shall be worked into <strong>the</strong> surface<br />

with a wooden shaper to fill all voids <strong>and</strong> air holes.<br />

Surplus grout shall be removed with a dry cloth. After a minimum period <strong>of</strong> 24 hours polishing shall<br />

be carried out wet by means <strong>of</strong> a No. 140 carborundum stone.<br />

Terrazzo skirting 100 mm or 200 mm high with chamfered top edges shall be produced in <strong>the</strong> same<br />

way as for tiles using <strong>the</strong> same mixes.<br />

Terrazzo tiles shall be laid <strong>and</strong> bedded direct onto a s<strong>and</strong> layer with a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix<br />

mortar. This mortar shall be 25mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> 25mm tiles <strong>and</strong> 30mm thick in <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong><br />

20mm tiles. The total thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> screed <strong>and</strong> tiles shall not exceed 50 mm .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

44<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

All tiling shall be grouted up on completion ; care being taken to fill all joints completely . The grout<br />

shall consist <strong>of</strong> neat cement <strong>of</strong> a colour to match <strong>the</strong> tiling . Any surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong><br />

face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiling <strong>and</strong> surrounding surfaces immediately <strong>and</strong> all tiling shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f .<br />

All terrazzo surfaces shall be polished on completion. Large areas such as floors shall be wet polished<br />

by means <strong>of</strong> approved machines using No. 140 carborundum wheel. Any surface too small for<br />

convenient machine polishing may be polished by h<strong>and</strong> using a No.140 carborundum stone <strong>and</strong> water<br />

Care must be taken during any polishing operation not to damage any <strong>of</strong> angles or arrises.<br />

Terrazzo covering to items such as sills, treads <strong>and</strong> risers to steps, skirting etc., shall generally be<br />

applied in accordance with <strong>the</strong> foregoing specification except that <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> facing shall be<br />

at least 10 mm (marble can be used if approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer).<br />

1-5 Marble Paving<br />

Marble pavings shall generally be 30 mm thick <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> size, type <strong>and</strong> pattern shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong><br />

Particular Specification <strong>and</strong>/or shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. The marble slabs shall be fixed solid on a<br />

bed <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30 mm thick with tight joints grouted in lime putty. Protective<br />

slurry <strong>of</strong> lime putty at least 3 mm thick shall be applied to <strong>the</strong> marble paving <strong>and</strong> subsequently<br />

cleaned <strong>of</strong>f.<br />

Treads shall be 30mm thick fixed solid on a bed <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30mm thick. Risers to<br />

stairs shall be 20mm thick fixed solid on a backing <strong>of</strong> cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mix 30 mm thick.<br />

Windowsills shall be 40mm thick bedded hollow on<br />

plaster<br />

slabs. Skirting shall be 10mm thick, in lengths <strong>of</strong> about 1.5 meters, fixed solid on a backing <strong>of</strong> cement<br />

<strong>and</strong> to coincide with joints in adjacent paving. Rounded arrises, nosing <strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be<br />

adequately protected by means <strong>of</strong> timber casings. Treads, risers, skirting <strong>and</strong> windowsills shall be<br />

grouted <strong>and</strong> protected in a manner similar to paving.<br />

The exposed faces <strong>and</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> all marble shall be polished smooth <strong>and</strong> be free from scratches or<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r defects. Concealed faces <strong>of</strong> marble shall be treated with shellac or bituminous paint.<br />

1-6 Marble Lining<br />

Marble lining to walls, columns <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall generally be 20 mm thick <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> size, type <strong>and</strong><br />

pattern shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications <strong>and</strong>/or as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

The marble slabs shall be cut square <strong>and</strong> true <strong>and</strong> shall be uniform in shape <strong>and</strong> thickness. Patterns<br />

<strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be accurately formed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Exposed edges <strong>and</strong> mouldings shall be protected by means <strong>of</strong> timber casing or lime putty coating. The<br />

exposed edges <strong>and</strong> faces <strong>of</strong> all marble shall be polished smooth <strong>and</strong> shall be free from scratches or<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r defects.<br />

1-7 Ceramic, Glazed And Quarry Tiling<br />

Clay floor quarries <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be in accordance with BS 1286<br />

type A <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> size shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Ceramic floor tiles <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be in accordance with BS 1286 type B , vitrified or fully vitrified<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>and</strong> size shall be as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings .<br />

Glazed ceramic floor tiling shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type, thickness <strong>and</strong> size as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular<br />

Specification or on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

45<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The tiles shall be true to shape, flat <strong>and</strong> free from flaws, cracks <strong>and</strong> crazing <strong>and</strong> keyed on <strong>the</strong> reverse<br />

side <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> a manufacture approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Bedding mortar shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> all in accordance with <strong>the</strong> materials stated in Concrete Work<br />

<strong>and</strong> Block work sections.<br />

Any admixtures to <strong>the</strong> mortar must be approved before use.<br />

Grout pointing shall be white or coloured cement.<br />

Cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mortar bed <strong>of</strong> not more than 20 mm or thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tile shall be laid.<br />

Tiles shall be firmly tamped into mortar to form a level surface.<br />

The Contractor shall ensure that when fixing tiles with thin bed<br />

adhesive<br />

, <strong>the</strong> base to receive tiles is clean, level <strong>and</strong> dry, with no loose <strong>and</strong> friable areas <strong>and</strong> surface dusting.<br />

Cement-based adhesive shall be prepared <strong>and</strong> used in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />

recommendations to form a bed not more than 3 mm thick.<br />

Tiles shall be laid dry <strong>and</strong> tamped well down into <strong>the</strong> adhesive to ensure a proper bond with base <strong>and</strong><br />

a level surface.<br />

When bedding tiles on thick bed, semi-dry cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:4) mortar bed shall be spread not less<br />

than 25 mm thick.<br />

Before <strong>the</strong> compacted bed has set a cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> slurry (1:1) about 3mm thick shall be spread<br />

over <strong>the</strong> surface.<br />

The tiles shall be laid dry <strong>and</strong> tamped into <strong>the</strong> slurry to form a level surface.<br />

Joints shall be even <strong>and</strong> not more than 3mm wide, in both directions.<br />

Joints shall be continuous both horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically.<br />

The tiles shall be grouted up with white or coloured cement mortar (1:1) worked well into joints when<br />

bed is sufficiently firm to prevent disturbances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tiles; surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f from<br />

faces <strong>of</strong> tiles.<br />

Movement joints shall be provided not less than 6 mm wide where shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as<br />

directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Movement joints shall be carried through <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> tile <strong>and</strong> bedding <strong>and</strong> partially filled with filling<br />

strip <strong>and</strong> finished flush with sealant to manufacturer's recommendations.<br />

Where tiling abuts against wood or metal frames or o<strong>the</strong>r tiling at angles <strong>and</strong> around pipes etc. , it<br />

shall be carefully cut <strong>and</strong> fitted to form a close neat joint . Open irregular joints filled with cement<br />

<strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> or plaster will not be permitted.<br />

Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> polished at completion.<br />

Water shall not be allowed on new tiling until bedding <strong>and</strong> grouting have completely set.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

46<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

No traffic shall be allowed on <strong>the</strong> floor until 4 days after completion <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n only light traffic for a<br />

fur<strong>the</strong>r 10 days.<br />

1-8 Glazed Ceramic Wall Tiling<br />

Glazed ceramic wall tiles shall be in accordance with BS 1281 with or without cushioned edges <strong>and</strong><br />

spacer lugs <strong>and</strong> shall be white or coloured as stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification.<br />

Glazed ceramic tile fittings shall be rounded edge or angle bead type to match plain tiles.<br />

The tiles shall be true to shape, flat <strong>and</strong> free form flaws, cracks <strong>and</strong> crazing <strong>and</strong> keyed on <strong>the</strong> reverse<br />

side <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> a manufacture approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Bedding mortar shall be cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> (1:3) all in accordance with <strong>the</strong> materials stated in Concrete<br />

Work <strong>and</strong> Block work sections<br />

Any admixtures to <strong>the</strong> mortar must be approved before use.<br />

Mastic adhesives shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture <strong>and</strong> shall comply with <strong>the</strong> performance<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> CP 212: Part 1, if approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Grout pointing shall be neat white or coloured cement.<br />

The Contractor shall ensure that <strong>the</strong> cement render backing is at least 14 days old , firmly bonded to<br />

its background , free from dust, with surfaces plumb <strong>and</strong> true to 3mm in any 1800 mm .<br />

Fixing Tiles With Cement And S<strong>and</strong> Mortar<br />

The tiles shall be immersed in water for 6 hours or until saturated <strong>the</strong>n stacked tightly toge<strong>the</strong>r to<br />

drain with end tiles turned glaze outwards. Tiles shall be fixed as soon as surface water has drained.<br />

The render coat shall be wetted sufficiently to prevent it absorbing water from <strong>the</strong> bedding coat.<br />

Mortar bedding shall be applied to render background to an even thickness <strong>of</strong> approximately 10 mm .<br />

Each tile shall be buttered evenly with mortar <strong>and</strong> tapped firmly into position so that <strong>the</strong> bed is solid<br />

throughout.<br />

Thickness <strong>of</strong> finished bed shall be not less than 6mm or more than 12 mm.<br />

Any necessary adjustment to tiles shall be made within ten minutes <strong>of</strong> fixing <strong>and</strong> tiles cleaned <strong>of</strong>f<br />

after not less than two hours.<br />

Fixing Tiles With Adhesive<br />

The tiles shall be fixed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> adhesive manufacturer.<br />

Adhesive shall be applied not more than 1sq.m at a time to avoid premature drying out.<br />

Adhesive shall be applied as a continuous screed to a thickness <strong>of</strong> approximately 3mm on <strong>the</strong> surface<br />

to be tiled.<br />

Dry tiles shall be pressed on to <strong>the</strong> adhesive <strong>and</strong> tapped firmly into position to ensure solid bedding<br />

without voids .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

47<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Any necessary adjustment to tiles shall be made immediately after bedding .<br />

Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f as soon as bedding is complete .<br />

Joints shall be even <strong>and</strong> not more than 2mm wide using spacer lug tiles or spacer pegs .<br />

Joints shall be continuous both horizontally <strong>and</strong> vertically .<br />

Tiles shall be fixed to a finished surface that is plumb <strong>and</strong> true to 2mm in any 2m .<br />

Joints shall be grouted up not less than 24 hours after fixing tiles to porous surfaces <strong>and</strong> not less than<br />

3 days after fixing to impervious surfaces .<br />

Tiles shall be grouted by pressing mix firmly into joints, working in areas <strong>of</strong> not more than 1sq.m.<br />

Surplus grout shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f as <strong>the</strong> work proceeds.<br />

Where tiling abuts against wood or metal frames or o<strong>the</strong>r tiling at angles <strong>and</strong> around pipes etc., it shall<br />

be carefully cut <strong>and</strong> fitted to form a close neat joint. Open irregular joints filled with cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong><br />

or plaster will not be permitted.<br />

Tiles shall be cleaned <strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> polished on completion.<br />

External tiling shall be protected from inclement wea<strong>the</strong>r until grouting is completely set.<br />

No water is to be allowed on new tiling until bedding <strong>and</strong> grouting have completely set.<br />

1-9 Protection<br />

All floor, wall <strong>and</strong> ceiling finishes shall be protected from damage during subsequent work, <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

be thoroughly cleaned before h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> works.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

1-1 Timber<br />

SECTION 8<br />

CARPENTRY AND JOINERY<br />

All s<strong>of</strong>twood for carpentry <strong>and</strong> joinery work shall be well seasoned sound, bright, free form shakes,<br />

large loose or dead knots , waney edges , warp , incipient decay , stained sapwood or o<strong>the</strong>r defects <strong>and</strong><br />

shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Timber for carpentry work shall be carefully sawn square <strong>and</strong> shall hold <strong>the</strong> full dimensions shown on<br />

<strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

48<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The hardwood for joinery work shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer, well seasoned; close grained<br />

<strong>and</strong> free form all defects. Hardwood for polishing or clear treatment shall be selected <strong>and</strong> kept clean.<br />

The Engineer shall approve any preservative treatment.<br />

The Contractor shall allow for all necessary cutting <strong>of</strong> timber to size <strong>and</strong> shape, for preparation <strong>of</strong><br />

surfaces, for all fixings, for properly jointing <strong>and</strong> putting toge<strong>the</strong>r including farming, gluing, doweling<br />

screwing <strong>and</strong> mortising, for all cutting <strong>and</strong> waste, notching, sinking, scribing, mitres, ends, short<br />

lengths <strong>and</strong> any o<strong>the</strong>r sundry items <strong>of</strong> like nature <strong>and</strong> for priming all concealed surfaces <strong>of</strong> joinery.<br />

Aluminium primer shall be applied to concealed surfaces <strong>of</strong> all joinery timber.<br />

All sizes <strong>and</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings are finished sizes unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

stated.<br />

Timber for joinery work shall be finished work to <strong>the</strong> exact sizes shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings with pencil<br />

rounded exposed arrises <strong>and</strong> no joinery shall be built in until inspected <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The whole <strong>of</strong> hardwood joinery shall be rubbed down to a smooth surface <strong>and</strong> left clean <strong>and</strong> ready to<br />

receive any oiled or o<strong>the</strong>r finish<br />

Where screw fixings would show on <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> hardwood, <strong>the</strong> heads shall be countersunk 6mm<br />

below timber surface <strong>and</strong> grain matched fillets not less than 6mm thick <strong>and</strong> traped <strong>and</strong> cut from<br />

matching timber shall be glued in <strong>and</strong> finished <strong>of</strong>f flush with <strong>the</strong> face. This will apply equally to<br />

hardwood, which is to be painted.<br />

1-2 Moisture Content Of Timber<br />

The s<strong>of</strong>twood generally shall have maximum moisture content <strong>of</strong> 12%.<br />

The hardwood shall have maximum moisture content <strong>of</strong> 10% <strong>and</strong> shall have been kiln<br />

dried.<br />

The whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> timber for joinery work shall be properly stacked <strong>and</strong> protected from<br />

rain <strong>and</strong> ground moisture.<br />

1-3 Plywood<br />

The minimum thickness shall be 5mm.<br />

The Engineer shall approve plywood face veneers.<br />

Plywood adhesives shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Contractor shall not be permitted to make up <strong>the</strong> required thickness by gluing toge<strong>the</strong>r sheets <strong>of</strong><br />

thinner plywood.<br />

1-4 Timber Face Veneers<br />

All timber face veneers that are exposed shall be selected to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

hard, durable <strong>and</strong> capable <strong>of</strong> being finished easily to a smooth surface.<br />

They shall be free from knots, worm <strong>and</strong> beetle holes, splits , glue stains , filling or inlaying <strong>of</strong> any<br />

kind , or defects .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

49<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Timber for face veneers shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or as shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

Drawings.<br />

1-5 Fixing And Jointing<br />

S<strong>of</strong>twood in carpentry work shall be put toge<strong>the</strong>r with steel nails except where described as framed<br />

when it shall be properly jointed <strong>and</strong> held toge<strong>the</strong>r with glue <strong>and</strong> steel screws. Fixings shall be stout<br />

steel nails <strong>and</strong> screws.<br />

Joinery work shall be carefully put toge<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> properly jointed in accordance with best practice, all<br />

joints shall be glued <strong>and</strong> screwed or doweled. Any screws appearing on face work shall have <strong>the</strong> heads<br />

let in <strong>and</strong> pellated unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise described. S<strong>of</strong>twood fixings shall be stout steel screws .<br />

Where joinery is required to be put toge<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> fixed with brass cups <strong>and</strong> screws , <strong>the</strong> cups for fixing<br />

hardwood joinery shall be cast brass cups with milled edges <strong>and</strong> shall be neatly let in to finish flush<br />

with <strong>the</strong> face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work .<br />

Nail lengths shall not be more than total thickness <strong>of</strong> sections to be joined less 5mm , but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

not less than twice <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section through which nails are driven .<br />

Screw lengths shall be not more than total thickness <strong>of</strong> sections to be joined less 5mm , but o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

not less than 1 times <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section through which screws are driven .<br />

Proprietary plugs shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Steel nails shall comply with BS 1202 : Part 1 .<br />

Wood screws shall be brass complying with Bs 1210 with slotted countersunk heads.<br />

Screw cups shall be brass complying with BS 1494 : Part 2 .<br />

Syn<strong>the</strong>tic resin gap-filling adhesives shall comply with BS 1204 : Part 1 , type WBP .<br />

Syn<strong>the</strong>tic resin close-contact adhesives shall comply with BS 1204: Part 2 , type<br />

WBP.<br />

1-6 Spacings And Additional Supports<br />

1-7 Doors<br />

Where no dimensions are specified or shown on Drawings, space battens , fillets , grounds studs etc. ,<br />

shall be used in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sheets <strong>and</strong>/or sections<br />

being fixed .<br />

Where not shown on Drawings, additional supports shall be positioned <strong>and</strong> fixed for appliances,<br />

fixtures, edges <strong>of</strong> sheets etc. , in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's recommendations .<br />

Doors shall be as specified below or in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions obtained from one <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> approved<br />

manufacturers listed <strong>and</strong> shall be capable <strong>of</strong> withst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>the</strong> particular wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Middle East.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

50<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Door leaves with a polished finish are to be veneered as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions with<br />

<strong>the</strong> approved hardwood veneered plywood factory finished <strong>and</strong> supplied with protective wrappings ,<br />

<strong>and</strong> with all necessary preparation for ironmongery carried out .<br />

All edges are to be lipped with hardwood <strong>and</strong> all beads <strong>and</strong> lippings are to match face veneers.<br />

All doors whe<strong>the</strong>r light cored, solid cored <strong>and</strong>/or fire resisting shall conform to BS 459 <strong>and</strong> 476 <strong>and</strong><br />

4787 as appropriate with adequate blocking out for ironmongery etc.<br />

Door frames shall be as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings all in wrought hardwood treated to match doors in<br />

accordance with door manufacturer's recommendations <strong>and</strong> should be manufactured <strong>and</strong> finished by<br />

<strong>the</strong> door manufacturer where possible.<br />

Hardwood polished thresholds are to be provided to individual flat entrance doors. All o<strong>the</strong>r doors<br />

within flats should allow sufficient clearance for fitted carpets. The Contractor should ascertain<br />

requirements for clearance in all o<strong>the</strong>r positions from <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-8 Windows<br />

Windows <strong>and</strong> fanlight sashes shall be framed to <strong>the</strong> size shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Sashes hung folding<br />

shall have meeting beads screwed on. Glazing bars if required shall be <strong>of</strong> twice rebated section.<br />

Aluminium windows (Best quality) will be used. The Engineer must approve colour <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong><br />

section.<br />

1-9 Flyscreens<br />

Fly screens to doors shall be framed <strong>and</strong> braced with rails styles <strong>and</strong> braces <strong>and</strong> filled in with<br />

aluminium mesh, 18x16 meshes per inch.<br />

1-10 Frames<br />

Frames to doors, windows <strong>and</strong> fly screens shall be provided <strong>and</strong> built in to <strong>the</strong> sizes shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

Drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Frames shall be securely tied to walls by means <strong>of</strong> steel or similar metal cramps, galvanised or dipped<br />

in bitumen <strong>and</strong> provided as follows:<br />

(a) Door frames: three cramps to each side.<br />

(b) Window frames: two or more cramps to each side according to size.<br />

(c) Any o<strong>the</strong>r way approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer (e .g. foam bond)<br />

Doors, windows, etc. shall be carefully <strong>and</strong> accurately fitted to <strong>the</strong> frames to give a uniform clearance<br />

<strong>of</strong> not more than 3mm all round.<br />

1-11 Architraves, Door Stops etc.<br />

Architraves, doorstops etc. shall be as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> all properly mitred at intersections<br />

as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Glazing beads where required shall be wrought splayed <strong>and</strong> rounded <strong>and</strong> shall be neatly mitred <strong>and</strong><br />

fixed with small brads or lost-head nails.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

51<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-12 Fittings<br />

1-13 Finish<br />

In connection with fittings such as wardrobes, cupboards, counters etc., <strong>the</strong> doors, frames, drawers,<br />

rails <strong>and</strong> framing etc. shall be properly <strong>and</strong> accurately framed toge<strong>the</strong>r.<br />

Before starting repetitive fabrication <strong>of</strong> any component, prototypes shall be prepared <strong>and</strong> approved.<br />

Unless components are specified to be built in , <strong>the</strong>se shall not be made until all site dimensions have<br />

been checked .<br />

Matching clearance holes shall be provided for all sizes <strong>of</strong> screw <strong>and</strong> matching pilot holes for screws<br />

<strong>of</strong> 6 gauge or more for screwing s<strong>of</strong>twood .<br />

Clearance <strong>and</strong> pilot holes to match screw sizes shall be provided for screwing<br />

hardwood.<br />

Pilot holes shall be provided slightly less than half <strong>the</strong> diameter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screw for screwing particle<br />

board.<br />

All nail heads which will be visible in completed work shall be punched below timber surface .<br />

All joinery which is to be polished, varnished or painted shall be finished smooth <strong>and</strong> clean by<br />

rubbing down with fine s<strong>and</strong>paper.<br />

1-14 Protection<br />

All joinery shall be protected from damage during <strong>the</strong> course <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Works <strong>and</strong> on completion shall be<br />

to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's entire satisfaction. Before h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall ensure that all doors,<br />

drawers , etc. , work easily <strong>and</strong> shall make all necessary adjustments including those needed during <strong>the</strong><br />

maintenance period.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 9<br />

IRONMONGERY<br />

1-1 Description<br />

The Contractor shall provide <strong>and</strong> fix <strong>the</strong> ironmongery required by <strong>the</strong> Particular Specifications or<br />

shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings complete, including all necessary screws, bolts , plugs <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r fixings . The<br />

use <strong>of</strong> nails for fixing ironmongery shall not be permitted. The Contractor shall h<strong>and</strong> over all in a<br />

finished state <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

All ironmongery shall be <strong>of</strong> first quality <strong>and</strong> shall be obtained from an approved manufacturer. Butt<br />

hinges are to be aluminium alloy with silver anodised finish with double stainless steel washers , or as<br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

52<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-2 Finish<br />

The Contractor shall be required to submit for approval samples <strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery he<br />

proposes to use.<br />

All doors shall be provided with an approved doorstop plugged <strong>and</strong> screwed to <strong>the</strong> floor <strong>and</strong> all<br />

opening areas <strong>of</strong> aluminium work shall be provided with appropriate friction stays. The size, materials,<br />

finishes; type <strong>and</strong> quality <strong>of</strong> ironmongery shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or as<br />

shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

The finish <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> various items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Particular Specification or<br />

as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as required <strong>and</strong> directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-3 Fitting And Testing<br />

All screws used for fixing ironmongery shall be <strong>of</strong> a suitable type , material , finish , size <strong>and</strong> shape to<br />

<strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

The hinges on which doors, windows, flyscreen doors etc. , are hung shall be carefully housed or let<br />

into <strong>the</strong> door , window, flyscreen door etc. , <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> frames .<br />

All fittings shall be removed before commencing any painting operations <strong>and</strong> shall be refixed in place<br />

after all painting works are completed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

All ironmongery shall be carefully wrapped <strong>and</strong> protected until completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work <strong>and</strong> any items<br />

or parts which are damaged or defaced or found to be defective shall be replaced at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's<br />

expense before h<strong>and</strong>ing over .<br />

On completion <strong>of</strong> all locks, catches <strong>and</strong> similar items <strong>of</strong> ironmongery <strong>the</strong>y shall be clearly labelled,<br />

with metal tags approximately 50x20mm <strong>and</strong> securely fixed to <strong>the</strong> keys <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ed to <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Door closers shall be fitted a maximum <strong>of</strong> two weeks before h<strong>and</strong>over.<br />

All floor <strong>and</strong> door springs are to be fully charged with oil <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir operation checked to <strong>the</strong><br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-4 St<strong>and</strong>ard Ironmongery For Internal Doors<br />

Ironmongery is to be hard satin anodised aluminium alloy <strong>of</strong> best quality with matching screws fully<br />

matching <strong>and</strong> integrated. Where a supplier cannot <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong> particular required ironmongery <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor shall produce samples <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r suppliers' items most nearly matching <strong>the</strong> general<br />

ironmongery <strong>and</strong> /or produce alternative ironmongery by <strong>the</strong> main supplier most closely conforming<br />

with <strong>the</strong> Specification for <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

All locks are to be provided with 2 keys on a key ring neatly labelled to indicate clearly <strong>the</strong><br />

corresponding lock .<br />

Any requirements for ' Master key ' locking systems will be stated in <strong>the</strong> Particular Conditions <strong>and</strong> /or<br />

on <strong>the</strong> Drawings .<br />

All knob sets shall include <strong>the</strong> appropriate mortice latch or lock with a 70 mm backset <strong>and</strong> with<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard faceplates <strong>and</strong> roses unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

53<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 10<br />

METAL WORKS<br />

1-1 Cleanliness<br />

All materials shall be free form scale, damage or defects . All welding, brazing or hot forging shall be<br />

carried out by approved processes.<br />

All metalwork shall be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before starting painting works .<br />

1-2 Aluminium Windows And Doors<br />

Extruded aluminium sections should be used as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

All visible surfaces <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sections shall be brilliantly polished prior to anodising. The colour <strong>of</strong><br />

anodising shall be as described in <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> /or Particular Specification. Samples <strong>of</strong> colour<br />

shall be submitted for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval before work commences.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

54<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The sections shall be anodised to a minimum thickness <strong>of</strong> 25 microns . The supplier must submit<br />

necessary evidence to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer that <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> anodisation is not less than<br />

25 microns . In case <strong>of</strong> doubt <strong>the</strong> Engineer reserves <strong>the</strong> right to send sample pieces to independent<br />

testing laboratories, at <strong>the</strong> supplier's expense . If <strong>the</strong> testing laboratory report states that <strong>the</strong> thickness<br />

or quality <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> anodisation is deficient , <strong>the</strong> Employer may ask <strong>the</strong> supplier to treat <strong>the</strong> order as<br />

cancelled <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> supplier in such a case shall indemnify <strong>the</strong> Employer <strong>of</strong> any / all losses incurred by<br />

<strong>the</strong> supplier .<br />

All farmes shall be made to fit <strong>the</strong> actual openings with a 5mm clearance all round . Discrepancies in<br />

overall width or height exceeding 5mm will not be allowed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> frames will be rejected in such<br />

cases . All small discrepancies shall have <strong>the</strong> gaps suitably backed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n filled with gun- applied<br />

mastic / sealant as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

At all opening windows <strong>and</strong> doors <strong>and</strong> where <strong>the</strong>re are louvred screens <strong>and</strong> doors a flyscreen shall be<br />

provided to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer , constructed following <strong>the</strong> principles <strong>and</strong> specifications as<br />

described elsewhere in this Specification .<br />

Insect screens shall be in aluminium mesh, 18x16 meshes per inch. The gap between <strong>the</strong> insect screen<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> shutter shall be covered with an adaptor PVC section .<br />

For reference to window types see general arrangement drawings <strong>and</strong> elevations.<br />

Tolerances are to be approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer before manufacture.<br />

All ironmongery which is to have <strong>the</strong> same finish as <strong>the</strong> frames it is to be installed on shall be<br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

The Contractor shall provide shop drawings for aluminium windows <strong>and</strong> doors which shall be<br />

submitted in quadruplicate to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval .<br />

Approval by <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shop drawings shall not relieve <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>of</strong> his responsibilities<br />

under <strong>the</strong> Contract .<br />

All assembly screws shall be in 18-8 stainless steel .<br />

Glazing sections shall be in special heat-resisting PVC <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> channel type. Separate glazing sections<br />

on each side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> glass will not be permitted.<br />

1-3 Sliding Windows And Doors<br />

Wea<strong>the</strong>r stripping - high density acrilan or wool wea<strong>the</strong>r - pile shall be used . There shall be double<br />

brushes at every contact between shutter <strong>and</strong> frame sections for complete insulation .These shall be<br />

present consistently throughout <strong>the</strong> unit between <strong>the</strong> inside <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>and</strong> no portions without it<br />

are permitted .<br />

The rollers for sliding shutters for windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> an adjustable type . The adjusting<br />

screws shall be accessible in <strong>the</strong> assembled state <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shutters <strong>and</strong> a vertical adjustment <strong>of</strong> 7mm shall<br />

be possible.<br />

All sections for sliding windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> tubular shape <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> cross sectional<br />

dimensions <strong>of</strong> same shall be not less than 60x 40 mm .<br />

The outer frame must be suitable for accommodating sliding flyscreens as required or as directed by<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

55<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The h<strong>and</strong>le-latch set shall have all visible surfaces <strong>of</strong> anodised aluminium or similar non-rusting<br />

material to approval . The h<strong>and</strong>le shall have a proper grip . A small projecting flange or a recess in <strong>the</strong><br />

shutter sections shall not be accepted to serve as a h<strong>and</strong>le . The latching mechanism shall not be<br />

surface mounted but shall be concealed within <strong>the</strong> sections .<br />

1-4 Side Hung Windows, Doors And Ventilators<br />

All windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be wea<strong>the</strong>rstripped with heat resistant PVC sections . The wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

fighting action shall be achieved by a positive compressive action against <strong>the</strong> PVC section <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

not depend on an external contact with <strong>the</strong> PVC section. At every contact between two pr<strong>of</strong>iles two<br />

wea<strong>the</strong>rstipping sections shall be provided for complete wea<strong>the</strong>r protection .<br />

The bottom sections <strong>of</strong> hinged doors shall be capable <strong>of</strong> being adjusted vertically if necessary. The<br />

gap between <strong>the</strong> bottom section <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> floor shall be covered with a pair <strong>of</strong> special flay-type PVC<br />

sections.<br />

The shutter sections for windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be <strong>of</strong> tubular type <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> overall size<br />

57x45mm for windows <strong>and</strong> overall size 81x45mm for doors (including flanges ) .<br />

The shutters <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> windows <strong>and</strong> doors shall be assembled with concealed corners <strong>of</strong> high rigidity.<br />

Hinges shall be concealed within <strong>the</strong> sections .<br />

Hinges shall be in anodised aluminium with stainless steel pins <strong>and</strong> nylon washers . H<strong>and</strong>les shall be<br />

in anodised aluminium <strong>and</strong> mounted with self - lubricating nylon washers .<br />

A mortice cylinder rim automatic deadlock <strong>of</strong> high quality with double pin tumbler shall be used .<br />

Windows shall have anodised aluminium h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>and</strong> a latching mechanism securing <strong>the</strong> shutter to <strong>the</strong><br />

frame both at <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom.<br />

The glazing vinyl shall be in heat resisting PVC <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> channel type to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-5 Flyscreens<br />

1-6 Fence<br />

1-7 Gates<br />

Flyscreens shall be fitted to all opening leaves <strong>of</strong> windows, consisting <strong>of</strong> a separate metal sub-farme<br />

filled in with flywire as previously described. The flyscreens shall be adequately secured with suitable<br />

clips, set screws or turn buckles <strong>and</strong> shall be removable for maintenace purposes . Flyscreen doors<br />

shall consist <strong>of</strong> similar sections to <strong>the</strong> metal casement doors <strong>and</strong> shall be fitted with removable panels<br />

<strong>of</strong> flywire , in a manner similar to that described for window flyscreens . Flyscreen doors shall be<br />

mounted where indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The works under this item comprises furnishing <strong>and</strong> erection <strong>of</strong> chain link fence wherever required<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions <strong>and</strong> at locations shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer,<br />

including fence gates <strong>and</strong> concrete for footings. “New fence” shall only be erected at <strong>the</strong> location<br />

directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Mesh for Fence shall be hot dip galvanized steel 3mm gauge mesh 50x50mm <strong>and</strong> be conform <strong>the</strong><br />

relevant British St<strong>and</strong>ard (BS).<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

56<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Gates shall be swing-type to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings. The gate leaf shall be equipped<br />

with one pair <strong>of</strong> malleable iron hinges not less than 75mm in width that will provide full gate opening<br />

between gate posts. The hinges shall be designed to nei<strong>the</strong>r twist nor tern under gate action.<br />

Gate locks shall be <strong>the</strong> slide latch type <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> locable type.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 11<br />

PAINTING AND DECORATING<br />

1-1 General<br />

Every possible precaution shall be taken to keep down dust before <strong>and</strong> during painting processes. No<br />

paint shall be applied to surfaces structurally or superficially damp <strong>and</strong> all surfaces must be<br />

ascertained to be free from condensation, efflorescence etc. before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> each coat .<br />

Primed or undercoated woodwork <strong>and</strong> metalwork should not be left in an exposed or unsuitable<br />

situation for an undue period before completing <strong>the</strong> painting process. No exterior or exposed painting<br />

shall be carried out under adverse wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions, such as rain, extreme humidity, dust storms etc.<br />

Metal fittings such as ironmongery etc. not required to be painted shall first be fitted <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>n removed<br />

before <strong>the</strong> preparatory processes are commenced. When all painting is completed <strong>the</strong> fittings shall be<br />

cleaned <strong>and</strong> refixed in position.<br />

The contractor will be required to repaint at his own expense any work on which <strong>the</strong> paint is found to<br />

be incorrectly applied. The contractor shall be responsible for protecting from damage <strong>the</strong> paint work<br />

<strong>and</strong> all o<strong>the</strong>r work during <strong>and</strong> after painting operations including <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> all necessary dust<br />

sheets, covers etc.<br />

Brushes, pails, bottles etc., used in carrying out <strong>the</strong> work shall be clean <strong>and</strong> free from foreign matter.<br />

They shall be thoroughly cleaned before being used for different types or classes <strong>of</strong> material.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

57<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The number <strong>of</strong> coats stated in this specification is <strong>the</strong> minimum, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor must apply<br />

sufficient coats to achieve a proper even finish to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-2 Materials<br />

The decorating materials shall be obtained from approved manufacturers <strong>and</strong> shall be supplied in <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturers' sealed <strong>and</strong> br<strong>and</strong>ed containers.<br />

All materials must be thoroughly stirred before use, unless not recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

Details <strong>of</strong> mixing <strong>and</strong> application shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> specifications <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturers<br />

concerned <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The mixing <strong>of</strong> paints etc. <strong>of</strong> different br<strong>and</strong>s before or during application will not be permitted. No<br />

dilution <strong>of</strong> painting materials shall be allowed except strictly as detailed by <strong>the</strong> manufacturers <strong>and</strong> as<br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Mordant solution shall be <strong>of</strong> approved manufacture .<br />

Rust inhibitors shall be <strong>of</strong> approved manufacture .<br />

Stopping for woodwork to receive clear finish shall be tinted to match surrounding woodwork , to <strong>the</strong><br />

approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Stopping for internal woodwork , plywood , hardboard , <strong>and</strong> fiberboard , shall be linseed oil putty ,<br />

tinted to match <strong>the</strong> colour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> undercoat .<br />

Stopping for external woodwork shall be white lead paste <strong>and</strong> gold size well mixed .<br />

Thinners shall be approved turpentine or white spirit .<br />

Priming paints shall be :<br />

(a) For woodwork : Leadless grey priming paint in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

decorative coating manufacturer .<br />

(b) For steelwork : red oxide priming paint .<br />

(c) For galvanised, zinc or aluminium alloy surfaces: grey zinc chromate<br />

priming paint .<br />

(d) For plaster, concrete <strong>and</strong> brickwork, ceiling boards etc.: alkali-resisting<br />

priming paint in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> decorative<br />

coating manufacturer<br />

Knotting shall be in accordance with BS 1336 .<br />

Undercoating shall be:<br />

(a) Zinc oxide based undercoating paint;<br />

(b) White lead based undercoating paint . Colours shall approximate to <strong>the</strong> finishing paint .<br />

(c) Syn<strong>the</strong>tic alkyd based undercoating in accordance with <strong>the</strong> recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> decorative<br />

coating manufacturer.<br />

Finishing paints shall be :<br />

(a) Zinc oxide based oil paint :<br />

(b) White lead based oil gloss finishing paint .<br />

(c) Syn<strong>the</strong>tic alkyd based finishing paint as approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

58<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Petrifying liquid shall be used undiluted as supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer A small quantity <strong>of</strong> water<br />

paint <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> finishing colour may be mixed with <strong>the</strong> petrifying liquid .<br />

Water paint shall be an approved br<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> washable oil-bound water paint . Thinning shall be done<br />

with petrifying liquid or fresh water only .<br />

Emulsion paint shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Polyviny1 Acetate (PVA)type obtained from an approved manufacturer<br />

. The precise specification shall comply with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's normal practice. In all cases thinning<br />

shall be done with thinners supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or fresh water only .<br />

Stain for woodwork shall be an approved br<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> oil stain .<br />

Polyurethane lacquer for woodwork shall be <strong>of</strong> an approved manufacture.<br />

Preparation Process<br />

1-3 Internal Plaster, Fair Faced Concrete And Block work<br />

Surfaces shall be allowed to dry out completely <strong>and</strong> cracks shall be cut out <strong>and</strong> made good with<br />

suitable hard plaster or cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> mix as appropriate, such repaired portions shall be allowed to<br />

dry out . No painting shall be carried out on plastering less than five weeks old .<br />

Efflorescence shall be completely removed by rubbing down with dry coarse cloths followed by<br />

wiping down with damp cloths <strong>and</strong> allowed to dry. All surfaces shall be rubbed down with fine glass<br />

paper <strong>and</strong> brushed free <strong>of</strong> dust before applying any form <strong>of</strong> decoration.<br />

Surfaces which are to receive water paint shall be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> petrifying liquid applied by<br />

brush nd allowed to dry for at least 24 hours before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> water paint . A period <strong>of</strong> 24<br />

hours , or longer if necessary , shall be allowed between subsequent coats .<br />

Fair faced concrete <strong>and</strong>/or cement <strong>and</strong> s<strong>and</strong> plastered surfaces which are to receive oil paint shall be<br />

given one thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty <strong>and</strong> allowed to dry for at least two days .<br />

The surfaces shall <strong>the</strong>n be rubbed down with fine glass paper <strong>and</strong> given a second thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty<br />

<strong>and</strong> when completely set The surfaces shall <strong>the</strong>n be rubbed down with fine glass paper <strong>and</strong> given a<br />

second thin coat <strong>of</strong> oil putty <strong>and</strong> when completely set<br />

All surfaces which are to receive oil paint shall be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> alkali resisting priming<br />

paint applied by brush <strong>and</strong> allowed to completely harden.<br />

1-4 Fibre Boards etc.<br />

SOFT BOARDS: where used externally or under humid conditions will receive one coat <strong>of</strong> priming<br />

paint <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong> undercoat on back , face <strong>and</strong> edges .<br />

SOFT BOARDS: where used internally will receive one coat <strong>of</strong> priming paint <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong><br />

emulsion paint on back , face <strong>and</strong> edges .<br />

HARD BOARD : composite panels will be treated in <strong>the</strong> same way as s<strong>of</strong>t boards under humid<br />

conditions .<br />

ACOUSTIC BOARDS : will be treated on <strong>the</strong> face in <strong>the</strong> same way as plaster , but <strong>the</strong> paint may be<br />

applied by spray ; <strong>the</strong> backs <strong>and</strong> edges should not be treated .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

59<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

ASBESTOS : if surfaces are to receive oil paint later one coat <strong>of</strong> priming paint should be applied . If<br />

surfaces are to receive water paint or emulsion paint no priming paint will be necessary .<br />

1-5 Steelwork Including Windows , Louvers etc. Internally And Externally<br />

If delivered galvanised, <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt before priming. Where<br />

rusting has occurred through damage to <strong>the</strong> galvanizing, such rust shall be removed by wire brushing<br />

back to clean metal <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> galvanizing made good with a rust inhibiting agent .<br />

The surface shall <strong>the</strong>n be treated with one coat <strong>of</strong> mordant solution <strong>and</strong> one coat <strong>of</strong> zinc chromate<br />

priming paint.<br />

If delivered primed , <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be examined to ascertain that <strong>the</strong> priming paint is hard , firmly<br />

adhering <strong>and</strong> in good condition . If not satisfactory , <strong>the</strong> priming paint shall be removed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

surfaces cleaned to remove rust, <strong>and</strong> reprimed . If <strong>the</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> priming paint is satisfactory, <strong>the</strong><br />

surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt , minor damage to <strong>the</strong> priming paint being made<br />

good with red oxide priming paint after removal <strong>of</strong> rust .<br />

If delivered unprimed <strong>and</strong> not galvanised , <strong>the</strong> surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt ,<br />

<strong>and</strong> wire brushed <strong>and</strong> scraped to remove all rust <strong>and</strong> scale before applying a red oxide priming paint .<br />

Priming paint shall be brushed well into <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>and</strong> shall be allowed to dry <strong>and</strong> harden thoroughly<br />

before <strong>the</strong> application <strong>of</strong> subsequent coats .<br />

Items <strong>of</strong> steelwork such as frames to roller shutters , covers to expansion joints etc., which are to be<br />

built into walls , shall first be primed .<br />

1-6 Exposed Service Pipes<br />

Copper <strong>and</strong> brass pipework shall have <strong>the</strong> surfaces slightly abraded with glass paper <strong>and</strong> white spirit<br />

or similar solvent <strong>and</strong> wiped clean . No priming paint will be necessary, <strong>the</strong> surfaces being finished in<br />

two coats <strong>of</strong> gloss paint.<br />

Steel pipes will be treated as for steelwork with <strong>the</strong> exception that galvanised pipes are to be treated<br />

with a zinc-chromate priming paint.<br />

Coated soil pipes shall be wiped clean <strong>and</strong> treated with two coats <strong>of</strong> knotting followed by priming<br />

paint as described below.<br />

1-7 Woodwork Required To Be Painted<br />

Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt . The surface <strong>of</strong> teak shall be cleaned with white<br />

spirit to remove free oil. The preparation process shall <strong>the</strong>n be :<br />

(a) KNOT : all knots shall be treated with shellac knotting<br />

(b)PRIME : one coat <strong>of</strong> primer shall be thoroughly applied by brush to all surfaces <strong>and</strong> when dry a<br />

fur<strong>the</strong>r coat to be applied to end-grain surfaces .<br />

(c) STOP : when priming paint is hard , all cracks , holes , open joints etc. shall be made good with<br />

hard stopping <strong>and</strong> all open grain surfaces filled smooth with linseed oil putty or an approved filler <strong>and</strong><br />

rubbed down with fine glass paper .<br />

No joinery shall be primed until it has been approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer Priming shall be carried out on<br />

<strong>the</strong> site <strong>and</strong> not in <strong>the</strong> factory .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

60<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Items <strong>of</strong> carpentry work which are to be built into walls etc. shall be first treated by twice coating with<br />

creosote or o<strong>the</strong>r approved preservative.<br />

1-8 Woodowrk Required To Be Stained<br />

Surfaces shall be cleaned to remove grease <strong>and</strong> dirt. The wood shall <strong>the</strong>n be stopped, filled <strong>and</strong><br />

rubbed down . In <strong>the</strong> case <strong>of</strong> teak free oil shall be removed by cleaning with white spirit .<br />

Finishing Processes<br />

1-9 Internal Plaster<br />

Where emulsion paint is specified three coats shall be applied by brush in addition to any priming<br />

paint .<br />

Where water paint is specified two coats shall be applied by brush in addition to <strong>the</strong> Petrifying liquid .<br />

The water paint shall be thinned to <strong>the</strong> consistency <strong>of</strong> thick cream .<br />

Where oil paint is specified this shall be two or three coat work as detailed in <strong>the</strong> particular<br />

Specification, applied by roller or brush, but not by spray , to produce hard gloss , oil gloss , eggshell<br />

or flat finish as required .<br />

The finishing coat <strong>of</strong> paint to walls <strong>and</strong> ceilings shall be applied after <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

electrical installation. Any paint splashes on electrical fittings shall be carefully cleaned <strong>of</strong>f .<br />

1-10 Fibre Boards etc.<br />

Both acoustic <strong>and</strong> plain s<strong>of</strong>t or hard boards will be treated as for plaster, but <strong>the</strong> paint may be applied<br />

by spray .<br />

Water paint or emulsion paint shall be applied by brush to <strong>the</strong> specification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturers.<br />

Where a board is likely to be exposed to extreme humidity, i.e kitchen <strong>and</strong> external corridors <strong>and</strong><br />

covered ways , an oil paint shall be used on <strong>the</strong> face after fixing .<br />

1-11 Unplastered Blockwork Or Concrete<br />

As for internal plastered surfaces.<br />

Externally a cement type paint may be used, <strong>and</strong> shall be applied keeping a constantly wet edge , in<br />

strict accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's instructions .<br />

1-12 Steelwork And Exposed Service Pipes<br />

Internally, apply one coat gloss paint over two undercoats .<br />

Non-ferrous pipes shall be finished in two coats <strong>of</strong> gloss paint .<br />

Externally, apply two coats gloss paint over one undercoat .<br />

1-13 Woodwork Required To Be Painted<br />

As for steelwork.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

61<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-14 Woodwork Required To Be Stained And Polyurethane<br />

The woodwork, internally <strong>and</strong> externally , shall be stained as directed on site, rubbed down , brushed<br />

<strong>of</strong>f , <strong>and</strong> treated with two coats <strong>of</strong> polyurethane .<br />

1-15 Protection Of Factory Finished Work<br />

The contractor is to allow for protecting all factory finished doors, frames windows, suspended<br />

ceilings <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like at all times to ensure that factory finishes are not damaged <strong>and</strong> must make good<br />

or replace a defective component at his own expense.<br />

1-1 GENERAL<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

SECTION 12<br />

ASPHALT WORKS<br />

The Contractor shall construct <strong>the</strong> area to be paved in accordance with <strong>the</strong> applicable specifications<br />

stipulated herein after, in conformity with <strong>the</strong> alignment, dimensions, <strong>and</strong> typical sections shown on<br />

<strong>the</strong> Drawings, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-2 TYPE OF WORK<br />

For <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se specifications, <strong>the</strong> following type <strong>of</strong> asphalt works is designated :<br />

- Preparing <strong>and</strong> levelling <strong>of</strong> existing base - course .<br />

- Compacting <strong>of</strong> existing base - course .<br />

- Prime coat .<br />

- Single asphalt surface layer .<br />

1-3 BASE - COURSE<br />

General<br />

The Contractor shall provide only an aggregate material for <strong>the</strong> base-course consisting <strong>of</strong> hard,<br />

durable, crushed limestone or crushed wadi gravel, provided that <strong>the</strong> crushed aggregates retained on<br />

sieve No. 4 shall have 80% by weight <strong>of</strong> at least two fractured faces, which have to be crushed by<br />

approved crushing plant <strong>and</strong> shall be free from any organic matter or any o<strong>the</strong>r deleterious substances<br />

<strong>and</strong> also free from clay balls.<br />

Base - course aggregate shall conform to <strong>the</strong> following gradation:<br />

Sieve Size Percent Passing<br />

11/2 inch (38.10 mm) 100<br />

1 inch (25.40 mm) 75-100<br />

3/4 inch (19.10 mm) 60-90<br />

1/2 inch (12.70 mm) 45-80<br />

3/8 inch (09.52 mm) 40-70<br />

No.4 (04.76 mm) 35-65<br />

No.10 (02.00 mm) 20-40<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

62<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

No.40 (00.42 mm) 8-20<br />

No.200 (00.075 mm) 5-10<br />

The fraction passing No. 200 sieve shall not be greater than 70% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fraction passing No. 40 sieve.<br />

Base - course aggregates shall confirm to <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following st<strong>and</strong>ard tests :-<br />

Los Angeles Abrasion (AASHTO -T- 96) 35 max .<br />

Liquid Limit (AASHTO -T- 89) 25 max .<br />

Plasticity Index (AASHTO -T- 90) 2 min . 6 max .<br />

Flaky & Elongated Particles (B.S.812) 15% max. each .<br />

The base-course shall be compacted to not less than 100% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> density obtained at optimum moisture<br />

content as determined by ASTM-DT 99C.<br />

The following test shall also be performed:<br />

a) Gradation tests shall be performed on samples <strong>of</strong> base - course taken after mixing with water <strong>and</strong><br />

spreading before compaction <strong>and</strong> shall have a maximum % passing sieve No. 200 <strong>of</strong> 10% .<br />

b) Gradation tests shall be performed on samples <strong>of</strong> base - course taken after compaction <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

maximum material-passing sieve No. 200 shall not exceed 10%.<br />

The thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> compacted layer shall be measured <strong>and</strong> recorded when performing filed density<br />

tests <strong>and</strong> sieve tests on samples taken from compacted layers in place .<br />

Construction<br />

Aggregate for base-course shall be delivered to <strong>the</strong> area to be paved as a uniform mixture <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

spread in layers .<br />

Segregation shall be avoided <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall be free from pockets <strong>of</strong> coarse or fine materials.<br />

A grader shall spread <strong>the</strong> base-course or any o<strong>the</strong>r mechanical method, approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer,<br />

watered, shaped <strong>and</strong> compacted to <strong>the</strong> required grade <strong>and</strong> cross section.<br />

The finished surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall not vary at any point by more than 1 cm below <strong>the</strong> grade<br />

established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> total thickness <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base-course shall not vary by more +0.50 cm<br />

. In addition to level checking, longitudinally <strong>the</strong> surface shall be checked with a straight edge (4m<br />

long), where irregularities in this direction shall not vary by more than 1cm.<br />

A minimum <strong>of</strong> (4) levels <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> base at <strong>the</strong> total longitudinal side shall be taken <strong>and</strong> if (2) or more <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong>se levels exceed <strong>the</strong> tolerance given <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall re-grade <strong>the</strong> entire length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> area. If one<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se levels exceeds <strong>the</strong> tolerance <strong>the</strong>n <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall make good this point.<br />

The aggregate base shall be compacted to not less than 100% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum density determined in<br />

accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest modified AASHTO T-191,T-205 or T-205 <strong>and</strong> T-239.<br />

The base-course shall be maintained in a condition satisfactory to receive surfacing material.<br />

Aggregate base-course, which does not conform to <strong>the</strong> above requirements, shall be reshaped or<br />

reworked, watered <strong>and</strong> thoroughly re-compacted to conform to <strong>the</strong> specified requirements at <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractors own expense.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />

Base-course shall be measured in cubic meter or square meter in place, acceptably laid <strong>and</strong> compacted<br />

according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

63<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Payment shall be made at <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "compacted aggregate base-course" per cu.m. This<br />

price shall constitute full compensation for furnishing <strong>and</strong> placing all materials including watering,<br />

compacting, shaping <strong>and</strong> all labour, equipment, tools, supplies, tests, <strong>and</strong> incidentals necessary to<br />

complete <strong>the</strong> work .<br />

1-4 PRIMECOAT<br />

General<br />

Liquid asphalt for prime coat shall be medium curing grade MC70, in conformance with AASHTO<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard M82, or emulsion type SS1, SS2 or equivalent according to <strong>the</strong> manufacturer instructions <strong>and</strong><br />

lab tests results.<br />

The surface to be treated shall be smooth, compact <strong>and</strong> tight. It shall be true to grade , <strong>and</strong> crosssection<br />

where dust shall be removed by brooming .<br />

Equipment<br />

The equipment used by <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall include a power broom or a power blower or both; a self -<br />

propelled , pneumatic roller, or steel-wheeled t<strong>and</strong>em (5 to tons ) or both; mechanical or self-propelled<br />

aggregate spreading equipment that can be adjusted to spread accurately <strong>the</strong> specified amounts per<br />

square meter, a pressure distributor <strong>and</strong> equipment for heating <strong>the</strong> asphalt material. Pneumatic - tired<br />

rollers shall have a total compacting width <strong>of</strong> not less than 120 cm <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum contact<br />

pressures <strong>of</strong> 2.8 kg/cm2 or as specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. O<strong>the</strong>r equipment are to be used in addition to,<br />

or in lieu <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> specified equipment when approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

The pressure distributor shall be designed <strong>and</strong> operated to distribute <strong>the</strong> asphalt material in a uniform<br />

spay with atomisation, in <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>and</strong> between <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> temperature specified. It shall be<br />

equipped with a tachometer having a dial registering feet or meters <strong>of</strong> travel per minute . The dial shall<br />

be visible to <strong>the</strong> truck driver so he can maintain <strong>the</strong> constant speed required for application at <strong>the</strong><br />

specified rate . The pump shall be equipped with a bitumetre having a dial registering litres, or gallons<br />

per minute passing through <strong>the</strong> nozzles. The dial shall be readily visible to <strong>the</strong> operator .<br />

Means for indicating accurately <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt material at all times shall be provided .<br />

The <strong>the</strong>rmometer reservoir shall not be in contact with a heating tube .<br />

The spray bar shall be adjustable to a reasonable width. A hose <strong>and</strong> spray nozzle attachment shall be<br />

provided for applying asphalt material to paths <strong>and</strong> areas inaccessible to <strong>the</strong> spray bar .<br />

The distributor shall be provided with heating attachments <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt material shall be circulated<br />

during <strong>the</strong> entire heating process .<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> Primecoat<br />

The Engineer will select <strong>the</strong> rate <strong>of</strong> application for <strong>the</strong> asphalt primer to be used . The Contractor shall<br />

keep a record <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> application rates selected . Tentatively an application rate <strong>of</strong> 1.0-1.5 Kg/m2 <strong>of</strong> MC<br />

70 shall be used .<br />

Application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> asphalt prime shall be made uniformly at this rate with <strong>the</strong> pressure distributor. The<br />

asphalt prime shall be applied at <strong>the</strong> temperature specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineer . When heating is required,<br />

precautions shall be taken to avoid fire hazard .<br />

Application shall be made when <strong>the</strong> surface is dry or slightly damp <strong>and</strong> , unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise permitted by<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer, when <strong>the</strong> air temperature in <strong>the</strong> shade is not less than 10C. After application <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

asphalt prime , at least forty - eight (48) hours shall elapse before fur<strong>the</strong>r applications are made .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

64<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Before beginning application , building paper shall be spread over <strong>the</strong> surface , from <strong>the</strong> joint back, for<br />

a sufficient distance for <strong>the</strong> spray bar to begin spraying <strong>and</strong> be operating at full force when <strong>the</strong> surface<br />

to be treated is reached. After <strong>the</strong> asphalt is applied <strong>the</strong> building paper shall be removed <strong>and</strong> destroyed<br />

.<br />

The spray bar shall be shut <strong>of</strong>f instantaneously at each construction joint to assure a straight line <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> full application <strong>of</strong> asphalt prime up to <strong>the</strong> joint . If necessary to prevent dripping, a drip pan shall<br />

be inserted under <strong>the</strong> nozzle when application is stopped . A h<strong>and</strong> spray shall be used to apply primer<br />

material necessary to touch up all spots unavoidably missed by <strong>the</strong> distributor.<br />

Following <strong>the</strong> application, <strong>the</strong> primed surface shall be allowed to dry for a period <strong>of</strong> not less than 48<br />

hours without being disturbed or for such an additional period <strong>of</strong> time as may be necessary to permit<br />

<strong>the</strong> drying out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> prime until it will not be picked up.<br />

The surface shall <strong>the</strong>n be maintained by <strong>the</strong> Contractor until <strong>the</strong> surfacing has been placed <strong>and</strong> no<br />

traffic (o<strong>the</strong>r than that necessary for <strong>the</strong> Contractor) shall be allowed on <strong>the</strong> primed surface before<br />

placing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface treatment.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />

The quantities to be paid for shall be <strong>the</strong> total quantity in sq.m. <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primed surface area, actually<br />

applied, <strong>and</strong> shall be based on <strong>the</strong> approved records <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> application rates as selected by <strong>the</strong> Engineer<br />

.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />

Payment shall be based on <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "Prime Coat" per sq.m.<br />

1-5 HOT MIX ASPHALT SURFACING<br />

Scope<br />

Furnishing <strong>and</strong> mixing non plastic aggregate crushed limestone <strong>and</strong> asphalt binder at a central mixing<br />

plant, spreading <strong>and</strong> single layer surface course .<br />

Construction shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong>se specifications <strong>and</strong> in conformity with lines, grades <strong>and</strong><br />

thickness as shown on drawings or established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer .<br />

Composition <strong>of</strong> Mixes <strong>of</strong> Mixes<br />

The paving mix shall be Composed <strong>of</strong> specified aggregates <strong>and</strong> asphalt cement within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

following table :<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Sieve Size Percent Passing Surface Course<br />

1 inch (25.40 mm) 100<br />

3/4 inch (19.10 mm) 90-100<br />

3/8 inch (90.52 mm) 56-80<br />

No.4 (04.76 mm) 35-65<br />

No.8 (02.00 mm) 23-49<br />

No.50 (00.42 mm) 5-19<br />

No.200 (00.075 mm) 2-8<br />

Asphalt to be added by weight <strong>of</strong> total weight according to design .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

65<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The aggregate shall have a percentage <strong>of</strong> wear <strong>of</strong> not more than 35% in 500 revolutions as determined<br />

by AASHTO T96. The s<strong>and</strong> equivalent shall be 50 minimum according to AASHTO T-176.<br />

Aggregate shall in all respects comply with <strong>the</strong> relevant st<strong>and</strong>ards. Aggregate limestone to be used be<br />

fresh mechanically crushed coarse aggregate . Materials on sieve No.4 shall have 90% by weight <strong>of</strong> at<br />

least two fractured faces .<br />

Filler Material<br />

When <strong>the</strong> combined grading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregate is deficient in material passing No. 200<br />

sieve , a filler conforming to <strong>the</strong> requirements specified hereafter shall be added .<br />

Mineral filler shall comply in all respects with AASHTO St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification M17.<br />

The amount <strong>of</strong> commercial filler to be added shall be only that amount necessary to make <strong>the</strong><br />

combined grading <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material comply with <strong>the</strong> grading requirements for <strong>the</strong> complete mixture.<br />

In no case shall <strong>the</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> commercial filler added exceed three percent (3%) , sample obtained<br />

form hot bins , by weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> combined aggregate , The material passing No. 200 sieve may consist<br />

<strong>of</strong> fine particles <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates or mineral filler, or both .It shall free from organic matter <strong>and</strong> clay<br />

particles .<br />

Job Mix Formula<br />

The Contractor shall submit for <strong>the</strong> Engineer's approval a job mix formula within <strong>the</strong> limits <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se<br />

specifications.<br />

The maximum permissible variation from <strong>the</strong> job mix formula within <strong>the</strong> specification limits, shall be<br />

as follows :<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Sieve Size Permissible Variation Percent by Weight <strong>of</strong> Total Mix<br />

3/8 inch <strong>and</strong> larger + 5.00<br />

No. 4 to No. 80 + 4.00<br />

No. 200 + 1.00<br />

Asphalt + 0.30<br />

Mix Test Criteria<br />

Test requirements <strong>and</strong> criteria for <strong>the</strong> paving mixes prepared <strong>the</strong>se specifications shall be as follows :<br />

Surfacing<br />

No. <strong>of</strong> compactive blows<br />

each end specimen 75<br />

Minimum Stability (Kg) 900<br />

Flow (1/100") 2-4<br />

Percent air voids 3-5<br />

V.M.A. using bulk S/Gr.<br />

(Tolerance - 1%)<br />

min.14%<br />

V.F.B. 60-75 %<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

66<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Loss <strong>of</strong> stability<br />

(soaking 24 hours compared<br />

with 30 min. at 60OC for<br />

all specimens in water bath).<br />

Plasticity Index for material<br />

passing sieve No.40(from hot bins)<br />

Stripping Test(ASTM D1664)<br />

max.25<br />

non plastic<br />

uncoated<br />

aggregate<br />

Laboratory test specimens <strong>of</strong> paving mixes, combined in <strong>the</strong> proportions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> job mix formula, shall<br />

be prepared <strong>and</strong> tested in accordance with <strong>the</strong> procedures <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Marshall method <strong>of</strong> mix design as<br />

detailed in <strong>the</strong> 'Asphalt Institute Manual - MS2' <strong>and</strong> ASTM method <strong>of</strong> Test D 1559.<br />

General Equipment Requirements<br />

All equipment furnished by <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall meet <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> this section <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

maintained in its best mechanical condition. Equipment shall be serviced <strong>and</strong> lubricated away form <strong>the</strong><br />

paving site; units drip fuel, oil, or grease shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> site until such leakage is corrected.<br />

Elements for All Plants<br />

Uniformity<br />

The plants shall be designed, co-ordinated <strong>and</strong> operated to produce a uniform mix within <strong>the</strong> specified<br />

job mix tolerances .<br />

Job Mix Formula<br />

The Engineer will make frequent gradation analyses <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hot aggregates <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> completed mix to<br />

be certain that <strong>the</strong> materials being used <strong>and</strong> produced are within <strong>the</strong> tolerances <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> job mix formula<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> specifications <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix number being used<br />

If <strong>the</strong> mix is found to be outside <strong>the</strong> job mix formula tolerances or outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> specification limits,<br />

correction shall be made in quantities measured from <strong>the</strong> hot bins <strong>and</strong> adjustments made <strong>the</strong> cold bin<br />

feeders <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall submit a new mix design .<br />

Sampling <strong>and</strong> Testing<br />

Stockpiles <strong>and</strong> bins will be sampled for gradation analyses <strong>and</strong> examined for dust coating <strong>and</strong> for o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

purposes, in compliance with stated requirements . Gradation analyses <strong>of</strong> each hot bin will be<br />

performed <strong>and</strong> a combined analysis conducted at least twice a day once in <strong>the</strong> forenoon, <strong>and</strong> once in<br />

<strong>the</strong> afternoon . If materials do not run uniform, more frequent tests will be made.<br />

When requested by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall provide representative samples by taking<br />

aggregate from each bin through <strong>the</strong> mixing chamber (without asphalt) into a truck or o<strong>the</strong>r receptacle.<br />

At least one sample shall be taken from each truck <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> hot mix being delivered to <strong>the</strong> site. Samples<br />

will be used to determine compliance with general <strong>and</strong> special requirements set forth in <strong>the</strong>se<br />

specifications.<br />

Construction Method<br />

Wea<strong>the</strong>r Limitations<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

67<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

When <strong>the</strong> moisture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregate in <strong>the</strong> stockpile or from <strong>the</strong> dryer in <strong>the</strong> plant interferes with <strong>the</strong><br />

quality <strong>of</strong> mix production, or with normal plant operations, or when pools <strong>of</strong> water are observed on <strong>the</strong><br />

base, <strong>the</strong>n mixing <strong>and</strong> placing <strong>of</strong> hot-mix asphalt will not be permitted.<br />

The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface on which <strong>the</strong> hot-mix asphalt is placed shall not be less than 5oC When<br />

<strong>the</strong> surface temperature on which <strong>the</strong> material is to be placed falls below 10oC, precautions shall be<br />

taken to compact <strong>the</strong> mix before it cools too much, to obtain <strong>the</strong> required density.<br />

All truckloads shall be delivered continuously <strong>and</strong> immediately spread <strong>and</strong> compacted. In cold wea<strong>the</strong>r<br />

<strong>and</strong> for shall be delivered at a temperature within 8oC <strong>of</strong> that temperature specified by <strong>the</strong> Engineers<br />

Representative.<br />

Preparation <strong>of</strong> Area<br />

The area to be paved shall be true to line <strong>and</strong> grade, <strong>and</strong> have a dry <strong>and</strong> properly prepared surface prior<br />

to <strong>the</strong> start <strong>of</strong> paving operations. It shall be free from all loose screenings, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r loose or foreign<br />

material.<br />

The surface shall be primed as specified. The surface <strong>of</strong> structures in actual contact with asphalt mixes<br />

shall be painted with a thin, complete coating <strong>of</strong> asphalt material to provide a closely bonded water -<br />

tight joint .<br />

Proportioning <strong>and</strong> Mixing<br />

To aid in determining <strong>the</strong> proper temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> completed batch, current viscosity data shall be<br />

available at <strong>the</strong> plant at all times.<br />

With information relative to <strong>the</strong> viscosity <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> particular asphalt being used, <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

completed mix at <strong>the</strong> plant <strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> paver shall be designated by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative after<br />

discussing with <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>the</strong> hauling <strong>and</strong> placing conditions.<br />

The asphalt shall be heated so that it can be distributed uniformly throughout <strong>the</strong> batch. For mixing<br />

applications, <strong>the</strong> specified temperature will generally be such that <strong>the</strong> asphalt viscosity is within <strong>the</strong><br />

range <strong>of</strong> 150-300 centistokes (75-150 seconds, Saybold Fuyol). The material shall be sufficiently fluid<br />

to produce a complete coating on every particle <strong>of</strong> aggregate within <strong>the</strong> specified mixing time. The<br />

temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregates <strong>and</strong> asphalt immediately prior to mixing shall be approximately that <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> completed batch.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> mix is produced in a batch type plant <strong>the</strong> aggregate shall be weighed accurately in <strong>the</strong><br />

designated proportions to provide <strong>the</strong> specified batch weight. The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aggregate at <strong>the</strong><br />

time <strong>of</strong> introduction into <strong>the</strong> mixer shall be as directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative with a<br />

tolerance <strong>of</strong> + 8OC.<br />

In no case, however, shall temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mixture exceed 165OC .<br />

Transportation <strong>of</strong> Mix<br />

The mix shall be transported to <strong>the</strong> job site in vehicles <strong>and</strong> painted, or sprayed, with a limewater, soap<br />

or detergent solution , at least once a day or as <strong>of</strong>ten as required .<br />

After this operation <strong>the</strong> truck bed shall elevated <strong>and</strong> thoroughly drained ; no excess solution shall be<br />

permitted. The dispatching <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> vehicles shall be so scheduled that all material .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

68<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Delivery <strong>of</strong> material to <strong>the</strong> paver shall be at a uniform rate <strong>and</strong> in an amount well within <strong>the</strong> capacity<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> paving <strong>and</strong> compacting equipment .<br />

Spreading <strong>and</strong> Finishing<br />

Spreading <strong>and</strong> finishing shall be conducted in <strong>the</strong> following manner :<br />

Mechanical Paver<br />

The binder <strong>and</strong> surface courses shall be spread <strong>and</strong> struck-<strong>of</strong>f with a mechanical paving machine<br />

connected with an automatic sensor . The paving machine connected with an automatic sensor. The<br />

paving machine shall be operated so that material dose not accumulate <strong>and</strong> remain along <strong>the</strong> sides <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> receiving hopper .<br />

Equipment which leaves tracks or indented areas which cannot be corrected in normal operation, or<br />

which produces flushing or o<strong>the</strong>r permanent blemishes or fails to produce a satisfactory surface shall<br />

not be used .<br />

Lines for <strong>the</strong> paver to follow will be established by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative parallel to <strong>the</strong><br />

centreline <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> proposed roadway. The paver shall be positioned <strong>and</strong> operated to follow closely <strong>the</strong><br />

established lines .<br />

In backing trucks against <strong>the</strong> paver , care shall be taken not to jar it out <strong>of</strong> its proper alignment .<br />

As soon as <strong>the</strong> first load <strong>of</strong> material has been spread, <strong>the</strong> texture <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unrolled surface shall be<br />

checked to determine its uniformity.<br />

Segregation <strong>of</strong> materials shall not be permitted If suspended until <strong>the</strong> cause is determined <strong>and</strong><br />

corrected.<br />

Transverse joints in succeeding courses shall be <strong>of</strong>fset at least 60 cm .<br />

Any irregularities in alignment left by <strong>the</strong> paver shall be corrected by trimming directly behind <strong>the</strong><br />

machine. Immediately after trimming, <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> course shall be thoroughly compacted by<br />

tamping . Distortion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement during this operation shall be avoided .<br />

Edges against which additional pavement is to be placed shall be straight <strong>and</strong> immediately vertical . A<br />

lute or covered rake shall be used immediately behind <strong>the</strong> paver when required to obtain a true line <strong>and</strong><br />

vertical edge. Any irregularities in <strong>the</strong> surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement course shall be corrected directly<br />

behind <strong>the</strong> paver . Excess material forming high spots shall be removed by a shovel or lute . Indented<br />

areas shall be filled with hot mix <strong>and</strong> smoo<strong>the</strong>d with <strong>the</strong> back <strong>of</strong> a shovel being pulled over <strong>the</strong> surface<br />

.<br />

Fanning <strong>of</strong> material over such areas shall not be permitted .<br />

H<strong>and</strong> Spreading<br />

In small areas where <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> mechanical finishing equipment is not practical , <strong>the</strong> mix may be spread<br />

<strong>and</strong> finished by h<strong>and</strong>, if so authorised by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative . Wood or steel form, approved<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative, rigidly supported to assure correct grade <strong>and</strong> cross-section, may be<br />

used. In such instances, measuring blocks <strong>and</strong> intermediate strips shall be used to aid in obtaining <strong>the</strong><br />

required cross-section. Placing by h<strong>and</strong> shall be performed carefully, <strong>the</strong> material shall be distributed<br />

uniformly to avoid segregation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> coarse <strong>and</strong> fine aggregate<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

69<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Broadcasting <strong>of</strong> material shall not be permitted. During <strong>the</strong> spreading operation, all materials shall be<br />

thoroughly loosened <strong>and</strong> uniformly distributed by lutes or covered rakes. Material that has formed into<br />

lumps <strong>and</strong> dose not break down readily shall be rejected.<br />

Following placing <strong>and</strong> before rolling, <strong>the</strong> surface shall be checked with templates <strong>and</strong> straight edges<br />

<strong>and</strong> all irregularities shall be corrected .<br />

Heating equipment used for keeping h<strong>and</strong> tools free from asphalt shall be provided. Caution shall be<br />

exercised to prevent high heating temperatures which may burn <strong>the</strong> material. The temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

tools when used shall not be greater than <strong>the</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix being placed . Heat only shall be<br />

employed to clean h<strong>and</strong> tools; petroleum oils or solvents shall not be permitted .<br />

Compaction General<br />

General<br />

Except for small jobs, such as driveways, at least two rollers shall be required at all times. As many<br />

additional rollers shall be used as necessary to provide specified pavement density.<br />

During rolling , <strong>the</strong> roller wheels shall be kept moist with only sufficient water to avoid picking up <strong>the</strong><br />

material .<br />

After <strong>the</strong> edges have been compacted rolling shall start longitudinally at <strong>the</strong> sides <strong>and</strong> gradually<br />

progressing toward <strong>the</strong> centre <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement.<br />

The rollers shall move at a slow but uniform speed with <strong>the</strong> drive roll or wheel nearest <strong>the</strong> paver . The<br />

speed shall not exceed 5 kph for steel-wheeled rollers or 8 kph for pneumatic - tired rollers .<br />

The line <strong>of</strong> rolling shall not be changed suddenly. If rolling causes displacement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> material, <strong>the</strong><br />

affected areas shall be loosened at once with lutes or shovels <strong>and</strong> restored to <strong>the</strong> original grade <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

loose material before being re-rolled.<br />

Heavy equipment or rollers should not be permitted to st<strong>and</strong> on <strong>the</strong> finished surface before it has been<br />

compacted <strong>and</strong> has thoroughly cooled.<br />

Rolling shall be in <strong>the</strong> following order: -<br />

a) Transverse joints .<br />

b) Outside edge<br />

c) Initial or breakdown rolling , beginning on <strong>the</strong> low-side <strong>and</strong> progressing toward <strong>the</strong> high side<br />

d) Second rolling , same procedure as (c)<br />

e) Finish rolling .<br />

The compaction temperature (laboratory) shall be (viscosity) <strong>of</strong> bitumen is 280+30 centistoke, as<br />

follows :<br />

148+3oC for 60/70 penetration .<br />

Transverse Joints<br />

Transverse joints shall be held to a minimum <strong>and</strong> thoroughly compacted to provide a smooth riding<br />

surface.<br />

Joints shall be straight edges <strong>and</strong> string - lined to assure smoothness <strong>and</strong> true alignment. If a joint is<br />

formed with a bulkhead , such as a board , to provide a straight line <strong>and</strong> vertical face, it shall be<br />

checked with a straight edges before fresh material is placed against it to complete <strong>the</strong> joint . If a<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

70<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

bulkhead is not used to form <strong>the</strong> joint <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller is permitted to roll over <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> new<br />

material , <strong>the</strong> line shall be located back <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rounded edge a sufficient distance to provide a true<br />

surface <strong>and</strong> cross-section . If <strong>the</strong> joint has been distorted by traffic or by o<strong>the</strong>r causes, it shall be<br />

trimmed to line .<br />

In ei<strong>the</strong>r case, <strong>the</strong> joint face shall face shall be painted with a thin coating <strong>of</strong> asphalt before fresh<br />

material is placed against it .<br />

To obtain through compaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se joints, material placed against <strong>the</strong> joint shall be tightly crowded<br />

against <strong>the</strong> vertical face <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint .<br />

To accomplish this, <strong>the</strong> paving machine shall be positioned so that <strong>the</strong> material shall overlap <strong>the</strong> edge<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint by 3 to 5 cm. The depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> overlapped material shall be kept uniform .<br />

The coarse aggregate in <strong>the</strong> overlapped material that was dislodged through raking or luting shall be<br />

removed form <strong>the</strong> pavement surface <strong>and</strong> discarded .<br />

A t<strong>and</strong>em roller shall be placed on <strong>the</strong> previously compacted material transversely so that no more 15<br />

cm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rear rolling wheel rides on <strong>the</strong> edge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> joint .<br />

The roller shall be operated to pinch <strong>and</strong> press <strong>the</strong> mix place at <strong>the</strong> transverse joint . The roller shall<br />

continue to roll along this line, shifting its position gradually across <strong>the</strong> joint, in 15 to 20 cm P17<br />

increments , until <strong>the</strong> joint has been rolled with <strong>the</strong> entire width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller wheel. Rolling joint is<br />

obtained<br />

Edges<br />

Care shall be exercised in consolidating <strong>the</strong> course along <strong>the</strong> entire length <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> edges . Before it is<br />

compacted, <strong>the</strong> material along <strong>the</strong> unsupported edges shall be slightly elevated with a tamping tool or<br />

lute.<br />

This will permit <strong>the</strong> full weight <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> roller wheel to bear on <strong>the</strong> material to <strong>the</strong> extreme edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

mat . In rolling pavement edges, roller wheels shall extend 5 cm to 10 cm beyond <strong>the</strong> pavement edge .<br />

Breakdown Rolling<br />

Breakdown rolling shall commence at a temperature <strong>of</strong> not less than 120OC <strong>and</strong> immediately follow<br />

<strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> longitudinal joint <strong>and</strong> edge. Rollers shall be operated as close to <strong>the</strong> pavement as<br />

necessary to obtain adequate density without undue displacement . The breakdown roller shall be<br />

operated with <strong>the</strong> drive roll or wheel nearest <strong>the</strong> finishing machine . Exceptions may be made by <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer's Representative when working on steep slopes .<br />

When both three-wheeled rollers <strong>and</strong> t<strong>and</strong>em rollers are used, <strong>the</strong> three-wheeled rollers shall work<br />

directly behind <strong>the</strong> paver following by <strong>the</strong> t<strong>and</strong>em rollers . Only experienced roller operators shall be<br />

used for used this work .<br />

Second Rolling<br />

Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be used for <strong>the</strong> second rolling . The second rolling shall follow <strong>the</strong><br />

breakdown rolling as closely as possible <strong>and</strong> while <strong>the</strong> paving mix is still <strong>of</strong> at a temperature that will<br />

result in maximum density from this operation .<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

71<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Pneumatic-tired rollers shall be continuous (at least three complete coverages) after <strong>the</strong> initial rolling<br />

until all <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mix placed rollers on <strong>the</strong> hot paving mix which causes undue displacement will not be<br />

permitted .<br />

Finish Rolling<br />

The finish rolling shall be accomplished with two-axle t<strong>and</strong>ems or three-axle t<strong>and</strong>ems while <strong>the</strong><br />

material is still warm enough for <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rollers marks. If necessary to obtain <strong>the</strong> required<br />

surface finish, <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative shall specify <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> pneumatic - tired rollers . All<br />

rolling operations shall be conducted in close sequence .<br />

In places inaccessible for <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard rollers as specified , compaction shall be performed<br />

by trench rollers or o<strong>the</strong>rs. The trench roller shall be operated at <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />

Representative until <strong>the</strong> course is thoroughly compacted. H<strong>and</strong> tamping, manual or mechanical , may<br />

be used in such areas if it proved to <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative that such operations will give <strong>the</strong><br />

desired density .<br />

Shoulder<br />

The shoulder material shall not be placed against <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement until <strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

surface course has been completed.<br />

Adequate precaution shall be taken to prevent distortion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pavement edge from specified line <strong>and</strong><br />

grade.<br />

When <strong>the</strong> rolling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> surface course has been completed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> edges have been thoroughly<br />

compacted , shoulder material shall be immediately placed against <strong>the</strong> edges <strong>and</strong> rolled .<br />

Density <strong>and</strong> Surface Requirements<br />

The completed pavement shall have a relative compaction equal to or greater than 98% (from daily<br />

Marshall) <strong>of</strong> a laboratory specimen prepared as specified in Section A, "Test Methods <strong>and</strong><br />

Definitions" , <strong>and</strong> made form plant mix conforming to <strong>the</strong> result <strong>of</strong> density from samples taken on site<br />

.<br />

The final surface shall be <strong>of</strong> uniform texture <strong>and</strong> shall conform to line <strong>and</strong> grade shown on <strong>the</strong> plans.<br />

Before final acceptance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> project, or during <strong>the</strong> progress <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work, <strong>the</strong> thickness <strong>of</strong> all courses<br />

will be determined by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative.<br />

All unsatisfactory work shall be repaired, replaced or corrected.<br />

Both density <strong>and</strong> thickness shall be carefully controlled during construction <strong>and</strong> shall be in full<br />

compliance with <strong>the</strong> plans <strong>and</strong> specifications. During compaction, preliminary tests as an aid for<br />

controlling <strong>the</strong> thickness, shall be made by inserting a flat blade, correctly graduated, through <strong>the</strong><br />

material to <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> previously placed base, or by o<strong>the</strong>r means approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />

Representative<br />

In checking compacted depth, <strong>the</strong> cutting <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> test holes, refilling with acceptable materials, <strong>and</strong><br />

proper compaction shall be done by <strong>the</strong> Contractor under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer's<br />

Representative.<br />

For <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong> testing <strong>the</strong> surface on all courses, a 3- meter long aluminum straight edge at <strong>the</strong><br />

longitudinal direction shall be used.<br />

Any irregularities which vary more than 0.5 cm in 3 meters shall be corrected. Irregularities which<br />

vary may develop before <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> rolling shall be remedied as may be required.<br />

Should any irregularities or defects remain after <strong>the</strong> final compaction, <strong>the</strong> surface course shall be<br />

removed promptly <strong>and</strong> sufficient new material laid to form a true <strong>and</strong> even surface. All minor surface<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

72<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

projections, joints, <strong>and</strong> minor honeycombed surfaces shall be ironed smooth to grade as may directed<br />

by <strong>the</strong> Engineer's Representative.<br />

Method <strong>of</strong> Measurement<br />

Asphalt concrete shall be measured by square meters <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> actual area paved <strong>and</strong> accepted in place<br />

including <strong>the</strong> bitumen according to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Edge slopes shall be done but will not be measured for payment.<br />

Basis <strong>of</strong> Payment<br />

Payment shall be based on <strong>the</strong> Contract unit rate for "Asphalt mix surface thickness 0.06m" per square<br />

meter, complete in place including bituminous material. No payment shall be made for extra width or<br />

for extra thickness.<br />

The required compacted thickness is <strong>the</strong> minimum acceptable <strong>and</strong> tolerance shall be on <strong>the</strong> plus side.<br />

Payment may also be based on <strong>the</strong> unit linear meter <strong>of</strong> road excavation according to B.O.Q. where<br />

thickness <strong>of</strong> asphalt mix shall remain as 0.06m, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall follow all above mentioned<br />

specifications.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

73<br />

Civil Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 1<br />

GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS<br />

1.1 General<br />

All equipment details, designs, materials etc.., shall be submitted in full for <strong>the</strong> Engineer’s approval,<br />

prior to commencement <strong>of</strong> Manufacture.<br />

The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations apply, in general, to all equipment <strong>and</strong> material to<br />

be supplied <strong>and</strong> all work to be performed by <strong>the</strong> Contractor. These requirements supplement <strong>the</strong><br />

detailed equipment <strong>and</strong> material specifications but, in case <strong>of</strong> conflict, <strong>the</strong> detailed equipment <strong>and</strong><br />

material specifications shall govern.<br />

This section shall be read in conjunction with <strong>the</strong> Drawings <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r relevant parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Specification. In particular <strong>the</strong> Contractor’s attention is drawn to Sections 2 <strong>and</strong> 3 with regard to<br />

Materials, Workmanship <strong>and</strong> Submittals.<br />

1.2 Materials <strong>and</strong> Equipment<br />

Unless specifically provided o<strong>the</strong>rwise in each case, all materials <strong>and</strong> equipment furnished for<br />

permanent installation in <strong>the</strong> work shall conform to applicable st<strong>and</strong>ard specifications <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

new, unused, <strong>and</strong> undamaged when installed or o<strong>the</strong>rwise incorporated in <strong>the</strong> work. The Contractor<br />

shall use no such material or equipment for any purpose o<strong>the</strong>r than that intended or specified, unless<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer in each case specifically authorizes such use.<br />

1.3 Workmanship<br />

All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, <strong>and</strong> assembled in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best modern<br />

engineering <strong>and</strong> shop practice. Individual parts shall be manufactured to st<strong>and</strong>ard sizes so that repair<br />

parts, furnished at any time, can be installed in <strong>the</strong> field. Like parts <strong>of</strong> duplicate units shall be<br />

interchangeable. Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as<br />

required by tests.<br />

1.4 Co-ordination<br />

The Contractor shall assume full responsibility for co-ordination <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> entire project, including<br />

verification that all structures, piping, valves, materials, instrumentation, <strong>and</strong> equipment components<br />

are compatible. The Contractor shall start up each equipment system <strong>and</strong> shall make all adjustments<br />

<strong>and</strong> tests necessary to ensure that each equipment item, system, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> entire works are placed in<br />

proper operating condition to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1.5 Quality Assurance<br />

Manufacturer's Instructions<br />

When <strong>the</strong> specifications require that installation <strong>of</strong> work shall comply with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's printed<br />

instructions, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall obtain <strong>and</strong> distribute copies <strong>of</strong> such instructions to parties involved in<br />

<strong>the</strong> installation, including two copies to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The Contractor shall maintain one set <strong>of</strong> complete instructions at <strong>the</strong> job site during installation <strong>and</strong><br />

until completion.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

76<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

The Contractor shall h<strong>and</strong>le, install, connect, clean, condition <strong>and</strong> adjust products in strict accord with<br />

such instructions <strong>and</strong> in conformity with specified requirements. Should job conditions or specified<br />

requirements conflict with manufacturer's instructions, consult with <strong>the</strong> Engineer for fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

instructions. The Contractor shall not proceed with work without clear instructions.<br />

The Contractor shall perform work in accordance with manufacturer's instructions <strong>and</strong> not omit any<br />

preparatory step or installation procedure unless specifically modified or exempted by <strong>the</strong><br />

specifications.<br />

Patent Royalties<br />

All royalties <strong>and</strong> fees for patents covering materials, articles, apparatus, devices, or equipment (as<br />

distinguished from processes) shall be included in prices quoted by equipment suppliers.<br />

1.6 Adaptation <strong>of</strong> Equipment<br />

Equipment shall be readily adaptable for installation <strong>and</strong> operation in <strong>the</strong> structures shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

drawings. No responsibility for alteration <strong>of</strong> a planned structure to accommodate o<strong>the</strong>r types <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment will be assumed by <strong>the</strong> Employer. Equipment, which requires alteration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> structures,<br />

will be considered only if <strong>the</strong> Contractor assumes all responsibility for making <strong>and</strong> co-ordinating all<br />

necessary alterations. All such alterations shall be made at <strong>the</strong> Contractor's expense <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1.7 Delivery, Storage, <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

Delivery<br />

A. Materials <strong>and</strong> equipment furnished under this Contract shall be delivered <strong>and</strong> stored at a location<br />

directed by <strong>the</strong> Contractor <strong>and</strong> acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

B. The Contractor shall provide all materials <strong>and</strong> packing cases necessary for <strong>the</strong> safe conveyance <strong>and</strong><br />

delivery <strong>of</strong> items.<br />

A. Before an item is dispatched from a manufacturer's works it shall be properly prepared <strong>and</strong><br />

packed <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall give <strong>the</strong> Engineer at least fourteen days notice that <strong>the</strong>se preparations<br />

are to begin.<br />

D. The Contractor shall, ei<strong>the</strong>r directly or through contractual arrangements with o<strong>the</strong>rs, accept responsibility<br />

for <strong>the</strong> safe h<strong>and</strong>ling <strong>and</strong> protection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> materials furnished under this Contract<br />

before <strong>and</strong> after receipt at <strong>the</strong> port <strong>of</strong> entry. Acceptance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment by <strong>the</strong> Employer shall only<br />

be made after it is installed, tested, placed in operation, <strong>and</strong> found to comply with all <strong>the</strong> specified<br />

requirements.<br />

E. All items shall be checked against packing lists immediately on deliver to <strong>the</strong> Work Site <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

inspected for damage <strong>and</strong> checked for shortages. Damage <strong>and</strong> shortages shall be remedied with <strong>the</strong><br />

minimum <strong>of</strong> delay.<br />

Protection<br />

A. All equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise completely enclosed <strong>and</strong> protected during<br />

shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. All equipment shall be protected from exposure to <strong>the</strong> elements <strong>and</strong><br />

shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Pumps, motors, electrical equipment, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

77<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

having antifriction or sleeve bearings shall be stored in watertight warehouses, which are maintained at<br />

a temperature <strong>of</strong> at least 16 degrees C.<br />

B. Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r damage. All<br />

painted surfaces that are damaged prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment shall be repainted to <strong>the</strong><br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

C. Electrical, equipment, controls, <strong>and</strong> insulation shall be protected against moisture or water damage.<br />

All space heaters provided in <strong>the</strong> equipment shall be kept connected <strong>and</strong> operating at all times until<br />

equipment is placed in service. All equipment shall have <strong>the</strong> original manufacturing certificate.<br />

Packing Lists<br />

Every crate or package shall contain a packing list in a waterpro<strong>of</strong> envelope. Two copies <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

packing list shall be sent by mail to <strong>the</strong> Engineer when <strong>the</strong> package is dispatched.<br />

Marking<br />

Crates, packages <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall be clearly marked with a waterpro<strong>of</strong> material to show <strong>the</strong> weight,<br />

where <strong>the</strong> slings should be attached, <strong>and</strong> shall also have an indelible identification mark relating <strong>the</strong>m<br />

to <strong>the</strong> packing list.<br />

All items shall be clearly marked for identification against <strong>the</strong> packing list.<br />

Storage<br />

A. Stored items shall be laid out to facilitate <strong>the</strong>ir retrieval for use in <strong>the</strong> programmed order.<br />

B. Stacked items shall be suitably protected from damage by spacers or load distributing supports <strong>and</strong><br />

shall be safely arranged. No metalwork shall be stored directly on <strong>the</strong> ground.<br />

C. Items shall be h<strong>and</strong>led <strong>and</strong> stored so that <strong>the</strong>y are not subjected to excessive stresses <strong>and</strong> so that<br />

protective coatings <strong>and</strong> finishes are not damaged.<br />

D. Masonry products shall be h<strong>and</strong>led <strong>and</strong> stored in a manner to hold breakage, chipping, cracking, <strong>and</strong><br />

sapling to a minimum.<br />

E. Cement, lime <strong>and</strong> similar products shall be stored <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> ground on pallets <strong>and</strong> shall be covered <strong>and</strong><br />

kept completely dry at all times.<br />

F. Pipe, fittings <strong>and</strong> valves may be stored out <strong>of</strong> doors but must be placed on wooden blocking.<br />

G. Equipment having moving parts, such as gears, bearings <strong>and</strong> seals, shall be stored fully lubricated with<br />

oil, grease, etc., unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise instructed by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. The Contractor shall carefully follow<br />

manufacturer’s storage instruction.<br />

H. Moving parts shall be rotated a minimum <strong>of</strong> once weekly to ensure proper lubrication <strong>and</strong> to avoid<br />

metal to metal "welding". Upon installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall at <strong>the</strong> discretion <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer start <strong>the</strong> equipment, at one-half load, once weekly for an adequate period <strong>of</strong> time to<br />

ensure that <strong>the</strong> equipment does not deteriorate from lack <strong>of</strong> use.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

78<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

I. Lubricants shall be changed upon completion <strong>of</strong> installation <strong>and</strong> as frequently as required <strong>the</strong>reafter<br />

during <strong>the</strong> period between installation <strong>and</strong> acceptance. The Contractor shall put new lubricants into <strong>the</strong><br />

equipment at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> acceptance.<br />

Off-Site Storage<br />

Off-site storage arrangements shall be acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for all materials <strong>and</strong> equipment not<br />

incorporated into <strong>the</strong> work but included in Applications for Payments. Such <strong>of</strong>f-site storage<br />

arrangements shall be presented in writing, <strong>and</strong> shall afford adequate <strong>and</strong> satisfactory security <strong>and</strong><br />

protection. Off-site storage facilities shall be accessible to Engineer.<br />

Spare Parts<br />

Spare parts shall be accurately manufactured from <strong>the</strong> same materials <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> same dimensions <strong>and</strong><br />

tolerances as <strong>the</strong> originals. They shall be new, unused <strong>and</strong> strictly interchangeable with <strong>the</strong> parts for<br />

which <strong>the</strong>y are intended to be replacements <strong>and</strong> shall be treated <strong>and</strong> packed for long storage under <strong>the</strong><br />

climatic conditions prevailing at <strong>the</strong> Work Site. Each spare part shall be clearly marked or labeled on<br />

<strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> its packing with its description <strong>and</strong> purpose, <strong>and</strong> when more than one spare is packed in<br />

a single case or o<strong>the</strong>r container, a general description <strong>of</strong> its contents shall be shown on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong><br />

such case or containers, <strong>and</strong> a detailed list enclosed. Cases, containers, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r packages shall be<br />

marked <strong>and</strong> numbered in an acceptable manner for purposes <strong>of</strong> identification. Cases, containers, or<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r packages shall be designed to facilitate opening <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>reafter repacking.<br />

1.8 Substitutions <strong>and</strong> Product Options<br />

Equivalent Materials <strong>and</strong> Equipment<br />

Whenever a material or article is specified or described by using <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> a proprietary product or<br />

<strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> a particular manufacturer or vendor, <strong>the</strong> specified item mentioned shall be understood as<br />

establishing <strong>the</strong> type, function, <strong>and</strong> quality desired. O<strong>the</strong>r manufacturer's products will be accepted<br />

provided sufficient information is submitted to allow <strong>the</strong> Engineer to determine that <strong>the</strong> products<br />

proposed are equivalent to those names. Such items shall be submitted for review by <strong>the</strong> procedure set<br />

forth in <strong>the</strong> Submittals section <strong>and</strong> as specified herein.<br />

Substitutions<br />

Requests for review <strong>of</strong> equivalency will not be accepted from anyone except <strong>the</strong> Contractor, <strong>and</strong> such<br />

requests will not be considered until after <strong>the</strong> contract has been awarded.<br />

The Contractor shall submit a separate request for each item <strong>of</strong> material <strong>and</strong>/or equipment proposed for<br />

substitution, supported with data, drawings <strong>and</strong> samples as appropriate. Request for substitution shall<br />

include <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

Comparison <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> qualities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> proposed substitution with that specified.<br />

Any changes required in o<strong>the</strong>r elements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work because <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> substitution.<br />

Effect on <strong>the</strong> construction schedule.<br />

Cost data comparing <strong>the</strong> proposed substitution with <strong>the</strong> equipment or material that is specified.<br />

Any required license fees or royalties.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

79<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Availability <strong>of</strong> maintenance service, <strong>and</strong> source <strong>of</strong> replacement materials in Jordan.<br />

The Contractor in requesting a substitution represents that he has investigated <strong>the</strong> proposed products<br />

<strong>and</strong> determines that <strong>the</strong>y are equal to, or superior in, all respects to that specified. The Contractor shall<br />

provide <strong>the</strong> same warranties for <strong>the</strong> substitution as for <strong>the</strong> products specified. The Contractor will coordinate<br />

<strong>the</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> an accepted substitution into <strong>the</strong> Project, <strong>and</strong> make all changes as may be<br />

required to make <strong>the</strong> work complete, waivering all claims for additional costs, under his responsibility,<br />

which may subsequently become apparent.<br />

1.9 Warranties<br />

The Engineer shall be <strong>the</strong> judge <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> acceptability <strong>of</strong> all proposed substitutions.<br />

The Contractor shall guarantee all equipment against (a) faulty or adequate design, (b) improper<br />

assembly or erection, (c) defective workmanship or materials <strong>and</strong> (d) leakage, breakage, or o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

failure. The guarantee period shall be as defined in <strong>the</strong> General Conditions.<br />

1.10 Safety Features<br />

A. The Permanent Works, as installed, shall have no features that could be a hazard to operators,<br />

maintenance staff, visitors, or o<strong>the</strong>r persons having access <strong>the</strong>reto. Guards, electrical safety devices,<br />

<strong>the</strong>rmal insulation, noise suppression devices, written notices, safety colors, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> like shall be<br />

provided where needed.<br />

B. Adequate safeguards shall be provided to prevent personnel accidentally coming into contact with<br />

dangerous machinery, mechanisms, hot surfaces, electrically live parts, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r hazardous<br />

components or contents. Guards shall be rigid, securely fixed <strong>and</strong> made so that <strong>the</strong>y do not have to be<br />

removed during normal operation, running maintenance, <strong>and</strong> routine inspection.<br />

C. When <strong>the</strong> Permanent. Works are operating at <strong>the</strong> normal conditions, <strong>the</strong> intensity <strong>of</strong> emitted noise in <strong>the</strong><br />

working environment shall not constitute a health hazard to operators <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r personnel or cause a<br />

nuisance to a community outside <strong>the</strong> boundary <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Work Site. The anticipated noise characteristics<br />

<strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> Permanent Works <strong>and</strong> systems, which have a high noise potential, shall be submitted to<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer early in <strong>the</strong> Contract. The Contractor shall ensure that all pollutants are discharged in a<br />

controlled manner to satisfy <strong>the</strong> environmental protection requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Employer.<br />

1.11 Anchor Bolts<br />

A. Equipment suppliers shall furnish stainless steel anchor bolts for each item <strong>of</strong> equipment. Anchor bolts,<br />

toge<strong>the</strong>r with templates or setting drawings, shall be delivered sufficiently early to permit setting <strong>the</strong><br />

anchor bolts when <strong>the</strong> structural concrete is placed. Two stainless steel nuts shall be furnished for<br />

each bolt.<br />

1.12 Fabrication <strong>and</strong> Manufacture<br />

All equipment shall be designed, fabricated, <strong>and</strong> assembled in accordance with <strong>the</strong> best engineering<br />

<strong>and</strong> shop drawings. Individual parts shall be manufactured to st<strong>and</strong>ard sizes <strong>and</strong> gauges so that repair<br />

parts furnished at any time, can be installed in <strong>the</strong> field. Like parts <strong>of</strong> duplicate units shall be<br />

interchangeable.<br />

Equipment shall not have been in service at any time prior to delivery, except as required by tests.<br />

Except where o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, structural <strong>and</strong> miscellaneous fabricated steel used in items <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment shall conform to <strong>the</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> American Institute <strong>of</strong> Steel Construction.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

80<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

All structural members shall be considered as subject to shock or vibratory loads. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise<br />

specified, all steel which will be submerged, all or in part, during normal operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment<br />

shall be at least 6 mm thick.<br />

1.13 Lubrication<br />

A. Equipment shall be adequately lubricated by systems that require attention no more frequently than<br />

weekly during continuous operation. Lubrication systems shall not require attention during start-up or<br />

shutdown <strong>and</strong> shall not waste lubricants.<br />

B. Lubricants <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type recommended by <strong>the</strong> equipment Manufacturer shall be provided in sufficient<br />

quantity to fill all lubricant reservoirs <strong>and</strong> to replace all consumption during testing, start-up, <strong>and</strong><br />

operating prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment by <strong>the</strong> Employer. In addition, Contractor shall provide<br />

quantities <strong>of</strong> required lubricants to permit continuous operation <strong>of</strong> all items <strong>of</strong> equipment until <strong>the</strong> end<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Maintenance Period.<br />

C. A complete schedule <strong>of</strong> recommended lubricants, which are readily available in Jordan <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> names<br />

<strong>and</strong> manufacturers <strong>and</strong> suppliers, shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for acceptance.<br />

D. Lubrication facilities shall be convenient <strong>and</strong> accessible. Oil drains <strong>and</strong> fill openings shall be easily<br />

accessible from <strong>the</strong> normal operating area or platform. Drains shall allow for convenient collection <strong>of</strong><br />

waste oil in containers, from <strong>the</strong> normal operating area or platform without removing <strong>the</strong> unit from its<br />

normal installed position.<br />

E. Lubricating equipment shall be positioned so that it is not subject to damage during installation,<br />

operation, or maintenance <strong>of</strong> plant. Centralized lubrication systems shall conform with BS 4807,<br />

Recommendations for Centralized Lubrication as Applied to Plant <strong>and</strong> Machinery.<br />

F. Grease lubrication systems shall preferably be <strong>the</strong> pressure type where no adjustment or recharging is<br />

needed more than once a week under normal continuous operating conditions. Grease application<br />

points shall be easily accessible <strong>and</strong> where needed, extension piping shall be provided. Where a<br />

number <strong>of</strong> greasing points can be grouped <strong>the</strong>y shall be routed to a battery plate <strong>of</strong> rigid construction<br />

<strong>and</strong> each application point shall be clearly labelled. Two grease applicators shall be supplied for each<br />

type <strong>of</strong> lubricant required <strong>and</strong> type <strong>of</strong> application nipple. Each applicator shall be clearly <strong>and</strong><br />

permanently labelled.<br />

G. Oil lubrication shall preferably be supplied by a recirculating reservoir type lubricator, which<br />

automatically maintains <strong>the</strong> correct level <strong>of</strong> oil <strong>and</strong> is sized to function for a long period under normal<br />

continuous operating conditions.<br />

A sight glass level indicator shall be fitted on all oil reservoirs, or where this is not practicable, a<br />

dipstick shall be fitted. Level indicators shall be easy to read over <strong>the</strong> maximum working range,<br />

simple to dismantle for cleaning, marked clearly with minimum / normal / maximum oil levels at<br />

normal running temperature <strong>and</strong> speed <strong>and</strong> marked to show <strong>the</strong> normal filling level at design ambient<br />

temperature. Sight glasses shall be protected against mechanical damage.<br />

H. Water lubrication shall ei<strong>the</strong>r be a recirculating or freely discharging system. Facilities shall be<br />

provided for visually observing both <strong>the</strong> flow <strong>and</strong> temperature <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inflowing <strong>and</strong> outflowing<br />

lubricating water where practicable. Freely discharging water from each lubricating point shall be<br />

separately piped to an open reservoir or container, which shall be piped neatly to an acceptable surface<br />

water drainage system.<br />

1.14 Dissimilar Materials<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

81<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

A. Where <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> dissimilar materials in contact or proximity can be bridged by an electrolyte producing<br />

a corrosive condition, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall demonstrate to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer that adequate<br />

precautions have been taken to prevent unacceptable corrosion.<br />

1.15 Nameplates, Rating Plates, <strong>and</strong> Labels<br />

A. Each item <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> plant comprising <strong>the</strong> Permanent Works shall have permanently attached, in a<br />

conspicuous position, a label or labels detailing its design performance, function, manufacturer's<br />

identification, <strong>and</strong> system identification. In general <strong>the</strong> function <strong>and</strong> system identification shall be<br />

separately labelled. Script on all labels shall be in <strong>the</strong> Arabic <strong>and</strong> English languages.<br />

B. Inscriptions shall be permanently engraved <strong>and</strong>, in general, a dark inscription on a light background<br />

shall be provided.<br />

C. The proposed style, label material, inscription, location, <strong>and</strong> fixing shall be scheduled <strong>and</strong> submitted to<br />

<strong>the</strong> Engineer for review.<br />

D. Embossed materials <strong>and</strong> techniques will not be accepted.<br />

E. Labels provided for panels shall describe <strong>the</strong> duty <strong>and</strong> identify every instrument, relay circuit, circuit<br />

component, <strong>and</strong> item <strong>of</strong> equipment mounted externally <strong>and</strong> internally.<br />

F. Multi section/circuit panels shall be fitted with a main designation label, <strong>and</strong> labels identifying each<br />

individual section/circuit shall be located at both <strong>the</strong> front <strong>and</strong> rear <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> panel.<br />

G. Where withdraw able or detachable equipment is provided both <strong>the</strong> fixed <strong>and</strong> moving or detachable<br />

portions shall be similarly labeled.<br />

H. Externally fitted labels on panels shall be acceptable transparent plastic with rear engraved inscriptions<br />

filled with black. The back surface <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se labels shall be painted in an acceptable color.<br />

I. Labels shall be provided to warn <strong>of</strong> dangerous or potentially dangerous circumstances or substances.<br />

J. Inscriptions on danger labels shall start with <strong>the</strong> word "DANGER" <strong>and</strong> be white on a red background.<br />

K. Inscriptions on caution labels shall start with <strong>the</strong> word "CAUTION" <strong>and</strong> be red on a white background.<br />

L. Instruction labels shall be provided where safety procedures are essential to protect operating <strong>and</strong><br />

maintenance personnel from hazardous or potentially hazardous conditions such as advising <strong>the</strong><br />

isolation or earthing <strong>of</strong> electrical circuits or <strong>the</strong> wearing <strong>of</strong> protective gear.<br />

M. Each valve, pump, <strong>and</strong> unit <strong>of</strong> equipment, which has been assigned a designation code number<br />

including existing items, shall be provided with a number plate. Numerals shall be not less than 50 mm<br />

high. Number plates shall be anodized aluminum <strong>and</strong> shall have a number corresponding to a<br />

designation code number system acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The location <strong>of</strong> number plates <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

method <strong>of</strong> attachment to <strong>the</strong> equipment shall be acceptable to <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1.16 Marker Tape for Buried Services<br />

A. Wherever pipes, cables, ducts, <strong>and</strong> similar services are buried in <strong>the</strong> ground a marker tape shall be laid<br />

300 mm above each <strong>and</strong> every service in <strong>the</strong> trench. The marker tape shall be 500 mm wide <strong>and</strong> 100<br />

micrometers nominal thickness colored plastic boldly printed with <strong>the</strong> word "CAUTION" <strong>and</strong> words to<br />

identify <strong>the</strong> particular services, in Arabic <strong>and</strong> English throughout its entire length, in accordance with<br />

international st<strong>and</strong>ard practice. All electrical wires <strong>and</strong> cables shall be labeled at every interruption,<br />

termination, device, <strong>and</strong> manhole <strong>and</strong> shall be identified on numbered elastic sleeves.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

82<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1.17 Electric Motors<br />

A. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified, motors furnished with equipment shall meet <strong>the</strong> following requirements:<br />

1. Designed <strong>and</strong> applied in accordance with NEMA ANSI, IEEE, AFBMA, NEC, BS, VDE or EEMAC<br />

for <strong>the</strong> service <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> driven equipment, such as frequent starting, intermittent overload, high inertia,<br />

mounting configuration, or service environment.<br />

2. Rated for continuous duty at 50 o C ambient, unless <strong>the</strong> application is well recognized for intermittent<br />

duty service as a st<strong>and</strong>ard industry practice.<br />

3. Insulated to Class F st<strong>and</strong>ard designed for a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.15, or greater or as specified.<br />

4. When operating at service factor load, maximum observable temperature rise <strong>of</strong> insulation <strong>and</strong> motor<br />

parts, as determined by resistance or <strong>the</strong>rmometer methods, shall not exceed <strong>the</strong> NEMA allowable<br />

limits for <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong> motor, <strong>the</strong> type <strong>of</strong> enclosure, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> particular application with regard to<br />

continuous or intermittent duty.<br />

5. To ensure long motor life, nameplate kilowatt regardless <strong>of</strong> service factor, shall be at least 115 percent<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum load imposed by <strong>the</strong> driven equipment.<br />

6. Designed for full voltage starting.<br />

7. De-rated, if required, for <strong>the</strong> altitude at which <strong>the</strong> equipment is installed.<br />

8. Clamp type grounding terminal shall be inside motor conduit box.<br />

9. External conduit boxes shall be oversized at least one size larger than NEMA st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

10. Totally enclosed motors shall have a continuous moisture drain, which also excludes insects.<br />

11. Bearings shall be ei<strong>the</strong>r oil or grease lubricated <strong>and</strong> have a minimum guaranteed life <strong>of</strong> 50,000 hrs <strong>of</strong><br />

motor running time.<br />

12. Manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard motor may be supplied on integrally constructed, packaged assemblies such as<br />

appliances, tools, unit heaters, <strong>and</strong> similar equipment specified by model number, in which case a<br />

redesign <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit would be required to furnish motors <strong>of</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r than <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

design. However, in all cases, totally enclosed motors are preferred <strong>and</strong> shall be furnished if <strong>of</strong>fered by<br />

<strong>the</strong> manufacturer' as a st<strong>and</strong>ard option.<br />

13. Totally enclosed motors shall be furnished on:<br />

a. Outdoor equipment.<br />

b. Equipment for installation below grade.<br />

.<br />

c. Chemical feeding <strong>and</strong> chemical h<strong>and</strong>ling equipment.<br />

d. Equipment operating in wet or dust laden locations.<br />

14. Drip pro<strong>of</strong> motors, or totally enclosed motors at <strong>the</strong> supplier's option, shall be furnished on equipment<br />

in indoor, above grade, clean <strong>and</strong> dry locations.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

83<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

15. Explosion pro<strong>of</strong> or submersible motors shall be furnished as required by applicable codes, as specified<br />

in o<strong>the</strong>r sections, or at <strong>the</strong> supplier's option.<br />

16. Motors shall be rated <strong>and</strong> constructed as follows:<br />

Below 1000 -W Power<br />

240 volt, 50 Hz, single phase.<br />

Built-in manual-reset <strong>the</strong>rmal protector, or integrally mounted stainless steel enclosed<br />

manual motor starter.<br />

1.18 Drive Units<br />

1000W <strong>and</strong> Above Power<br />

400 volt, 50 Hz, 3 Phase.<br />

A. The nominal input kilowatt rating <strong>of</strong> each gear or speed reducer shall be at least equal to <strong>the</strong> nameplate<br />

kilowatt rating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drive motor. Drive units shall be designed for 24-hour continuous service.<br />

Gear Motors<br />

Gear motors shall be rated AGMA Class 11 <strong>and</strong> shall bear an AGMA nameplate.<br />

Gear Reducers<br />

Each gear reducer shall be totally enclosed, oil lubricated, with antifriction bearings throughout.<br />

Worm gear reducers shall have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.20. Shaft mounted gear reducers shall be<br />

rated AGMA Class II. O<strong>the</strong>r helical, spiral bevel, <strong>and</strong> combination bevel-helical gear reducers shall<br />

have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.50. Each gear reducer shall bear an AGMA nameplate.<br />

Variable Speed Drives<br />

Each variable speed drive shall have a service factor <strong>of</strong> at least 1.75 at maximum speed. A spare belt<br />

shall be provided with each variable speed drive unit employing a belt for speed change. Unless<br />

specifically permitted by <strong>the</strong> detailed equipment specifications, bracket type mounting will not be<br />

acceptable for variable speed drives.<br />

Safety Guards<br />

Chain drives <strong>of</strong> stainless 316, fan blades, couplings, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r moving or rotating parts shall be<br />

covered on all sides by a safety guard. Safety guards shall be fabricated from 1.6 mm thick or heavier<br />

galvanized or aluminum clad sheet steel or 12 mm mesh galvanized exp<strong>and</strong>ed metal. Each guard shall<br />

be designed for easy installation <strong>and</strong> removal. All necessary supports <strong>and</strong> accessories shall be provided<br />

for each guard. Supports <strong>and</strong> accessories, including bolts, shall be galvanized. All safety guards in<br />

outdoor locations shall be designed to prevent <strong>the</strong> entrance <strong>of</strong> rain <strong>and</strong> dripping water.<br />

1.19 Equipment Bases<br />

A. Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings or specified, all equipment shall be installed on concrete<br />

bases at least 150 mm high. Cast iron or welded steel Base plates shall be provided for pumps,<br />

compressors, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment. Each unit <strong>and</strong> its drive assembly shall be supported on a single<br />

base plate <strong>of</strong> neat design. Base plates shall have peds for anchoring all components <strong>and</strong> adequate<br />

grout holes.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

84<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Base plates for pumps shall have a means for collecting leakage <strong>and</strong> a threaded drain connection. Base<br />

plates shall be anchored to <strong>the</strong> concrete base with suitable anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> space beneath filled<br />

with grout as specified.<br />

1.20 Shop Painting<br />

A. All steel <strong>and</strong> iron surfaces shall be protected by suitable paint or coatings applied in <strong>the</strong> shop. All<br />

ferrous metal surfaces needing paint for corrosion protection or appearance shall be finish painted at<br />

<strong>the</strong> shop or factory. Finish painted shall consist <strong>of</strong> at least one primer coat <strong>and</strong> one suitable finish coat.<br />

Surfaces, which will be inaccessible after assembly, shall be protected for <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment.<br />

Exposed surfaces intended to be field painted after installation shall be finished smooth, thoroughly<br />

cleaned, <strong>and</strong> filled as necessary to provide a smooth uniform base for painting. Surfaces to be painted<br />

after installation shall be-shop painted with one or more coats <strong>of</strong> a primer, which will adequately<br />

protect <strong>the</strong> equipment until finish coats are applied. Shop primer shall be fully compatible with finish<br />

paint systems specified.<br />

Items <strong>of</strong> equipment such as pumps traveling screens, air blowers, chlorination equipment, electric<br />

motors, speed reducers, starters, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r self-contained or enclosed components shall be shop<br />

finished with at least one primer coat <strong>and</strong> one finish coat <strong>of</strong> high-grade oil-resistant enamel or<br />

equivalent system. Coatings shall be suitable for <strong>the</strong> environment where <strong>the</strong> equipment is installed.<br />

B. Machined, polished, <strong>and</strong> non-ferrous surfaces, which are not to be painted, shall be coated with<br />

suitable protective compound.<br />

1.21 Installation <strong>and</strong> Operation<br />

A. Equipment shall not be installed or operated except by, or with <strong>the</strong> guidance <strong>of</strong>, qualified personnel<br />

having <strong>the</strong> knowledge <strong>and</strong> experience necessary for proper results. When so specified, or when<br />

employees <strong>of</strong> Contractor or his Subcontractors are not qualified, such personnel shall be supervised at<br />

all times by field representatives <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment or materials being installed.<br />

B. All equipment installed under this Contract shall be placed in successful operation according to <strong>the</strong><br />

written instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer or <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's field representative.<br />

All required adjustments, tests, operation checks, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r start-up activities shall be provided.<br />

1.22 Manufacturer's Field Services<br />

A. An experienced, competent, <strong>and</strong> authorized representative <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>of</strong> each item <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment for which field services are required shall visit <strong>the</strong> Work Site <strong>and</strong> inspect, check, adjust if<br />

necessary, <strong>and</strong> accept <strong>the</strong> equipment installation. In each case, <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's representative shall<br />

be present when <strong>the</strong> equipment is placed in operation. The manufacturer's representative shall revisit<br />

<strong>the</strong> Work Site as <strong>of</strong>ten as necessary until all trouble is corrected <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment installation <strong>and</strong><br />

operation are satisfactory in <strong>the</strong> opinion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

B. Each manufacturer's representative shall furnish to <strong>the</strong> Engineer a written report certifying that <strong>the</strong><br />

equipment has been properly installed <strong>and</strong> lubricated; is in accurate alignment; is free from any undue<br />

stress imposed by connecting piping or anchor bolts; has been operated under full load conditions; <strong>and</strong><br />

that it operated satisfactorily.<br />

C. Except as may be o<strong>the</strong>rwise specified or required or allowed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, eleven months after <strong>the</strong><br />

Plant has been set to work a visit to site shall be made by an experienced fitter, <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor or <strong>the</strong><br />

Manufacturer, who shall service all <strong>the</strong> Plant. The service shall comprise tracing <strong>and</strong> correction <strong>of</strong> all<br />

faults <strong>and</strong> replacement <strong>of</strong> any item <strong>of</strong> plant found to be defective which <strong>the</strong> Engineer considers to be<br />

<strong>the</strong> Contractor’s liability.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

85<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

D. All costs for <strong>the</strong>se services shall be included in <strong>the</strong> Contract Price.<br />

1.23 Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals<br />

The Contractor shall provide Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals for each item <strong>of</strong> equipment for<br />

which manuals are required. Manuals shall be provided in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals Section.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

86<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 2<br />

MECHANICALLY CLEANED BAR SCREENS<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1-1 Description<br />

A. This Section includes supply, installation, testing <strong>and</strong> startup <strong>of</strong> all HEAVY DUTY mechanically<br />

<strong>and</strong> manually cleaned bar screens, including auxiliaries specified herein, to constitute a complete system.<br />

B. Supply <strong>and</strong> install piping to interconnect <strong>the</strong> various units being provided in <strong>the</strong> complete system.<br />

Pipe sizing shall be verified by <strong>the</strong> Equipment Supplier, but shall be not less than that shown on <strong>the</strong><br />

drawings, unless specific equipment requirements dictate o<strong>the</strong>rwise.<br />

C. The total system will consist <strong>of</strong> mechanically <strong>and</strong> manually cleaned bar screens.<br />

1-1.01 Related Work<br />

A. General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulation.<br />

The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulation shall apply to all material furnished under this section.<br />

B. Work Specified Elsewhere<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not limited to,<br />

Submittals <strong>and</strong> Electrical Division<br />

1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

The Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards generally applicable to <strong>the</strong> under this section are listed. Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bid shall be used unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />

1-2.01 NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association.<br />

1-2.02 AGMA- American Gear Manufacturer’s Association.<br />

1-3 Submittals<br />

1-3.01 Drawing <strong>and</strong> Data.<br />

Complete fabrication, assembly <strong>and</strong> installation drawings, toge<strong>the</strong>r with detailed specifications <strong>and</strong> data<br />

covering materials used parts, devices, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r accessories forming a part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment furnished,<br />

shall be submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals section.<br />

1-4 Product Delivery, Storage, <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

1-4.01 Protection.<br />

EQUIPMENT shall be delivered, stored, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>led as specified in General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material<br />

Stipulations<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

87<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> protection specified in <strong>the</strong> General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations, <strong>the</strong> packaging<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screen <strong>and</strong> spare parts shall be similar to export packing <strong>and</strong> shall be packed separately <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

completed identified on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> container.<br />

Instructions for <strong>the</strong> servicing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment while in storage shall accompany each item <strong>of</strong> equipment.<br />

Advisement <strong>of</strong> enclosed instructions shall be noted on <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> package.<br />

A. Capacity: Mechanically-raked bar screen shall have <strong>the</strong> following capacity:<br />

Service<br />

Mechanical Screen<br />

QTY/<br />

Measurement<br />

2<br />

Hydraulically controlled vertical Mechanically Cleaned<br />

Bar Screens inclined at 75 o<br />

Controls 2<br />

Channel Width<br />

500 mm<br />

Channel Depth<br />

1700 mm<br />

Average Flow –each<br />

44 liter /sec<br />

Maximum Flow – each<br />

109 liter /sec<br />

Maximum Upstream Water Depth<br />

400 mm<br />

Bar Spacing<br />

15 mm<br />

Width <strong>of</strong> bar<br />

10 mm<br />

Maximum Headloss at 50% clogging<br />

200 mm<br />

Manual Screen<br />

Manual Bar Screen 1<br />

Channel Width<br />

500 mm<br />

Channel Depth<br />

1700 mm<br />

Bar Spacing<br />

40 mm<br />

Width <strong>of</strong> bar<br />

10 mm<br />

B. Materials: All materials used shall be suitable for service in a moist corrosive environment as<br />

encountered in wastewater treatment plant.<br />

C. Stainless Steel Bolts: Bolts, anchor bolts, <strong>and</strong> washers which are submerged or below <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> wall inside any hydraulic structure shall be <strong>of</strong> type 316 stainless steal, with bronze nuts or cap<br />

screws <strong>of</strong> copper-silicon alloy. Wherever stainless steel bolts <strong>and</strong> nuts are indicated, it shall refer<br />

to <strong>the</strong> above material combination, unless specifically excluded<br />

D. Anchors: Submerged anchors shall be stainless steel<br />

D. The CONTRACTOR: shall have <strong>the</strong> manufacturer supply <strong>the</strong> initial lubrication <strong>and</strong> all necessary<br />

sealing fluids.<br />

In addition to <strong>the</strong> protection specified in <strong>the</strong> General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations, <strong>the</strong><br />

packaging <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screen <strong>and</strong> spare parts shall be similar to export packaging <strong>and</strong> shall be suitable<br />

for long term storage in a damp location. Each spare item shall be packed separately <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

completely identified on <strong>the</strong> outside <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> container.<br />

Instructions for <strong>the</strong> servicing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment while in storage shall accompany each item <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment. Advisement <strong>of</strong> enclosed instructions shall be noted on <strong>the</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> package.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

88<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

PART 2 – BAR SCREEN<br />

A. The bar screen shall consist <strong>of</strong> 10 mm thick by 65 mm wide (in <strong>the</strong> direction parallel to <strong>the</strong><br />

wastewater flow) rectangular Type 316 stainless steel bars fastened firmly <strong>and</strong> accurately at top<br />

<strong>and</strong> bottom to provide a maximum clear spacing <strong>of</strong> 15 mm between <strong>the</strong> bars. The bars shall be<br />

straight <strong>and</strong> inclined at 75 degrees from <strong>the</strong> horizontal in <strong>the</strong> downstream direction, <strong>and</strong> shall span<br />

<strong>the</strong> full width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> channel. The bar screen shall extend a minimum <strong>of</strong> 200 mm above <strong>the</strong><br />

maximum water depth in <strong>the</strong> channel. The bar screen shall be firmly anchored to <strong>the</strong> channel floor<br />

<strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> dead plate at <strong>the</strong> top. There shall be no horizontal members allowed on <strong>the</strong> bar screen<br />

below <strong>the</strong> design water level. The dead plate shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> stainless steel plate, suitably<br />

reinforced. A Type 316 stainless steel discharge apron shall extend from <strong>the</strong> level <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> operating<br />

floor to <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screening discharge above <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor <strong>and</strong> shall be installed<br />

so as to prevent any screening which may fall from <strong>the</strong> traveling rake mechanism from falling<br />

ei<strong>the</strong>r on <strong>the</strong> operating floor or in <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow downstream <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar screen. The<br />

discharge apron shall be readily removable <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism located to facilitate manual<br />

removal <strong>of</strong> screening.<br />

B. The mechanism shall consist <strong>of</strong> side frames, pin rack, rake assembly (with guide rollers, cog<br />

wheels, drive components, heavy-duty hydraulic shock absorbers), <strong>and</strong> scraper arm. The rake <strong>and</strong><br />

rake arm shall be Type 316 stainless steel.<br />

C. Side Frames: The side frames shall be <strong>of</strong> Type 316 stainless steel construction suitably<br />

reinforced to support all loads imposed on <strong>the</strong> mechanism during operation, installation, assembly,<br />

or transportation. The frame shall be securely fastened to <strong>the</strong> concrete channel. In each side<br />

frame, a pin rack shall be designed to mesh with <strong>the</strong> two cogwheels. The pin rack shall consist <strong>of</strong><br />

steel bolts fitted with hardened <strong>and</strong> ground bushings.<br />

D. Operation: The screenings shall be removed from <strong>the</strong> bar rack by a rake assembly including a<br />

shaped perforated plate with teeth designed to mesh with <strong>the</strong> bar rack. The rake assembly shall be<br />

supported by <strong>the</strong> main drive shaft <strong>and</strong> attached to <strong>the</strong> two cogwheels, which rotate on <strong>and</strong> are<br />

supported by <strong>the</strong> pin rack. The rake arm assembly shall be held against <strong>the</strong> bar rack by a heavyduty<br />

coil spring. Proper alignment <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake arm assembly is accomplished by guide rollers,<br />

which travel in channel-type tracks attached to <strong>the</strong> side frame.<br />

E. The mechanism shall be so designed that <strong>the</strong> rake can climb over <strong>and</strong> be free <strong>of</strong> an object<br />

encountered that cannot be removed. After <strong>the</strong> object has been bypassed, <strong>the</strong> rake shall again<br />

mesh with <strong>and</strong> continue to clean <strong>the</strong> bar rack. Positive overload protection against an object,<br />

which is too large to be bypassed, shall be provided by mounting <strong>the</strong> motor on a rotating support<br />

that is held in position by <strong>the</strong> coil spring assembly. If <strong>the</strong> load on <strong>the</strong> motor increases beyond a<br />

predetermined value, <strong>the</strong> motor shall rotate, causing a limit switch to stop <strong>the</strong> drive. When <strong>the</strong><br />

overload condition has been corrected, <strong>the</strong> drive may again be operated by manual pushbutton<br />

activation.<br />

F. The bar screen mechanism shall be designed to be reversed by manually operated electrical<br />

controls. A spring-loaded switch shall be provided to allow <strong>the</strong> operator to reverse <strong>the</strong> rake<br />

assembly free <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> object that has caused <strong>the</strong> overload, for unobstructed removal <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> object by<br />

o<strong>the</strong>r means.<br />

G. Screening Discharge: The rake shall be guided over <strong>the</strong> discharge point <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> accumulated<br />

screenings shall be removed by a scraper arm attached to <strong>the</strong> side frame <strong>and</strong> designed to pivot to<br />

allow efficient cleaning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake on each pass. The discharge height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rake mechanism<br />

shall be sufficient to allow free <strong>and</strong> unhindered discharge to <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor. On three<br />

sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings discharge point, minimum 10 mm thick clear plastic plates shall be<br />

provided to protect <strong>the</strong> screenings blown away by <strong>the</strong> wind. The Screen manufacturer shall provide<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

89<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

proper supports for <strong>the</strong> plates for easy removal. The plastic plates shall be extended a minimum<br />

900 mm above <strong>and</strong> below <strong>the</strong> screenings discharge point.<br />

H. Screenings Containers: The Contractor shall furnish 2 screenings trays with lifting h<strong>and</strong>les for<br />

collecting <strong>the</strong> screenings as <strong>the</strong>y come <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> screen. They shall be made <strong>of</strong> hot dipped galvanized<br />

steel <strong>and</strong> shall be approximately 100 cm x 50 cm x 20 cm deep.<br />

The Contractor shall furnish 2 wheelable garbage containers for holding <strong>the</strong> screenings until <strong>the</strong>y<br />

are transferred to a garbage truck for disposal. The containers shall be hot dipped galvanized, in<br />

accordance with <strong>the</strong> Amman Municipality requirements <strong>and</strong> shall be approximately 50 cm x 50 cm<br />

x 1 meter deep. Each container shall have a hinged cover, push h<strong>and</strong>les, <strong>and</strong> two 20 cm diameter<br />

rubber-tired wheels on <strong>the</strong> same side as <strong>the</strong> push h<strong>and</strong>les so <strong>the</strong> container can be tilted <strong>and</strong> rolled.<br />

The containers shall be similar to those used by <strong>the</strong> Amman Municipality for domestic garbage<br />

service.<br />

I. Drive Motor: The electric motor shall be a TEFC, explosion-pro<strong>of</strong>, heavy-duty type, 400-volt, 3-<br />

phase, 50-Hz supply in accordance with Section 16460 - Electric Motors. The motor shall be a<br />

minimum <strong>of</strong> 1.1 kW, <strong>and</strong> it shall be direct connected to a gear reducer.<br />

J. Safety Guards <strong>and</strong> Inspection Covers: The center portion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> front, upstream, side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bar<br />

screen shall be protected by <strong>the</strong> gear rack support plate. Easily removable hinged wire mesh<br />

guards shall be included to cover <strong>the</strong> openings between <strong>the</strong> support plate <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> side frames. The<br />

side frames <strong>and</strong> front plate shall have covered openings for easy access to <strong>the</strong> guide rollers,<br />

reducer, <strong>and</strong> pinion gear.<br />

2.2 Tools <strong>and</strong> Spare Parts<br />

A. Tools: The CONTRACTOR shall supply one complete set <strong>of</strong> special wrenches or o<strong>the</strong>r special<br />

tools necessary for <strong>the</strong> assembly, adjustment, <strong>and</strong> dismantling <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipment. Tools shall be <strong>of</strong><br />

best quality hardened steel forgings with bright, finished heads <strong>and</strong> with work faces dressed to fit<br />

nuts. The set <strong>of</strong> tools shall be furnished in a labeled toolbox <strong>of</strong> suitable design provided with a<br />

hinged cover.<br />

B. Spare Parts: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish one set <strong>of</strong> spare parts for components exposed to<br />

operational wear during normal equipment service. Spare parts shall include bearings, sprockets,<br />

chains, pinions, limit switches, <strong>and</strong> drive gear rack, rollers, <strong>and</strong> wiper blades.<br />

PART 3-EXECUTION<br />

3-1 General<br />

A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanically-raked bar screen shall be in strict accordance with <strong>the</strong><br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's written instructions <strong>and</strong> Shop Drawings; provided that nothing<br />

contained in said instructions or Shop Drawings shall authorize <strong>the</strong> CONTRACTOR to vary from<br />

<strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contract Documents.<br />

B. All parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism shall be amply proportioned for stresses that may occur during<br />

fabrication, erection, <strong>and</strong> intermittent or continuous operation. Workmanship shall be <strong>of</strong> high<br />

grade in all respects <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> latest design.<br />

3-2 Field Testing<br />

Upon completion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> installation, each piece <strong>of</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> each system shall be tested for<br />

satisfactory operation without excessive noise, vibration, overheating, etc. All equipment shall be<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

90<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

adjusted <strong>and</strong> checked for alignment, clearances, supports, <strong>and</strong> adherence to safety st<strong>and</strong>ards, until<br />

found satisfactory.<br />

The tests shall demonstrate in particular:<br />

1. That all equipment will operate within <strong>the</strong> specified ranges <strong>and</strong> specified accuracy limits.<br />

2. Confirm coordination <strong>of</strong> operation with screenings conveyor <strong>and</strong> screenings washer/compactor.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

91<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 3<br />

SCREENINGS COMPACTOR<br />

PART 1<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />

A. The Work <strong>of</strong> this section includes supplying, installing, starting up, <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong><br />

two screenings compactors <strong>and</strong> all accessories for a complete functional system.<br />

B. Unit Responsibility: The work requires that <strong>the</strong> screenings compactors complete with<br />

all accessories <strong>and</strong> appurtenances be <strong>the</strong> end product <strong>of</strong> one responsible system<br />

manufacturer or responsible system supplier.<br />

C. It is <strong>the</strong> intent that <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong>/or supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactors be<br />

<strong>the</strong> same manufacturer <strong>and</strong>/or supplier <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screens which are specified in Section<br />

1, Mechanically Cleaned Bar Screens.<br />

1.2 REFERENCES<br />

A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

1. American Bearing Manufacturers’ Association (ABMA): 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong><br />

Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.<br />

2. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA).<br />

3. American Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Institute (AISI).<br />

4. American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials (ASTM):<br />

a. A36, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Structural Steel.<br />

b. A153, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron <strong>and</strong><br />

Steel Hardware.<br />

c. A167, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat-Resisting<br />

Chromium-Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, <strong>and</strong> Strip.<br />

d. A366, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled,<br />

Commercial Quality.<br />

e. A385, St<strong>and</strong>ard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot<br />

Dip).<br />

5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />

a. MG1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />

b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).<br />

A. Action Submittals:<br />

1. Shop Drawings:<br />

a. Detail drawings <strong>and</strong> specifications for components <strong>of</strong> equipment<br />

showing all dimensions, parts, construction details, <strong>and</strong> materials.<br />

b. Functional description <strong>of</strong> controls <strong>and</strong> operations.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

92<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

c. Control panel elevation drawings.<br />

d. Size, length, <strong>and</strong> spacing <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts or attachments to <strong>the</strong><br />

foundations or supports.<br />

e. Power <strong>and</strong> control wiring diagrams including terminals <strong>and</strong> numbers.<br />

f. External utility requirements for air, water, power, drain etc. for each<br />

component.<br />

g. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA, motor<br />

manufacturer, <strong>and</strong> motor modifications.<br />

B. Informational Submittals:<br />

1. Installation instructions.<br />

2. Manufacturer’s test reports.<br />

3. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />

4. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data.<br />

5. Extra Materials.<br />

1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS<br />

A. Furnish, tag, <strong>and</strong> box <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> special tools for both units:<br />

Item<br />

Quantity<br />

Speed reducer<br />

Drive shaft bearings<br />

Special tools required to maintain or<br />

dismantle<br />

One complete unit<br />

One complete set<br />

One complete set<br />

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />

A. Delivery <strong>of</strong> Materials: Products shall be delivered in original, unbroken packages,<br />

containers, or bundles bearing <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

B. Storage: Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage <strong>and</strong><br />

in an area that is protected from <strong>the</strong> elements.<br />

C. Protection <strong>of</strong> Equipment: Equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected<br />

from damage <strong>and</strong> moisture during shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. Equipment shall<br />

be protected from exposure to corrosive fumes <strong>and</strong> shall be kept thoroughly dry at all<br />

times. Motors, drives, electrical equipment <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment with anti-friction or<br />

sleeve bearings shall be stored in watertight <strong>and</strong> heated storage facilities prior to<br />

installation. For extended storage periods, plastic equipment wrappers shall not be<br />

used to prevent accumulation <strong>of</strong> condensate in gears <strong>and</strong> bearings.<br />

1.6 WARRANTY<br />

A. The screenings compactors shall conform to <strong>the</strong> description within this specification<br />

<strong>and</strong> be free from defects in material <strong>and</strong> workmanship for a period <strong>of</strong> one year from<br />

<strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> equipment startup.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

93<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

PART 2<br />

PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 GENERAL<br />

A. The compactor shall be suitable for compressing, dewatering <strong>and</strong> conveying<br />

screenings collected from <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow. Compactors shall be designed to<br />

provide a reduction in volume <strong>of</strong> 50 percent <strong>and</strong> a finished moisture content <strong>of</strong> less<br />

than 55 percent.<br />

B. Prior to fabricating determine <strong>the</strong> requirements for <strong>and</strong> furnish brackets, chutes, <strong>and</strong><br />

fitments required to suit <strong>the</strong> screens.<br />

2.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. Infilco Degremont, USA<br />

B. U.S. Filter/Envirex Products, USA<br />

C. Schloss Engineered Equipment, USA<br />

D. Passavant, Germany<br />

2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS<br />

A. Screenings Compactor:<br />

1. Conveyor Type: Screw.<br />

2. Material Conveyed: waste water screenings.<br />

3. Material Density: 881 kg/m 3 .<br />

4. Solids, Percent by Weight: 20 percent.<br />

5. Capacity: 1 cubic meter per hour minimum.<br />

6. Screw Speed: 10 maximum rpm.<br />

7. Screw Diameter: 200 mm minimum.<br />

8. Compactor <strong>and</strong> screenings bin on same operating floor.<br />

9. Hours <strong>of</strong> Operation: Continuous.<br />

10. Location: Outdoors.<br />

11. Equipment Environment Application Rating: NEC, Class I Zone 1, Group D,<br />

NEMA 7.<br />

B. Design <strong>and</strong> provide compactor supports as required.<br />

C. Preliminary Drawings: A general layout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor shall be<br />

submitted to Engineer before identifying location <strong>and</strong> final layout drawings.<br />

2.4 EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS AND MATERIALS<br />

A. Compactor:<br />

1. The compactor shall include a rotating screw housed within a stainless steel<br />

fabricated trough. The trough body shall be fabricated from 304 stainless steel<br />

6 mm thick.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

94<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2. The screw shall be driven by a shaft mounted helical geared motor.<br />

3. The screw shall be supported by a self-aligning roller bearing at <strong>the</strong> drive end<br />

sealed from <strong>the</strong> trough with double lip seals.<br />

4. The rotating screw shall convey collected screenings discharged into <strong>the</strong><br />

trough onto a compression section where dewatering <strong>and</strong> compaction shall<br />

take place. The compacted screenings shall <strong>the</strong>n be pushed through an outlet<br />

tube to <strong>the</strong> point <strong>of</strong> discharge.<br />

5. The compactor screw trough shall be fitted with a water catchment tray with<br />

75 mm diameter flanged drain pipe connection to collect water from <strong>the</strong><br />

dewatered screenings.<br />

6. The compression chamber shall be fitted with a wash water connection to<br />

provide intermittent washing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> chamber. An inspection cover shall also be<br />

provided.<br />

7. Provide discharge pipe to route <strong>the</strong> compacted screenings into a bin that will<br />

be located on same floor elevation as <strong>the</strong> compactor. Location <strong>of</strong> bin ei<strong>the</strong>r on<br />

side or in front <strong>of</strong> compactor. Bin height approximately 1.5 m.<br />

B. Gear Reducers:<br />

1. Gear reducers to be parallel helical or bevel helical, 2, 3 or 4-stage gear<br />

reducers for shaft-mounted or foot-mounted, with flexible coupling. Gear<br />

reducers to be Eurodrive, Dodge, Nord or Flender.<br />

2. Size gear reducers <strong>and</strong> flexible couplings based on <strong>the</strong> input power to each<br />

gear reducer, with <strong>the</strong> resulting torque calculated at <strong>the</strong> output shaft rpm, with<br />

a safety factor <strong>of</strong> 1.5 times this calculated torque. The nominal rated output<br />

torque (AGMA 2) to be greater than or equal to <strong>the</strong> calculated output torque<br />

<strong>and</strong> its safety factors. A second criteria to be met is that <strong>the</strong> nominal rated<br />

output torque must exceed <strong>the</strong> electric motor nameplate horsepower equivalent<br />

torque at <strong>the</strong> gear reducer output shaft rpm.<br />

3. Oil level indicator <strong>and</strong> drain locations shall be readily accessible.<br />

4. Drive shall be direct drive type.<br />

5. Gearboxes, motors shall be factory-assembled on <strong>the</strong> compactor, factory-tested<br />

<strong>and</strong> shipped fully assembled with <strong>the</strong> compactors.<br />

C. Bearings:<br />

1. ABMA 11, high capacity roller bearings located in <strong>the</strong> reducing drive housing<br />

with an L-10 life rating <strong>of</strong> 30,000 hours.<br />

2. Designed to support thrust loads <strong>and</strong> provide angular alignment with <strong>the</strong><br />

trough.<br />

D. Screenings Washing:<br />

1. The compactor trough shall be fitted with a washwater spray set system to<br />

provide initial washing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> uncompacted screenings.<br />

E. Washwater Solenoid Set:<br />

1. The compactor shall be fitted with a washwater solenoid set to control <strong>the</strong> flow<br />

<strong>of</strong> washwater to <strong>the</strong> trough spray set <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> compression chamber washwater<br />

connection. The solenoid valves shall be 12 mm diameter <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

explosion pro<strong>of</strong>.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

95<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

F. Inlet Hopper:<br />

1. An inlet hopper shall be supplied with <strong>the</strong> compactor to collect <strong>the</strong> discharged<br />

screenings from <strong>the</strong> screen. The hopper shall be fabricated from 6 mm thick<br />

304 stainless steel.<br />

G. Controls:<br />

1. Provide each Control Panel mounted locally on a st<strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> compactor <strong>and</strong><br />

be rated NEMA 7 <strong>and</strong> contain <strong>the</strong> following controls:<br />

a. Main circuit breaker.<br />

b. Magnetic motor starter.<br />

c. Control transformer.<br />

d. Overload relay for <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />

e. Control power “OFF-ON” selector switch.<br />

f. Power on light.<br />

g. HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch.<br />

h. “JAM” reset pushbutton.<br />

2. The screw compactor mode <strong>of</strong> operation shall be controlled by <strong>the</strong> “H-O-A”<br />

selector switch. In <strong>the</strong> “H<strong>and</strong>” mode, <strong>the</strong> machine shall run continuously. In<br />

<strong>the</strong> “Auto” mode, <strong>the</strong> machine shall run by a repeat cycle timer based on <strong>the</strong><br />

screen operation.<br />

3. Include two (2) 0-6 minutes timers to control <strong>the</strong> washwater solenoid valves<br />

operation.<br />

4. Coordinate compactor controls with controls for mechanically cleaned bar<br />

screen.<br />

5. External Interfaces: The following discrete outputs shall be provided at each<br />

local field panel:<br />

a. AUTO STATUS (discrete).<br />

b. FORWARD (discrete).<br />

c. REVERSE (discrete).<br />

6. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />

electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />

STOP, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />

H. Special Requirements:<br />

1. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />

<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas as applicable.<br />

I. Support Brackets:<br />

1. A support system shall be supplied to properly support <strong>the</strong> screw compactor<br />

from <strong>the</strong> floor. The system shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> stainless steel complete with<br />

anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> also to suit <strong>the</strong> screen installation.<br />

2.5 MOTORS<br />

A. Motors to be 3 phase, 400 V, 50 Hz for motor 1 kW <strong>and</strong> above, smaller motors can<br />

be single phase, 230 Volts, 50 Hz. Motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction <strong>and</strong><br />

premium efficiency.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

96<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2.6 ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316 stainless steel, sized by equipment<br />

manufacturer.<br />

B. Lifting Lugs: Provide suitably attached for equipment assemblies <strong>and</strong> components<br />

weighing over 45 kg.<br />

C. Equipment Identification Plates: Provide 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel<br />

identification plate securely mounted on each separate equipment component <strong>and</strong><br />

control panel in a readily visible location. Plate shall bear 9 mm high engraved block<br />

type black enamel filled equipment identification number <strong>and</strong> letters indicated in this<br />

Specification.<br />

PART 3<br />

EXECUTION<br />

3.1 INSTALLATION<br />

A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> screenings compactor to be performed by <strong>the</strong> contractor in cooperation<br />

with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> factory trained<br />

representative <strong>of</strong> manufacturer.<br />

B. Installation <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> concrete embedded frames to be done by contractor<br />

based on templates <strong>and</strong> drawings supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. Installations to be<br />

supervised <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

3.2 FIELD FINISHING<br />

A. Touchup damaged areas <strong>of</strong> painted ferrous metal.<br />

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />

A. Functional Test: Conduct on each screenings compactor assembly. Test shall include<br />

4 hours continuous operation <strong>of</strong> each unit. Confirm <strong>and</strong> coordinate operation with<br />

screen <strong>and</strong> screenings compactor as a complete operating system.<br />

3.4 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />

A. Contractor/Manufacturer's representative shall be present at site in Jenin, West Bank<br />

or in Jerusalem or mutually agreed upon alternate for <strong>the</strong> minimum person days listed<br />

below to perform <strong>the</strong> services enumerated, travel time excluded:<br />

1. Inspection <strong>and</strong> certification <strong>of</strong> installation: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />

2. Functional <strong>and</strong> performance testing: 1 person-days, 1 trip.<br />

3. Facility startup & training, startup: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />

B. Unlimited phone support during installation <strong>and</strong> startup<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

97<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 4<br />

GRIT COLLECTION EQUIPMENT<br />

PART 1<br />

GENERAL<br />

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />

A. The Work <strong>of</strong> this section includes supplying, installing, starting up, <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> two grit<br />

bucket elevators <strong>and</strong> grit classifiers including all accessories for a complete functional system.<br />

B. Unit Responsibility: The work requires that <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment, complete with all<br />

accessories <strong>and</strong> appurtenances be <strong>the</strong> end product <strong>of</strong> one responsible system manufacturer or<br />

responsible system supplier.<br />

1.2 REFERENCES<br />

A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />

1. American Bearing Manufacturers’ Association (ABMA): 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life<br />

for Roller Bearings.<br />

2. American Gear Manufacturers Association (AGMA).<br />

3. American Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Institute (AISI).<br />

4. American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials (ASTM):<br />

a. A36, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Structural Steel.<br />

b. A153, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot Dip) on Iron <strong>and</strong> Steel Hardware.<br />

c. A167, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat-Resisting Chromium-Nickel Steel<br />

Plate, Sheet, <strong>and</strong> Strip.<br />

d. A366, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold-Rolled, Commercial<br />

Quality.<br />

e. A385, St<strong>and</strong>ard Practice for Providing High-Quality Zinc Coatings (Hot Dip).<br />

5. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />

a. MG1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />

b. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum).<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Submittals:<br />

1. Shop Drawings:<br />

a. Detail drawings <strong>and</strong> specifications for components <strong>of</strong> equipment showing all<br />

dimensions, parts, construction details, <strong>and</strong> materials.<br />

b. Size, length, <strong>and</strong> spacing <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts or attachments to <strong>the</strong> foundations or<br />

supports.<br />

c. Functional description <strong>of</strong> controls <strong>and</strong> operations.<br />

d. Control panel external face layout <strong>and</strong> internal layout drawings.<br />

e. Power <strong>and</strong> control wiring diagrams including terminal <strong>and</strong> wire numbers.<br />

f. External utility requirements for air, water, power, drain etc. for each component.<br />

g. Complete motor nameplate data, as defined by NEMA.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 99 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

B. Informational Submittals:<br />

1. Installation instructions.<br />

2. Manufacturer’s test reports.<br />

3. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />

4. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data.<br />

5. Extra Materials.<br />

1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS<br />

A. Furnish, tag, <strong>and</strong> box <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> special tools for both units:<br />

Item<br />

Elevator buckets<br />

Longitudinal chain<br />

Speed reducer<br />

Drive chain<br />

Shaft bearings for bucket elevator<br />

Shaft bearings for screw<br />

Special tools required to maintain o<br />

dismantle<br />

Quantity<br />

Six per unit<br />

One complete set<br />

One complete unit<br />

One complete set<br />

One complete set<br />

One complete set<br />

One complete set<br />

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING<br />

A. Delivery <strong>of</strong> Materials: Products shall be delivered in original, unbroken packages, containers,<br />

or bundles bearing <strong>the</strong> name <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

B. Storage: Products shall be carefully stored in a manner that will prevent damage <strong>and</strong> in an area<br />

that is protected from <strong>the</strong> elements.<br />

C. Protection <strong>of</strong> Equipment: Equipment shall be boxed, crated, or o<strong>the</strong>rwise protected from<br />

damage <strong>and</strong> moisture during shipment, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage. Equipment shall be protected<br />

from exposure to corrosive fumes <strong>and</strong> shall be kept thoroughly dry at all times. Motors, drives,<br />

electrical equipment <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r equipment with anti-friction or sleeve bearings shall be stored<br />

in wea<strong>the</strong>r tight <strong>and</strong> heated storage facilities prior to installation. For extended storage periods,<br />

plastic equipment wrappers shall not be used to prevent accumulation <strong>of</strong> condensate in gears<br />

<strong>and</strong> bearings<br />

1.6 WARRANTY<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 100 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

A. The grit collection equipment shall conform to <strong>the</strong> description within this specification <strong>and</strong> be<br />

free from defects in material <strong>and</strong> workmanship for a period <strong>of</strong> one year from <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment startup.<br />

PART 2<br />

PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 GENERAL<br />

A. The grit collection equipment shall be suitable for conveying <strong>and</strong> dewatering grit collected<br />

from <strong>the</strong> wastewater flow. The grit collection equipment shall be designed to remove grit from<br />

aerated grit tanks.<br />

B. Prior to fabricating determine <strong>the</strong> requirements for <strong>and</strong> furnish brackets, baffles, chutes,<br />

enclosures, <strong>and</strong> fitments required to suit <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment.<br />

C. The grit collection equipment shall consist <strong>of</strong> vertical bucket elevator <strong>and</strong> grit washer.<br />

2.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. U.S. Filter/Envirex Products, USA<br />

B. Schloss Engineered Equipment, USA<br />

C. Passavant, Germany<br />

2.3 SERVICE CONDITIONS<br />

A. Grit Collection Equipment:<br />

1. Liquid Treated: Screened wastewater passed through 9 mm clear spacing in influent<br />

screens.<br />

2. Material Conveyed: Grit from wastewater.<br />

3. Grit Tanks: Aerated with inclined bottom configuration to facilitate grit accumulation<br />

in grit hopper <strong>and</strong> grit bucket elevator assembly. Approximate dimensions 5.4 m long<br />

by 1.8 m wide by 2 m average liquid depth.<br />

4. Hours <strong>of</strong> Operation: Continuous.<br />

5. Location: Outdoors subject to ambient environmental conditions.<br />

6. Equipment Environment Application Rating: NEC, Class I Zone 1, Group D, NEMA<br />

7.<br />

B. <strong>Wastewater</strong> Flow per Unit:<br />

1. Minimum (Startup): 1000 m 3 /d.<br />

2. Annual Average Daily Flow: 7,600 m 3 /d.<br />

3. Peak Instantaneous Flow: 18,800 m 3 /d.<br />

C. Preliminary Drawings: A general layout <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> aerated grit tanks shall be provided before<br />

identifying final location <strong>and</strong> final layout.<br />

2.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 101 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

A. Grit removal system shall remove 95 percent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit, with an average specific gravity <strong>of</strong><br />

2.65, greater than 50 mesh in size, 85 percent <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit greater than 100 mesh <strong>and</strong> less than<br />

70 mesh in size. The grit removal system manufacturer shall guarantee this performance in<br />

writing.<br />

2.5 EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION<br />

A. Grit Bucket Elevator:<br />

1. The inclined bottom grit tank will function in a manner so that grit will be accumulated<br />

in a finally grit hopper <strong>of</strong> 600X600X600 mm where <strong>the</strong> boot section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> bucket<br />

elevator is located. The elevator shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three (3) shaft design <strong>and</strong> include<br />

buckets, conveying chain, housing with fiberglass cover, shafting, sprockets <strong>and</strong> drive.<br />

The housing, drive, sprockets, head shaft, fiberglass cover, take up shaft <strong>and</strong> seal shall<br />

be shipped assembled as one unit.<br />

2. Elevator Chain: All elevator chain shall consist <strong>of</strong> 100 mm pitch combination chain. The<br />

chain shall be style HB-78 stainless steel, material type 304 stainless steel hardened <strong>and</strong><br />

working load 13630 kg <strong>and</strong> ultimate strength <strong>of</strong> not less than 36360 kg. Chain<br />

manufacturer Hitachi or approved equivalent.<br />

3. Elevator Buckets: All elevator buckets shall be 250 mm by 6.4 mm cast nylon style AA<br />

<strong>and</strong> shall mount directly to <strong>the</strong> elevator chain. Each bucket shall have a minimum<br />

capacity <strong>of</strong> 0.002 cubic meter. Buckets will be spaced at a maximum <strong>of</strong> 600 mm on<br />

centers.<br />

4. Sprockets: All sprockets shall be stainless steel hubs with non-metallic tooth rim.<br />

Sprockets shall be mounted on solid cold finished steel shafts which span <strong>the</strong> entire<br />

width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> elevator housing <strong>and</strong> rotating in grease lubricated bearings.<br />

5. Housing:<br />

a. A carbon steel formed plate superstructure with a minimum thickness <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm<br />

shall support <strong>the</strong> head shaft <strong>and</strong> take-up. The removable cover portion shall be<br />

fabricated <strong>of</strong> 4.8 mm molded fiberglass, formed in one piece. In order to provide<br />

adequate access to machinery, <strong>the</strong> cover shall be at least 450 mm wide by 760 mm<br />

depth by height required for <strong>the</strong> applicable.<br />

b. The fiberglass cover shall include imbedded channels for takeup guides. Take-up<br />

shaft shall be sealed with a 9.5 mm thick polyurethane sliding seal.<br />

c. Where required, neoprene gasketing shall be furnished. All <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fiberglass<br />

sections shall be furnished with smooth corners <strong>and</strong> manufactured <strong>of</strong> acrylic<br />

polyester impregnated molded fiberglass consisting <strong>of</strong> chipped glass fibers rolled<br />

into lamina composed <strong>of</strong> heavy glass cloth <strong>and</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r resistant polyester resin.<br />

The material is to include necessary gel coats <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r wea<strong>the</strong>r resistant<br />

ingredients to insure <strong>the</strong> capability <strong>of</strong> being exposed to exterior wea<strong>the</strong>r conditions.<br />

All cut edges shall be roller coated with gel coat or matching polyurethane finish.<br />

The minimum properties for <strong>the</strong> material are as follows:<br />

Tensile strength<br />

12,000 PSI<br />

Flexural strength<br />

28,000 PSI<br />

Compressive strength 27,000 PSI<br />

Modulus <strong>of</strong> elasticity 1,200,000<br />

Glass content<br />

35% Minimum<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 102 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Ignition point<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

430 degrees C (continuously applied)<br />

d. The discharge pipe to <strong>the</strong> screw washer shall be at least 125 mm diameter with<br />

gasketed connections <strong>and</strong> furnished with <strong>the</strong> equipment.<br />

e. A 25 mm st<strong>and</strong>ard spray pipe with adjustable non-clogging bronze spray nozzle<br />

arranged to direct fan shaped overlapping spray across <strong>the</strong> width <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> buckets<br />

shall be provided for washing grit from <strong>the</strong> buckets. The spray water feed pipe shall<br />

be stainless steel <strong>and</strong> extend outside <strong>the</strong> housing <strong>and</strong> include two stainless steel ball<br />

valves <strong>and</strong> a solenoid operated valve.<br />

6. Headshaft: The solid steel head shaft shall be a minimum 62 mm diameter <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

supported by grease lubricated anti-friction bearings externally mounted to <strong>the</strong> housing for<br />

ease <strong>of</strong> inspection <strong>and</strong> maintenance. Special polyurethane <strong>and</strong> steel shields shall be<br />

furnished for all bearings.<br />

7. Take-up Shaft: The take-up shaft shall be equipped with automatic type anti-friction<br />

take-up bearings which apply a uniform force on <strong>the</strong> chain throughout <strong>the</strong>ir 175 mm<br />

travel <strong>and</strong> not incorporate springs.<br />

8. Drive Assembly:<br />

a. The drive shall consist <strong>of</strong> a totally enclosed motor for outdoor operation <strong>and</strong><br />

hazardous location Class I Zone 1 Group D, <strong>of</strong> ample size to drive <strong>the</strong> elevator<br />

<strong>and</strong> collector mechanism but shall not be less than 2 horsepower. Motor shall be<br />

400 V 3 PH 50 Hz.<br />

b. The motor shall be coupled to a helical gear type reducer. The reducer shall bear<br />

an AGMA nameplate <strong>and</strong> have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.25 based on <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical<br />

horsepower required.<br />

c. Equipment shall be protected by an adjustable electrical overload device wired<br />

into <strong>the</strong> control panel. The overload condition shall close electrical contacts for<br />

remote indication that an overload exists <strong>and</strong> shut <strong>of</strong>f <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />

d. The drive chain with a minimum pitch <strong>of</strong> 2.609 having an ultimate strength <strong>of</strong> not<br />

less than 9090 kg, shall connect <strong>the</strong> output shaft <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reducer to <strong>the</strong> head shaft<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> elevator.<br />

e. The chain drive shall be protected by a 14 gauge stainless steel guard <strong>and</strong> shall<br />

have means for drive chain takeup.<br />

9. Baffle <strong>and</strong> Shroud:<br />

a. Provide submerged baffles to separate <strong>the</strong> aeration chamber <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> bucket<br />

elevator creating a quiescent zone to prevent turbulence from washing out <strong>the</strong><br />

buckets as <strong>the</strong>y elevate <strong>the</strong> collected grit. Baffles shall be manufactured <strong>of</strong> #10<br />

gauge stainless steel supported from <strong>the</strong> tank walls. The baffle section shall<br />

include a 600 mm square access door with h<strong>and</strong>le for ease <strong>of</strong> removal <strong>and</strong><br />

maneuverability.<br />

b. There shall be attached to <strong>the</strong> baffle a shroud. The shroud shall be shaped to<br />

follow <strong>the</strong> contour <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit screw. The shroud shall be fabricated <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm<br />

minimum thick type steel <strong>and</strong> supported by 6.4 mm thick angles.<br />

B. Conveyor Belt<br />

Grit collected <strong>and</strong> elevated by <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator will be conveyed through a<br />

conveyor belt to <strong>the</strong> receiving point at <strong>the</strong> grit classifier.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 103 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

C. Grit Classifier:<br />

2.6 CONTROLS<br />

1. The buckets shall discharge into a 225 mm diameter 2/3 pitch inclined grit washingdewatering<br />

screw designed at a slope <strong>of</strong> 22 degrees with continuously welded steel<br />

pipe with 9.5 mm thick stainless steel flighting. Provide an organic overflow box with<br />

one fixed <strong>and</strong> one adjustable weir for controlling <strong>the</strong> return <strong>of</strong> organics to <strong>the</strong> grit<br />

tanks.<br />

2. The screw trough shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> 6.4 mm painted carbon steel, with a cover<br />

plate <strong>of</strong> #12 gauge carbon steel <strong>and</strong> shall include a dewatering section above <strong>the</strong> liquid<br />

level.<br />

3. The screw conveyor drive unit shall consist <strong>of</strong> not less than one (1) horsepower motor.<br />

The reducer shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> helical gear type with oil tight housing bolted to <strong>the</strong> screw<br />

trough. The reducer shall include a variable speed drive <strong>and</strong> bear an AGMA nameplate<br />

<strong>and</strong> have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.25 based on <strong>the</strong> <strong>the</strong>oretical capacity required. The output<br />

shaft <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> reducer shall be direct connected to <strong>the</strong> upper end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> conveyor. The<br />

screw shall discharge washed <strong>and</strong> dewatered grit into a bin as shown on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

The lower end bearing shall be externally mounted <strong>and</strong> include <strong>the</strong> following<br />

components: Non metallic wear ring <strong>and</strong> packing holder, non metallic bearing gl<strong>and</strong>.<br />

The bearing shall not require lubrication <strong>and</strong> be replaceable without removing <strong>the</strong><br />

screw from <strong>the</strong> tank. There shall be no intermediate hanger bearings.<br />

4. The screw trough, drive unit, hopper, including support legs, shall be assembled <strong>and</strong><br />

shipped as a unit. Provide piping for organics <strong>and</strong> draining <strong>the</strong> screw washer<br />

connection.<br />

A. Grit Bucket Elevator:<br />

1. Controls: In accordance with general control requirements <strong>and</strong> component qualities<br />

specified as follows:<br />

a. Provide <strong>the</strong> following field panels:<br />

Panel No.<br />

Panel Name<br />

NEMA<br />

Rating<br />

Mounting<br />

1<br />

Grit Bucket Elevator 1 Local Contro<br />

Panel 7<br />

Near<br />

equipment<br />

st<strong>and</strong><br />

on<br />

2<br />

Grit Bucket Elevator 2 Local Contro<br />

Panel 7<br />

Near<br />

equipment<br />

st<strong>and</strong><br />

on<br />

b. Power supply to <strong>the</strong> field panels shall be 400V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. Furnish all<br />

necessary panel mounting hardware <strong>and</strong> anchor bolts.<br />

c. Provide relay logic control.<br />

d. Each control panel shall include <strong>the</strong> following operator controls <strong>and</strong> indicators:<br />

1) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch<br />

2) “POWER ON” light<br />

3) “Bucket Elevator Running” red light<br />

4) Emergency stop push button.<br />

5) Push stop/pull run button.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 104 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

6) Motor starter (minimum size NEMA 1), program timer, timer, relays, limit<br />

switches, horn, control transformer etc.<br />

7) Power disconnect switch<br />

8) “RESET” push button<br />

9) “SILENCE ALARM” push button<br />

10) “TORQUE OVERLOAD” amber light<br />

11) “MOTOR OVERLOAD” amber light<br />

12) “EMERGENCY STOP” amber light<br />

2. Instrumentation:<br />

a. Provide all instrumentation for field installation in a hazardous location.<br />

3. External Interfaces: The following discrete inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs shall be provided at<br />

local field panel:<br />

a. The following outputs, when originating from local control panel provided with<br />

grit bucket elevator shall be provided with suitable interface for classification.<br />

1) Grit Bucket Elevator Running<br />

2) Grit bucket elevator FAIL (discrete).<br />

3) Grit classifier ENABLE.<br />

4. Operation Description<br />

a. Operation <strong>of</strong> each grit bucket elevator shall be controlled by a HAND-OFF-<br />

AUTO selector switch at <strong>the</strong> control panel at <strong>the</strong> bucket elevator. When <strong>the</strong><br />

selector switch is in <strong>the</strong> AUTO position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator<br />

motor shall be controlled by program timer control. When <strong>the</strong> selector is in <strong>the</strong><br />

HAND position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator motor is controlled by <strong>the</strong><br />

“Push-stop/pull run push button.<br />

b. A TORQUE OVERLOAD limit switch shall stop motion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit bucket<br />

elevator motor, light <strong>the</strong> TORQUE OVERLOAD indicating light <strong>and</strong> provide an<br />

alarm contact should <strong>the</strong> torque exceed <strong>the</strong> set point value.<br />

c. A PANEL POWER FAILURE (PPF) discrete output shall be provided should<br />

control circuit power fail, <strong>the</strong> power supply to motor starter fail (motor branch<br />

circuit breaker open).<br />

d. Pressing <strong>the</strong> emergency stop button shall immediately stop <strong>the</strong> grit bucket<br />

elevator operation <strong>and</strong> light <strong>the</strong> “Emergency Stop” alarm light.<br />

e. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />

electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />

STOP, TORQUE OVERLOAD, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />

f. Press RESET button to reset <strong>the</strong> alarms<br />

5. Provide <strong>and</strong> coordinate interlocks <strong>and</strong> controls for a complete operating system with<br />

<strong>the</strong> grit classifier operation.<br />

6. Special Requirements:<br />

a. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />

<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas.<br />

B. Grit Classifier<br />

1. Controls: In accordance with general control requirements <strong>and</strong> component qualities<br />

specified as follows:<br />

a. Provide <strong>the</strong> following field panels:<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 105 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Panel No.<br />

Panel Name<br />

NEMA<br />

Rating<br />

Mounting<br />

1 Grit Classifier 1 Local Control Panel 7<br />

2 Grit Classifier 2 Local Control Panel 7<br />

Near<br />

equipment<br />

st<strong>and</strong><br />

Near<br />

equipment<br />

st<strong>and</strong><br />

on<br />

on<br />

b. Power supply to <strong>the</strong> field panels shall be 400V, 3 phase, 50 Hz. Furnish all<br />

necessary panel mounting hardware <strong>and</strong> anchor bolts.<br />

c. Provide relay logic control.<br />

d. Each control panel shall include <strong>the</strong> following operator controls <strong>and</strong> indicators:<br />

1) “HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch<br />

2) “POWER ON” red light<br />

3) “Grit Classifier Running” red light<br />

4) Emergency stop push button.<br />

5) Push-stop/pull-run push button.<br />

6) Motor starter (minimum size NEMA 1), timer, relays, limit switches, horn,<br />

control transformer etc.<br />

7) Power disconnect switch<br />

8) “RESET” push button<br />

9) “SILENCE ALARM” push button<br />

10) “TORQUE OVERLOAD” amber light<br />

11) “MOTOR FAILURE” amber light<br />

12) “EMERGENCY STOP” amber light<br />

13) Electronic overload relay<br />

2. Instrumentation:<br />

a. Provide all instrumentation for field installation in a hazardous location.<br />

3. External Interfaces: The following discrete inputs <strong>and</strong> outputs shall be provided at<br />

local field panel:<br />

a. The following outputs, when originating from local control panel provided with<br />

grit classifier shall be provided with suitable interface for classification.<br />

1) Grit Classifier Running.<br />

2) Grit classifier FAIL(discrete).<br />

4. Operation Description<br />

a. Operation <strong>of</strong> each grit classifier shall be controlled by a HAND-OFF-AUTO<br />

switch at <strong>the</strong> control panel at <strong>the</strong> grit classifier. When <strong>the</strong> switch is in <strong>the</strong> AUTO<br />

position, operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier motor shall be controlled program timer<br />

from <strong>the</strong> grit bucket elevator. When <strong>the</strong> selector switch is in <strong>the</strong> HAND position,<br />

operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier motor is controlled by <strong>the</strong> push-stop/pull-run push<br />

button.<br />

b. A TORQUE OVERLOAD limit switch shall stop motion <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier<br />

motor, light <strong>the</strong> TORQUE OVERLOAD indicating light <strong>and</strong> provide an alarm<br />

contact should <strong>the</strong> torque exceed <strong>the</strong> set point value.<br />

c. A PANEL POWER FAILURE (PPF) discrete output shall be provided should<br />

control circuit power fail, <strong>the</strong> power supply to motor starter fail (motor branch<br />

circuit breaker open).<br />

d. Pressing <strong>the</strong> emergency stop button shall immediately stop <strong>the</strong> grit classifier<br />

operation <strong>and</strong> light <strong>the</strong> “Emergency Stop” alarm light.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 106 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2.7 SHOP PAINTING<br />

e. A general FAIL alarm shall be delivered to alarm panel in service building<br />

electrical room when <strong>the</strong>re is a PANEL POWER FAILURE, EMERGENCY<br />

STOP, TORQUE OVERLOAD, MOTOR FAILURE.<br />

f. Press RESET button to reset <strong>the</strong> alarms<br />

5. Provide <strong>and</strong> coordinate interlocks <strong>and</strong> controls for a complete operating system with<br />

grit bucket elevator operation.<br />

6. Special Requirements:<br />

a. Raceways <strong>and</strong> wiring installed on unit at factory shall be suitable for corrosive<br />

<strong>and</strong> hazardous areas as applicable.<br />

A. All metal surfaces except chains, sprockets, shafts, RFP or stainless steel parts shall be<br />

s<strong>and</strong>blasted <strong>and</strong> primed <strong>and</strong> finished coats in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s printed<br />

recommendations for <strong>the</strong> best possible coating.<br />

B. Shafts, chains, sprockets <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r life surfaces shall be heavily coated with a petroleum base<br />

compound.<br />

2.8 FACTORY ASSEMBLY:<br />

A. The grit bucket elevator <strong>and</strong> housing shall be factory assembled <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit classifier shall<br />

also be shop assembled. Units shall be shipped assembled unless shipping limitations or<br />

special installation requirements dictate o<strong>the</strong>rwise.<br />

B. All factory assembled electrical equipment (eg. motors, safety devices, torque devices, etc.)<br />

shall be wired to a factory assembled junction box with all wiring <strong>and</strong> terminals identified <strong>and</strong><br />

coordinated with <strong>the</strong> local control panels.<br />

2.9 MOTORS<br />

A. Motors to be 3 phase, 400 V, 50 Hz for motor 1 kW <strong>and</strong> above, smaller motors can be single<br />

phase, 230 Volts, 50 Hz. Motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction <strong>and</strong> premium efficiency.<br />

2.10 ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A193, Type 316 stainless steel, sized by equipment manufacturer.<br />

B. Lifting Lugs: Provide suitably attached for equipment assemblies <strong>and</strong> components weighing<br />

over 45 kg.<br />

C. Equipment Identification Plates: Provide 16-gauge Type 304 stainless steel identification plate<br />

securely mounted on each separate equipment component <strong>and</strong> control panel in a readily visible<br />

location. Plate shall bear 9 mm high engraved block type black enamel filled equipment<br />

identification number <strong>and</strong> letters indicated in this Specification.<br />

2.11 EQUIPMENT ENCLOSURE<br />

A. Provide an enclosure for each bucket elevator mechanism for odor control purpose. Provide<br />

enclosure with flanged connection for odor cast pipe <strong>of</strong> 150 mm in diameter. Location <strong>and</strong><br />

exact size <strong>of</strong> pipe connection will be provided to manufacturer at <strong>the</strong> time that Engineer<br />

returns manufacturer’s shop drawings.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 107 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

B. Materials: fabricate enclosure from 304 stainless steel at least 14 gauge in thickness. Attaching<br />

hardware shall also be from 304 stainless steel that is welded or bolted throughout. Fasteners<br />

required to assemble enclosure shall be Type 316 stainless steel. Design to be removable in<br />

sections.<br />

C. Provide hinged access doors with latches on both sides for easy access to <strong>the</strong> bucket elevator<br />

at <strong>the</strong> maintenance locations.<br />

PART 3<br />

EXECUTION<br />

3.1 INSTALLATION<br />

A. Installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit collection equipment to be performed by <strong>the</strong> contractor in co-operation<br />

with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> factory trained representative <strong>of</strong><br />

manufacturer.<br />

B. Installation <strong>of</strong> anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> concrete embedded frames to be done by contractor based on<br />

templates <strong>and</strong> drawings supplied by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer. Installations to be supervised <strong>and</strong><br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

3.2 FIELD FINISHING<br />

A. Touchup damaged areas <strong>of</strong> painted ferrous metal.<br />

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />

A. Functional Test: Conduct on each grit collector assembly. Test shall include 4 hours<br />

continuous operation <strong>of</strong> each unit. Confirm <strong>and</strong> coordinate operation with grit bucket elevator<br />

<strong>and</strong> grit classifier as a complete operating system.<br />

3.4 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />

A. Manufacturer's representative shall be present at site in Jenin, West Bank or in Jerusalem or<br />

mutually agreed upon alternate for <strong>the</strong> minimum person days listed below to perform <strong>the</strong><br />

services enumerated, travel time excluded:<br />

1. Inspection <strong>and</strong> certification <strong>of</strong> installation: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />

2. Functional <strong>and</strong> performance testing: 1 person-days, 1 trip.<br />

3. Facility startup & training, startup: 2 person-day, 1 trip.<br />

B. Unlimited phone support during installation <strong>and</strong> startup.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 108 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 5<br />

AERATION BASIN AND AERATION EQUIPMENT<br />

1-1 Scope<br />

This section covers <strong>the</strong> work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install mechanical, horizontally mixing aerators,<br />

complete. Also, a spare motor, speed reducer, coupling, <strong>and</strong> shaft identical to those provided shall be<br />

provided for st<strong>and</strong>by use.<br />

Complete specifications <strong>and</strong> descriptive literature shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer prior to <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> biding opening. Included shall be a copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> results <strong>of</strong> an oxygen transfer<br />

test under st<strong>and</strong>ard conditions for <strong>the</strong> capacity <strong>of</strong> aeration specified under full load <strong>and</strong> in a similar basin<br />

configuration as shown for this project. Results shall be certified by an independent agency.<br />

Recognized experienced manufacturers, such as Tornado Aerator or equal, shall furnish aeration<br />

equipment.<br />

1-2 General<br />

The contractor shall provide a total <strong>of</strong> 18 Nos horizontally floating type mixing aerators. Each aerator shall<br />

be 35 horsepower, <strong>and</strong> shall consist <strong>of</strong> an electric motor flexibly coupled to a solid rotating shaft. A<br />

propeller shall be affixed to <strong>the</strong> lower end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shaft. The shaft shall be supported at <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />

by two sealed tapered roller bearings. A stationary draft tube shall be provided which allows <strong>the</strong> passage <strong>of</strong><br />

air between <strong>the</strong> draft tubes <strong>and</strong> solid shaft so that <strong>the</strong> air can be transferred through <strong>the</strong> unit <strong>and</strong> into <strong>the</strong><br />

wastewater. The rotating propeller shall create a low-pressure zone at its hub thus drawing air through <strong>the</strong><br />

inlet, through <strong>the</strong> draft tube <strong>and</strong> into <strong>the</strong> wastewater.<br />

1-3 Aerator Shaft<br />

A. A one-piece, solid stainless steel shaft shall be 316 SS. The shaft shall not be pieced or<br />

welded. Thin walled hollow shafts are not acceptable.<br />

B. The shaft shall be precision machined with threads <strong>and</strong> a keyway or splines on <strong>the</strong> propeller end <strong>and</strong> a<br />

keyway on <strong>the</strong> motor end. Shaft run out shall not exceed 0.005 inches (0.125 mm) along its entire length to<br />

assure straightness.<br />

1-4 Aerator Shaft Bearings<br />

A. Two tapered roller bearings shall be used to align <strong>the</strong> shaft <strong>and</strong> take up all thrust loads from <strong>the</strong> propeller.<br />

These bearings shall support <strong>the</strong> shaft near <strong>the</strong> top <strong>and</strong> bottom for maximum stability. Unsupported or<br />

cantilevered shafts are not acceptable. Aerator shaft bearing design life (L10) shall be at least 100,000<br />

hours as documented by an independent Registered Pr<strong>of</strong>essional Engineer. This documentation shall be<br />

supplied with equipment submittals. Sleeve type, ball bearing type, or wastewater-lubricated bearings are<br />

not acceptable. Under no circumstances shall <strong>the</strong> thrust load generated by <strong>the</strong> propeller be transferred to<br />

<strong>the</strong> aerator shaft/motor shaft coupling or motor bearings.<br />

B. All Aerator shaft bearings shall operate above <strong>the</strong> liquid surface, <strong>and</strong> be sealed to protect <strong>the</strong>m against<br />

splashing, submergence, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> environment. Grease fittings shall be used to allow <strong>the</strong> addition <strong>of</strong> grease<br />

to each bearing. All aerator grease fittings shall be located above <strong>the</strong> liquid surface.<br />

C. A 316 stainless steel bearing support tube shall firmly support <strong>the</strong> bearings <strong>and</strong> protect <strong>the</strong> rotating solid<br />

shaft.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

109<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-5 Draft Tube<br />

A stationary draft tube <strong>and</strong> air inlet hole shall be used to minimize aerodynamic drag <strong>and</strong> interference. The<br />

draft tube shall be made <strong>of</strong> stainless steel <strong>and</strong> shall be shaped in such a way to maximum airflow. Each<br />

inlet hole or slot shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient size to give maximum airflow <strong>and</strong> minimum drag.<br />

Rotating hollow shafts or rotating air inlets shall not be used. The air passageway provided within <strong>the</strong><br />

aerator shall be at least 7 square inches<br />

(45 cm 2 ) in cross – sectional area along its length to minimize drag.<br />

1-6 Propeller<br />

A cast, non- fouling, high efficiency, low vortexing, hollow hub propeller shall be used. The propeller<br />

shall be made <strong>of</strong> stainless steel. An integral diffuser shall be included as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> propeller.<br />

1-7 Aerator – Motor Coupling<br />

A flexible coupling shall be used between <strong>the</strong> motor <strong>and</strong> aerator shafts, which take up parallel or angular<br />

misalignment between <strong>the</strong> aerator <strong>and</strong> motor shafts. The coupling shall be a woods type or equal with<br />

replaceable sleeve.<br />

1-8 Motor Mount<br />

Each aerator shall be provided with a stainless steel motor mount incorporating two pins that fit into a<br />

mounting cradle <strong>and</strong> allows <strong>the</strong> aerator to be easily rotated from nearly vertical to nearly horizontal. A bolt<br />

circle shall be provided on <strong>the</strong> mounting cradle, which allows <strong>the</strong> aerator to be secured at various angles.<br />

The motor mount shall be <strong>of</strong> such design to allow <strong>the</strong> removal <strong>of</strong> ei<strong>the</strong>r <strong>the</strong> motor or <strong>the</strong> aerator section for<br />

service without dismantling <strong>the</strong> entire aerator from <strong>the</strong> float system.<br />

1-9 Aerator Motor<br />

All motors furnished shall comply with all applicable provisions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> National Electric<br />

Manufacturing Association (NEMA). Each motor shall be st<strong>and</strong>ard TEFC (totally enclosed, fan cooled)<br />

have a service factor <strong>of</strong> 1.1 or greater, <strong>and</strong> be NEMA C- face design. No special fittings, faceplates, or<br />

special design motors shall be used. Thrust loads shall not be placed on <strong>the</strong> motor bearings. All motors will<br />

operate at 380 VAC, 50 or 60 Hertz phase, 97% efficiency, ~900 – 1450 RPM.<br />

1-10 Cold Wea<strong>the</strong>r Operation<br />

The aerator shall be self-heating <strong>and</strong> not require heat tape, <strong>the</strong>rmal packs, or o<strong>the</strong>r special winter devices to<br />

prevent excessive ice building. The aerator shaft shall be sealed from <strong>the</strong> environment along <strong>the</strong> majority<br />

<strong>of</strong> its length to prevent ice from freezing around <strong>the</strong> shaft during <strong>of</strong>f periods.<br />

1-11 Factory Testing<br />

Each aerator shall be tested at <strong>the</strong> factory for proper operations, lubrication, <strong>and</strong> dry amp draw. A test sheet<br />

certifying proper operation shall be shipped with each aerator.<br />

1-12 Spare Equipment<br />

A spare motor, motor coupling, <strong>and</strong> shaft identical to those provided for <strong>the</strong> aeration equipment shall be<br />

provided.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

110<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 6<br />

SUBMERSIBLE PUMP & PISTON JET PUMP<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 Description<br />

This section covers <strong>the</strong> works necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install one submersible pump, <strong>and</strong><br />

accessories at <strong>the</strong> return wastewater pump station, <strong>and</strong> to furnish one portable submersible pump,<br />

one portable submersible drainage pump, power cords, hoses, <strong>and</strong> couplings as specified<br />

hereinafter.<br />

1-1 Relates Work<br />

The requirements <strong>of</strong> Sections GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS<br />

<strong>and</strong> SUBMITTALS shall apply to all equipment furnished under this section. O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work<br />

that relate to this section include, but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

PLUMBING<br />

Division 16 - ELECTRICAL<br />

1-3 Submittals<br />

Complete fabrication, assembly, <strong>and</strong> installation drawings, toge<strong>the</strong>r with detailed pump curves,<br />

specifications <strong>and</strong> data covering materials used, part list, devices, <strong>and</strong> furnished shall be<br />

submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> submittal section.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 General Requirements<br />

The pump shall be manufactured by <strong>the</strong> same manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shll be heavy duty, non- clog<br />

type with oil filled double mechanical shaft seals, <strong>and</strong> gray cast iron impellers.<br />

Pump Motor shall be suitable for across- <strong>the</strong>- line starting <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> name plate horsepower ratings<br />

shall not be exceeded at any point on <strong>the</strong> head capacity curves. Motors shall be as follows:<br />

Drainage Pump – Single phase, 220 V. 50 Hz.<br />

All o<strong>the</strong>r pumps – 3 phase, 380 V. 50 Hz.<br />

The Contractor shall provide each wastewater return pump with a heavy duty, waterpro<strong>of</strong> power<br />

cable <strong>of</strong> length necessary to properly fit in <strong>the</strong> fixed installations suitable for submerged service.<br />

He shall provide a minimum <strong>of</strong> 12 meters <strong>of</strong> unspliced cable for each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 2 portable pumps,<br />

terminating with plugs to match <strong>the</strong> extension power cords on reels specified hereinafter. The 12-<br />

meter long cords shall be connected to <strong>the</strong> motors <strong>and</strong> sealed at <strong>the</strong> factory for submersible<br />

service.<br />

2-2 Capacities<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

111<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Pump capacities shall be as follows:<br />

Location No. Capacity At Total Dynamic Head<br />

Portable Pump 1 60 m3/hr 10 meters<br />

2-3 Portable Pump<br />

The Contractor shall furnish one 25-meters long power cord on a self winding reel. Cord shall be<br />

4 x 4 + 2.5 mm2 PVC/PVC insulated cable. It shall start <strong>and</strong> end with 3 phase plug <strong>and</strong> socket<br />

outlet, respectively, <strong>of</strong> an industrial type with a rating <strong>of</strong> 32 amps conforming with CEE 17. The<br />

reel shall be fitted with an automatic three phase overload circuit breaker rated at 10 A installed<br />

between <strong>the</strong> reel plug <strong>and</strong> socket outlet. He shall provide a 25-meter length <strong>of</strong> discharge hose<br />

with <strong>the</strong> same diameter as <strong>the</strong> pump discharge connection. The hose shall be tube <strong>and</strong> cover PVC<br />

reinforced with syn<strong>the</strong>tic spiral wrapped fiber. The hose shall have a rated working pressure <strong>of</strong><br />

not less than 3.5 kg/cm2 <strong>and</strong> shall lay flat for coiling when not in use. Furnish complete with two<br />

aluminum coupling (one spare) for coupling <strong>the</strong> hose to <strong>the</strong> pump.<br />

2-4 Spare Parts <strong>and</strong> Special Tools<br />

The following items shall be furnished for each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> 6 pumps included in this Section:<br />

A. 1 set <strong>of</strong> upper <strong>and</strong> lower seal assemblies: 2 total<br />

B. 2-wear ring; 2 total<br />

A. 1 complete set <strong>of</strong> O – rings: 2 total<br />

One set <strong>of</strong> special tools shall be furnished for each type <strong>of</strong> pump supplied, i.e., a total <strong>of</strong> 4 sets <strong>of</strong><br />

special tools.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3-1 Installation<br />

No special installations are needed. The pump shall be dropped into <strong>the</strong> lagoon by a truck lifting<br />

crane.<br />

3-2 Electrical<br />

Electrical workmanship shall be as specified under Section ELECTRICAL.<br />

3-3 Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals<br />

Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals shall be submitted as specified in Section SUBMITTALS.<br />

3-4 Piston Jet Pump<br />

The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> furnish a mobile piston jet pump European made such as “Interpump”<br />

or approved equal 3 phase motor <strong>and</strong> 10 HP, not direct coupling (with coupling) with a<br />

high quality <strong>and</strong> efficient by-pass <strong>and</strong> 18 mt high pressure hose 4 layers with gun turbo nozzle<br />

<strong>and</strong> overload electric switch Seamens <strong>and</strong> waterpro<strong>of</strong> box.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

112<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 7<br />

SLUICE GATES, SLIDE GATES, AND SHEAR GATES<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1-1 Description<br />

This section covers all work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install all sluice gates, slide gates, <strong>and</strong> shear<br />

gates required for <strong>the</strong> project. Sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall be furnished with frames, slides, seals<br />

if required, guides, extension stems, h<strong>and</strong> wheel operators, <strong>and</strong> all necessary parts <strong>and</strong><br />

appurtenances for a complete, properly operating installation. Shear gates shall be furnished<br />

complete including lifting h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> required lengths.<br />

Aluminum stop sliding gates fitted with ei<strong>the</strong>r aluminum rod or tubing h<strong>and</strong>les <strong>and</strong> weir-sliding<br />

gates with st<strong>and</strong>ard section h<strong>and</strong>les or slot grip h<strong>and</strong>les are covered under Section FABRICATED<br />

METALWORK.<br />

1-1.01 Related Work.<br />

A. General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Materials Stipulation.<br />

The General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations shall apply to all equipment<br />

furnished under this section.<br />

B. Work Specified Elsewhere.<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r items that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not limited<br />

to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />

Submittals, Equipment Schedule, <strong>and</strong> Painting<br />

1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

The Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards generally applicable to <strong>the</strong> work <strong>of</strong> this section are listed below. Codes<br />

<strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> bid shall be used unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />

1-2.01 ASTM – American Society for Testing <strong>and</strong> Materials.<br />

A48<br />

Gray Iron Castings, Specifications for<br />

A120 Pipe, Steel, Black <strong>and</strong> Hot – Dipped Zinc – Coated (Galvanized) Welded <strong>and</strong> Seamless<br />

for Ordinary Uses, Specifications for<br />

A126<br />

A921<br />

Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges <strong>and</strong> Pipe Fittings, Specification for<br />

Naval Brass Rod, Bars <strong>and</strong> Shapes, Specification for<br />

A 8221 Aluminum-alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, <strong>and</strong> Tubes, Specification for<br />

A8308 Aluminum-alloy St<strong>and</strong>ard Structural Shapes, Rolled or Extruded Specification for<br />

A 276 Stainless <strong>and</strong> Heat Resisting Steel Bars <strong>and</strong> Shapes, Specification for<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

113<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-2.02 AWWA – American Water Works Association<br />

C501<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard for Sluice Gates<br />

1-2.03 AISI American Iron Steel Institute.<br />

1-3 Quality Assurance<br />

1-3.01 Governing St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

Except as modified or supplemented herein, all sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall conform to applicable<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> AWWA C501.<br />

1-4 Submittals<br />

Complete drawings, details <strong>and</strong> specifications covering all gates, construction details, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

appurtenances shall be submitted in accordance with <strong>the</strong> Submittals Section.<br />

Each drawing shall be identified with <strong>the</strong> gate size <strong>and</strong> head indicated. Data to be furnished by<br />

Contractor <strong>and</strong> manufacturer are as stipulated in AWWA C501 or latest revision.<br />

1-5 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

1-5.01 Preparation for shipment<br />

All gates under this section shall be complete with all parts <strong>and</strong> appurtenances when shipped.<br />

All equipment shall be suitably packaged to facilitate h<strong>and</strong>ling <strong>and</strong> protection against damage<br />

during transit <strong>and</strong> storage. Frames <strong>of</strong> sluice <strong>and</strong> slide gates shall be provided with corner bracing,<br />

plywood sheet backing, or o<strong>the</strong>r means that will rigidly hold <strong>the</strong> frames in proper alignment<br />

during shipment, storage, <strong>and</strong> installation. The bracing or backing shall be factory applied <strong>and</strong><br />

shall not be removed until <strong>the</strong> gates have been installed.<br />

Painted surfaces shall be protected against impact, abrasion, discoloration, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r damage. All<br />

painted surfaces, which are damaged prior to acceptance <strong>of</strong> equipment, shall be repainted to <strong>the</strong><br />

satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Grease <strong>and</strong> lubricating oil shall be applied to metal sliding surfaces prior to shipment.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2-1 Materials<br />

2-1.01 Materials for Sluice Gates<br />

Frames, Slides, H<strong>and</strong> wheel<br />

Guides<br />

Cast Iron, ASTM A-126, Class B<br />

Galvanized Structural Steel ASTM<br />

A – 36 Calve. Per ASTM A 123<br />

Wedge Bronze ASTM B98, Alloy Lock nut 651,655 or 661.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

114<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Thrust Nut<br />

Bronze, ASTM8584,Alloy 865. Low-zinc bronze.<br />

Extension Stems Naval Brass Rod – 8-21.<br />

Stem Guides Bronze ASTM 8584, Alloy 865<br />

Stem Guide Bushing Bronze, ASTM B21, Alloy 482<br />

Operator Lift Nut<br />

Bronze, ASTM D5A4, 111oy965.<br />

Anchor Bolts <strong>and</strong> Nuts Stainless Steel .<br />

2-1.02 Materials for Slide gates Aluminum, ASTM B209, Frames,<br />

Guides, slides, B221 or B308, Alloy 6061 Reinforcing<br />

Members <strong>and</strong> Yoke Beams for slide gates<br />

Flush Bottom Closure<br />

Compressible Neoprene<br />

Seal for slide gates<br />

Operating Stems Stainless Steel, ASTM A- 276, Type 303, 304 or 316.<br />

Flush Bottom Seals<br />

Rubber, ASTMC – 2000 <strong>and</strong> “J” Both Stainless Steel,<br />

ASTM A 276 Type 304 or 316.<br />

2-1.02 Materials for Shear Gates<br />

Frame, Cover, Lifting Cast from, ASTM A – 126.<br />

Lug <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>le Class 8.<br />

Hinge Bolt <strong>and</strong><br />

Bronze<br />

Lug Bolt<br />

Assembly Bolts<br />

Galvanized Steel<br />

Mounting Type<br />

Hang Back.<br />

2-2 Performance <strong>and</strong> Design Requirements<br />

Gates shall be designed to fit into <strong>the</strong> structures as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Sluice gates are<br />

circular in shape, shall have maximum unseating heads <strong>of</strong> not less than 3.0 meters <strong>and</strong> maximum<br />

seating heads <strong>of</strong> not less 5 meters. Slide gates with ei<strong>the</strong>r square or rectangular shape shall have<br />

seating head <strong>of</strong> not less than 5 meters.<br />

2-3 Construction<br />

2-3.01 Frame<br />

For sluice gates <strong>the</strong> frame shall be cast in one piece. All surfaces forming joints or bearings shall<br />

be machined. The frame shall be <strong>of</strong> flat back type. Frames for sluice gates having top <strong>and</strong> bottom<br />

wedges shall have integrally cast pads machined with key ways to receive wedge seats.<br />

The slide gate frame shall be a rigid, welded unit, composed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> guide rails, crosses bars, <strong>and</strong><br />

head rails with a clear opening <strong>the</strong> same size as <strong>the</strong> waterway. They shall be flat back. The bottom<br />

<strong>of</strong> each slide gate frame shall be recessed so that <strong>the</strong> waterway is not obstructed. A compressible<br />

seal shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> bottom <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide or to <strong>the</strong> frame invert. The seal shall be<br />

<strong>of</strong> sufficient length to <strong>the</strong> seal bottom corners <strong>of</strong> each slide.<br />

2-3.02 Side Guides.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

115<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2-3.03 Slides.<br />

Side guides <strong>of</strong> sluice gates shall be bolted or integrally cast with <strong>the</strong> frame <strong>and</strong> machined on all<br />

bearing <strong>and</strong> contact faces. Wedges or wedge facings shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> points,<br />

where in <strong>the</strong> closed position, <strong>the</strong>y will make full contact with <strong>the</strong> wedging surfaces or <strong>the</strong> slides.<br />

For slide gates, <strong>the</strong> guides shall be extruded aluminum incorporating a dual slot design. The<br />

primary slot will accept <strong>the</strong> plate <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide (disc) <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> secondary slot will be sufficiently<br />

wide to accept <strong>the</strong> reinforcing ribs <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> disc. The guides shall be designed for maximum<br />

rigidity. All guides shall be a sufficient length to support two-thirds (2/3) <strong>the</strong> height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> slide,<br />

when <strong>the</strong> gate is fully open.<br />

The yoke to support <strong>the</strong> operating device shall be formed by members welded or bolted at <strong>the</strong> top<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> guides.<br />

The yoke shall be sufficiently strong to support <strong>the</strong> lift forces when subjected to a load <strong>of</strong> 40 kg<br />

pull on <strong>the</strong> operator.<br />

Additional members shall be added to <strong>the</strong> frame as specified in this specification, for flush bottom<br />

closure, <strong>and</strong> “j” bulb seals.<br />

For sluice gates, slides shall be one-piece construction with stiffening ribs. Each slide shall have<br />

fully machined tongues running <strong>the</strong> full length <strong>of</strong> each side to properly engage corresponding<br />

grooves in <strong>the</strong> guides. Machined dovetail grooves shall be provided in <strong>the</strong> back face to retain<br />

seating faces.<br />

Slides <strong>of</strong> slide gates shall have a thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 6mm. Slides shall be adequately<br />

reinforced to withst<strong>and</strong>, without permanent distortion, <strong>the</strong> maximum thrust which can be<br />

transmitted by <strong>the</strong> opening stem. Each slide shall have a reinforced pocket or internally threaded<br />

nut welded to <strong>the</strong> slide for connection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> stem. The pocket or nut shall be designed to<br />

withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> maximum thrust, which can be transmitted by <strong>the</strong> operating stem.<br />

2-3.04 Wedges<br />

Wedges shall be bronze. All sluice gates shall have adjustable side wedging devices for all head<br />

conditions to provide contact between <strong>the</strong> slide <strong>and</strong> frame facings when <strong>the</strong> gate is in <strong>the</strong> closed<br />

position. Wedges are to be fully adjustable <strong>and</strong> designed to remain in a fixed position after<br />

adjustment.<br />

2-3.05 Seating Faces<br />

2-3.06 Stems<br />

Seating faces shall be made <strong>of</strong> strips <strong>of</strong> rolled or extruded bronze. They shall be firmly secured in<br />

finished grooves in <strong>the</strong> frame <strong>and</strong> slide faces in such a way as to ensure that <strong>the</strong>y will remain in<br />

place, free from distortion <strong>and</strong> loosening during <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gate. Seating faces shall be so<br />

finished that <strong>the</strong> maximum clearance shall not exceed 0.10 mm between seating surfaces with <strong>the</strong><br />

slide in <strong>the</strong> fully closed position.<br />

Each gate shall be provided with a rising stem. All stems shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient size to withst<strong>and</strong>,<br />

without permanent distortion, <strong>the</strong> forces from <strong>the</strong> h<strong>and</strong> wheel.<br />

Where stems are furnished in more than one piece, <strong>the</strong> sections shall be joined by solid threaded<br />

couplings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same material as <strong>the</strong> stem. Couplings shall be securely attached to stem sections<br />

<strong>and</strong> shall utilize a key, bolts, or set screws to prevent stem rotation.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

116<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2-3.07 Stem Guides<br />

Stem guides shall be so constructed that when properly spaced <strong>the</strong>y will hold <strong>the</strong> stem in<br />

alignment <strong>and</strong> not yet allow it enough play to permit easy operation. Each stem guide shall<br />

consist <strong>of</strong> a guide housing with replaceable bronze brushings <strong>and</strong> a mounting bracket. The guide<br />

shall be sufficiently adjustable with respect to <strong>the</strong> bracket to provide proper concentric alignment<br />

with <strong>the</strong> stem.<br />

2-3.08 Thrust Nut<br />

Each sluice gate shall be provided with a bronze thrust nut for connecting <strong>the</strong> stem to <strong>the</strong> slide.<br />

The thrust nut shall be threaded <strong>and</strong> pinned to <strong>the</strong> stem.<br />

2-3.09 Flush Bottom Closures<br />

Slide gates shall be furnished with a flush seal arrangement. A resilient neoprene seal with a<br />

minimum width exposed face <strong>of</strong> 20 mm shall be securely attached to <strong>the</strong> frame along <strong>the</strong> invert<br />

<strong>and</strong> shall extend to <strong>the</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> primary slot.<br />

2-3.10 Shear Gates<br />

Shear gates shall be bronze wedged <strong>and</strong> bronze sealed. Wedges shall be removable for<br />

replacement due to wear. Seat paces shall be machined. Gates shall have flanged mounting backs.<br />

2-4 Fabrication <strong>and</strong> Manufacture<br />

The gates shall be completely assembled in <strong>the</strong> shop to ensure that all parts fit toge<strong>the</strong>r properly.<br />

Sluice gates shall be primed <strong>and</strong> coated with manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ards finish for sluice gates in<br />

sewage service. All paint-finished coats shall be shop-applied as per <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

<strong>and</strong> instructions. Machined or bearing surfaces <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> holes, both plain <strong>and</strong> threaded, shall be<br />

coated with protective until installation.<br />

All surfaces <strong>of</strong> aluminum frames for slide gates, which will be in contact with concrete, mortar,<br />

grout, or dissimilar metals shall be wash primed <strong>and</strong> coated at <strong>the</strong> factory with <strong>the</strong> coal tar paint,<br />

as specified in Section PAINTING.<br />

H<strong>and</strong> wheel <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r ferrous metal surfaces, except stainless steel, shall be finish shop painted as<br />

specified above.<br />

PART 3 – EXECUTION<br />

3-1 Installation<br />

All gates shall be thoroughly cleaned <strong>and</strong> installed in strict conformance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s<br />

recommendations, as approved. All anchor bolts <strong>and</strong> necessary bolt setting plates shall be<br />

provided by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise approved shall be cast-in-place during<br />

concrete placement. Threads shall be protected <strong>and</strong> shall be cleaned before nuts are started. Two<br />

nuts shall be provided for each anchor bolt.<br />

Each gate shall be carefully installed <strong>and</strong> adjusted proper operations. Care shall be taken to avoid<br />

warping <strong>the</strong> gate frames <strong>and</strong> to maintain tolerances between seating faces.<br />

All bolts shall be tightened <strong>and</strong> all items requiring lubrication shall be lubricated. Following <strong>the</strong><br />

completion <strong>of</strong> each gate installation, <strong>the</strong> gate shall be operated through at least one complete<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

117<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

open-close-open cycle, readjusted <strong>and</strong> re-operated as required, <strong>and</strong> left in perfect operating<br />

condition.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

118<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 8<br />

SEWER PIPE INSTALLATION AND TESTING<br />

PART 1 – GENERAL<br />

1-1 Description<br />

This section covers installation <strong>and</strong> testing <strong>of</strong> all pipe used for sewage or drainage purposes.<br />

1-1.01 Related Work<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are in this section include, but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong><br />

following sections:<br />

General Equipment <strong>and</strong> Material Stipulations<br />

Submittals<br />

HDPE Pipes<br />

UPVC Pipe <strong>and</strong> Fittings<br />

Reinforced Concrete Cylindrical Pipes<br />

Plumbing<br />

1-2 Applicable Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

Codes <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards current at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> bid shall be used.<br />

1-3 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

Pipe, fittings, <strong>and</strong> appurtenances shall be transported, stored, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>led in a manner, which<br />

prevents damage. Hooks shall not be permitted to contact joint surfaces. Plastic pipe shall be<br />

shaded if necessary to prevent curvature due to <strong>the</strong>rmal expansion. Damaged pipe shall be<br />

removed from <strong>the</strong> site.<br />

PART 2 – PRODUCTS<br />

2-1 Materials<br />

In general, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings or directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, gravity sewers<br />

shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> bell <strong>and</strong> spigot PVC <strong>and</strong> concrete pipe as specified. Where sewer crosses<br />

over a water line, or if <strong>the</strong> sewer is within 50 cm vertically or 3 m horizontally <strong>of</strong> a water line,<br />

ductile iron pipe shall be substituted for <strong>the</strong> PVC <strong>and</strong> concrete sewer pipe as described in <strong>the</strong><br />

laying water pipes <strong>and</strong> sewers in trenches.<br />

PART 3 – EXECUTION<br />

3-1 Preparation<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

119<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

3-1.01 Cleaning<br />

The interior <strong>of</strong> all pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned before installation <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

kept clean until <strong>the</strong> work has been accepted. All joint contact surfaces shall be kept clean until<br />

<strong>the</strong> joint is completed.<br />

Every precaution shall be taken to prevent foreign material from entering <strong>the</strong> pipe during<br />

installation. No debris, tools, clothing, or o<strong>the</strong>r materials shall be placed in <strong>the</strong> pipe.<br />

Whenever pipe laying is stopped, <strong>the</strong> open end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe shall be closed with an end board<br />

closely fitting <strong>the</strong> end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe, to keep s<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> earth out <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe. The end board shall<br />

have several small holes near <strong>the</strong> center to permit water to enter <strong>the</strong> pipe <strong>and</strong> prevent flotation in<br />

<strong>the</strong> event <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> trench.<br />

3-1.02 Alignment<br />

Piping shall be laid to <strong>the</strong> lines <strong>and</strong> grades indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Substantial batter boards<br />

shall be erected at intervals <strong>of</strong> not more than 8 meters. Batter boards shall be used to determine<br />

<strong>and</strong> check pipe sub grades. Not less than three batter boards shall be maintained in proper<br />

position at all times when trench grading is in progress.<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r methods <strong>of</strong> maintaining alignment <strong>and</strong> grade, such as use <strong>of</strong> laser beam equipment or<br />

surveying instruments, will be considered, provided complete information describing <strong>the</strong><br />

proposed method is submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for review before pipe laying is started.<br />

Piping which deviates more than 1.5 cm from true alignment or 1.0 cm from true grade shall be<br />

rejected.<br />

3-2 Installation<br />

3-2.01 Laying Pipe<br />

Lateral displacement <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe shall be prevented during embedment operations. Pipe shall not<br />

be laid in water, nor under unsuitable wea<strong>the</strong>r or trench conditions.<br />

Pipe laying shall begin at <strong>the</strong> lowest elevation with bell ends facing <strong>the</strong> direction <strong>of</strong> laying<br />

except when reverse laying is permitted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

3-2.02 Jointing<br />

All joint preparation <strong>and</strong> jointing operations shall comply with <strong>the</strong> instructions <strong>and</strong><br />

recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipe manufacture. Immediately before joints are pushed toge<strong>the</strong>r, all<br />

joint surfaces intended to be lubricated shall be coated with <strong>the</strong> lubricant furnished with <strong>the</strong> pipe.<br />

The position <strong>and</strong> condition <strong>of</strong> each rubber gasket (unbounded gaskets) shall be checked with a<br />

feeler after <strong>the</strong> joint is completed.<br />

3-2.03 Wye Branches.<br />

Wye branches shall be installed at locations as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Wye branches shall<br />

be installed with <strong>the</strong> pipe barrel rotated so that <strong>the</strong> branch leg is titled upward 30 degrees with<br />

<strong>the</strong> horizontal expect where slope <strong>of</strong> main sewer exceeds 20%. See Drawings. Wye branches<br />

shall not be covered until each location has been recorded.<br />

Each unextended wye branch for future house connection shall be marked wih a wooden or<br />

plastic strip extending from <strong>the</strong> wye vertically to within 100 mm <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground surface. Markers<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

120<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

shall be securely anchored <strong>and</strong> maintained vertical until backfilling has been completed. If <strong>the</strong><br />

house connection is not to be made immediately, branches shall be closed with a suitable plug.<br />

3-2.04 PVC Pipe<br />

PVC pipe fitting shall be installed in accordance with AWWA Manual M23, PVC Pipe Manual.<br />

3-2.05 Ductile Iron Pipe .<br />

Ductile iron pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be installed in accordance with Section DUCTILE IRON<br />

PIPING AND FITTINGS.<br />

3-2.06 Reinforced Concrete Gravity Pipes .<br />

Reinforced Concrete Gravity pipes shall be compatible with Palestinian Institute St<strong>and</strong>ards PS<br />

49 class III /175 all according to Table 6 <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> PS 49.<br />

3-3 Field Quality Control<br />

3-3.01 Acceptance Tests.<br />

Each reach <strong>of</strong> sewer shall meet <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following acceptance tests. All defects<br />

shall be required to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

A. Lamping.<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, each section <strong>of</strong> sewer line between<br />

manholes shall be straight <strong>and</strong> uniformly graded. Each such section will be lamped by<br />

<strong>the</strong> Contractor in <strong>the</strong> presence <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

B. Watertightness Tests.<br />

Prior to acceptance, gravity sewers <strong>and</strong> appurtenances shall successfully pass a<br />

hydrostatic or air test to demonstrate Watertightness. Sewer sections to be tested having<br />

combined lengths <strong>and</strong> slopes that if filled with water to a hydrostatic pressure <strong>of</strong> one<br />

meter at <strong>the</strong> lower end shall be air tested. O<strong>the</strong>r test sections may be tested<br />

hydrostatically or by air at <strong>the</strong> Contractor’s option.<br />

A watertightness test shall be conducted on <strong>the</strong> first reach <strong>of</strong> sewer to be installed, <strong>and</strong><br />

on such subsequent reaches as is directed by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. (A “reach <strong>of</strong> sewer” is<br />

defined as a section <strong>of</strong> sewer between a given manhole <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> next manhole upstream<br />

or upslope.) The first line between manholes shall be tested before backfilling <strong>and</strong><br />

before any sewer pipe is installed in <strong>the</strong> remainder <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> work. Thereafter, testing shall<br />

be done after backfilling <strong>and</strong> individual or multiple reaches may be tested at one time as<br />

approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

B-1 Hydrostatic Test<br />

B-1.1<br />

Test Procedure.<br />

The test pressure shall be 1-meter head <strong>of</strong> water at <strong>the</strong> highest point <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> section under<br />

test. The length <strong>of</strong> each section to be tested shall not exceed 100 meters or <strong>the</strong> run<br />

between manholes if <strong>the</strong> manholes are more widely spaced, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> pressure at <strong>the</strong><br />

lowest point shall not exceed 10 meters head <strong>of</strong> water. Whenever possible, testing <strong>of</strong><br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

121<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

sewers shall be carried out from manhole to manhole. Short branch sewers connected to<br />

a main sewer between manholes may be tested as one system with <strong>the</strong> main sewer.<br />

Long branch sewers shall be tested separately.<br />

Both ends <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer to be tested as well as inlets <strong>and</strong> outlets to manholes <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r<br />

connections in between shall be sealed effectively.<br />

At <strong>the</strong> upper end <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer, a gage glass shall be connected to <strong>the</strong> sealing plug to<br />

enable <strong>the</strong> observation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> water level during <strong>the</strong> test. The gage glass shall have an<br />

inner diameter <strong>of</strong> about 50 mm <strong>and</strong> shall be provided with a mark located at 1.0 meter<br />

above <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> sewer. An air vent <strong>and</strong> a cock shall also be installed at <strong>the</strong> same end<br />

for release <strong>of</strong> air during <strong>the</strong> filling <strong>of</strong> water for <strong>the</strong> testing. The air vent shall be<br />

connected to <strong>the</strong> sewer so that air can be released. The trench shall be kept free <strong>of</strong> all<br />

water during <strong>the</strong> test.<br />

The sewer shall be filled with water for a minimum period <strong>of</strong> 2 hours <strong>and</strong> maximum<br />

period <strong>of</strong> 24 hours before <strong>the</strong> test is to begin to allow for soaking period <strong>and</strong> a complete<br />

release <strong>of</strong> air. The water level shall be kept at <strong>the</strong> mark <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gage glass during <strong>the</strong><br />

whole soaking period. The test shall be carried out immediately after <strong>the</strong> soaking<br />

period. For PVC pipe, <strong>the</strong> soaking period may be shortened to 1 hour.<br />

B-1.2<br />

Allowable Leakage.<br />

Leakage is defined as <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> water which must be supplied to <strong>the</strong> laid sewer<br />

during 10 minutes to maintain <strong>the</strong> specified water level after <strong>the</strong> sewer has been filled<br />

with water, <strong>the</strong> air expelled, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> soaking period ended. The additional quantity <strong>of</strong><br />

water supplied to <strong>the</strong> sewer shall be measured within an accuracy <strong>of</strong> 1.0 liter. The sewer<br />

will be accepted with respect to watertightness if <strong>the</strong> quantity <strong>of</strong> water added during 10<br />

minutes is less than <strong>the</strong> quantity calculated below.<br />

The maximum permissible quantity <strong>of</strong> water which may be supplied to <strong>the</strong> line during<br />

<strong>the</strong> test for <strong>the</strong> line to pass <strong>the</strong> leakage test is as follows:<br />

Q= 0.10 x L x d1/2(1+1 x L + d)<br />

2 2<br />

Where Q= quantity <strong>of</strong> water added in liters during 10 minutes<br />

1 = gradient <strong>of</strong> line in meters per meter<br />

L = length <strong>of</strong> line in meters<br />

d = inner diameter <strong>of</strong> pipe in meters<br />

For sewer lines with more than one pipe dimension, <strong>the</strong> maximum permissible quantity<br />

<strong>of</strong> water, Q total, which may be supplied to <strong>the</strong> line during <strong>the</strong> test is as follows:<br />

Qtotal = Q1 + Q2………..+ Qn<br />

Where Qtotal quantity <strong>of</strong> water added in liters during 10 minutes.<br />

Q1, Q2, Qn quantity <strong>of</strong> water for respective pipe dimensions caculated by above formula<br />

B-2 Air Test<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

122<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

B-2.1<br />

Test Procedure.<br />

After all plugs are in place <strong>and</strong> securely blocked, <strong>the</strong> Contractor shall introduce air<br />

slowly into <strong>the</strong> pipe section to be tested until <strong>the</strong> internal air pressure reaches 0.3<br />

kg/cm2, greater than <strong>the</strong> average back pressure <strong>of</strong> any ground water that may submerge<br />

<strong>the</strong> pipe. He shall allow a minimum <strong>of</strong> 2 minutes for <strong>the</strong> air temperature to stabilize, <strong>and</strong><br />

determine <strong>the</strong> height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> ground – water table, at <strong>the</strong> time <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> test, as specified for<br />

hydrostatic testing.<br />

Pipe <strong>and</strong> joints being air tested shall be considered satisfactory when tested at an<br />

average pressure <strong>of</strong> 0.2 kg/cm2 greater than <strong>the</strong> average back pressure <strong>of</strong> any ground<br />

water that may submerge <strong>the</strong> pipe, when (A) <strong>the</strong> total rate <strong>of</strong> air loss from <strong>the</strong> section<br />

being tested does not exceed 3.5 cu. m/hr., or (B) <strong>the</strong> section <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> line does not lose air<br />

at a rate greater than 0.055 cu. m/hr. per square meter <strong>of</strong> internal pipe surface.<br />

The Contractor shall provide at his own expense all equipment; labor. Tools, water, <strong>and</strong><br />

materials necessary <strong>and</strong> carry out testing. Should any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>se tests fail, <strong>the</strong> Contractor<br />

shall, after repairing all leaks, carry out fur<strong>the</strong>r tests, all as above described, until such<br />

tests meet with <strong>the</strong> requirements contained herein. All such tests, repair, <strong>and</strong> retests shall<br />

be at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Contractor.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

123<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

PIPING SCHEDULE<br />

Legend<br />

(see note 4)<br />

Service<br />

Material<br />

(see note 2)<br />

Spec. No.<br />

Size (in.)<br />

(see note 1)<br />

Installation<br />

(see note 5)<br />

Max. Oper.<br />

Press. (kPag)<br />

Test Press. <strong>and</strong><br />

Method (psig)<br />

(see note 3)<br />

Max. Oper.<br />

Temp. (F)<br />

Color Code<br />

Base/Stripe (see<br />

notes 6, 7, 8)<br />

Color Description<br />

Base/Stripe<br />

Remarks<br />

(Some remarks are general <strong>and</strong> may not be specifically called out.)<br />

D Drain, Sanitary See Spec Mech.08.126 All Buried/Exposed - - - - 5019P Light Gray Test per local Plumbing Code.<br />

FILL Fuel Oil Fill STL Mech.08.126 All All 345 75, H 100 2754/2749 Safety Yellow/Safety Green<br />

FUEL Fuel Oil STL Mech.08.126 All All 345 75, H 100 2754/2749 Safety Yellow/Safety Green<br />

HW Hot Water (Potable) CU Mech.08.126 All All 485 105, H 110 5205R Kentucky Blue See Remark 1.<br />

OA Odorous Air HDPE Mech.08.126 All Buried - - - - - - N/A N/A See Remark 2.<br />

OF Overflow CLDI Mech.08.126 All All N/A 10(feet), H - - 5030P Seagull<br />

OVF Overflow Pipe (Sanitary Sewer) RCP All Buried - - - - - - No color No color See Remark 3<br />

PA Process Air SST Mech.08.126 All Exposed N/A N/A<br />

SST 15200-08 All Submerged 50 75, H 250 N/A N/A<br />

CLDI 15200-01 All Buried N/A N/A<br />

PD Process Drain PVC Mech.08.126 =4 Buried/Exposed 5216R Griffin Gray<br />

SPD Sump Pump Discharge PVC Mech.08.126 All All 5162P Classic Aqua<br />

SAN Sanitary Sewer RCP Mech.13.148 All Buried 70 15, H - - No color No color<br />

V Vent, Sanitary See Spec All Exposed - - - - - - 5019R Light Blue Gray Test per local Plumbing Code.<br />

W1 Potable Water CU Mech.13.148 All Buried/Exposed 485 105, H - - 5205R Kentucky Blue See Remark 1.<br />

W2 Plant Service Water CU All Buried/Exposed 485 105, H - - 5173P Medium Blue See Remark 1.<br />

Notes:<br />

Remarks:<br />

1) > Greater Than 3) H - Hydrostatic Test<br />

1) Insulate as specified in Section 15250 <strong>of</strong> American St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

< Less Than P - Pneumatic Test<br />

2) HDPE OA pipe shall have a 50 psi pressure rating <strong>and</strong> SDR (st<strong>and</strong>ard dimension ratio) = 32.5<br />

= Greater Than or Equal To 4) Where piping carries two or more service<br />

designations <strong>the</strong> piping material shall conform to<br />

<strong>the</strong> requirement for <strong>the</strong> first service listed. (e.g.<br />

BSD/PD would require <strong>the</strong> material used for BSD<br />

piping).<br />

2) CISP - Cast Iron Soil Pipe<br />

CLDI - Cement Lined Ductile Iron<br />

CU - Copper<br />

HDPE - High Density Polyethylene<br />

PVC - Polyvinyl Chloride<br />

RCP - Reinforced Concrete Pipe<br />

SST - Stainless Steel<br />

STL - Carbon Steel<br />

5) Installations:<br />

Exposed or Exp. - Inside <strong>and</strong> Outside Exposed<br />

Sub. - Submerged<br />

Bur. - Buried or encased in concrete<br />

6) Color code applies to exposed piping only.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh Palestine<br />

Piping Schedule


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 9<br />

LABORATORY EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES<br />

General<br />

1-1 Description<br />

This section covers laboratory equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies.<br />

1-1.01 Related Work.<br />

The GENERAL EQUIPMENT AND MATERIAL STIPULATIONS shall apply to all<br />

equipment <strong>and</strong> materials furnished under this section.<br />

1-2 Submittals<br />

1-2.01 Drawings, Data, <strong>and</strong> Manuals.<br />

1-2 Submittals<br />

1-2.01 Drawings, Data, <strong>and</strong> Manuals.<br />

Drawings , specifications descriptive data, <strong>and</strong> complete information concerning all laboratory<br />

equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies, shall be submitted to <strong>the</strong> Engineer for approval before <strong>the</strong> materials are<br />

shipped to <strong>the</strong> project. Operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance manuals shall be submitted in accordance<br />

with <strong>the</strong> Submittal Section.<br />

1-2.02 Laboratory Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manual. The Contractor shall prepare <strong>and</strong> deliver two<br />

(2) copies <strong>of</strong> an overall laboratory operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance manual covering all items <strong>of</strong><br />

operable equipment furnished under this section. These manuals shall be placed in <strong>the</strong><br />

laboratory for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> laboratory personnel.<br />

The manual shall consist <strong>of</strong> a compilation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s operation <strong>and</strong> maintenance<br />

manuals, <strong>and</strong> shall contain detailed instructions <strong>and</strong> specifications relative to <strong>the</strong> assembly,<br />

alignment, checking, placing in operation, adjustment, <strong>and</strong> maintenance <strong>of</strong> each item <strong>of</strong> operable<br />

equipment specified hereunder, toge<strong>the</strong>r with complete parts lists, test data <strong>and</strong> curves, where<br />

applicable, <strong>and</strong> copies <strong>of</strong> all shop drawings <strong>and</strong> data required by <strong>the</strong>se specifications. The<br />

manual shall be in addition to any instructions or parts list packed with or attached to <strong>the</strong><br />

equipment.<br />

Each copy <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manual shall be neatly tabbed <strong>and</strong> indexed, <strong>and</strong> bound in stiff vinyl-covered<br />

three-ring notebook, with suitable pocket inserts as necessary for folded oversize drawings <strong>and</strong><br />

diagrams.<br />

1-3 Product H<strong>and</strong>ling<br />

1-3.01 Shipping <strong>and</strong> H<strong>and</strong>ling.<br />

All equipment <strong>and</strong> supplies furnished under this section shall be adequately protected during<br />

transportation, in storage at <strong>the</strong> Work Site, <strong>and</strong> during subsequent installation <strong>and</strong> construction<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

124<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

activities. Repair <strong>of</strong> minor damages may be made where permitted by <strong>the</strong> Engineer, will be<br />

rejected <strong>and</strong> shall be replaced with undamaged units.<br />

Products<br />

2-1 Equipment<br />

The Contractor shall furnish <strong>and</strong> install <strong>the</strong> following equipment items:<br />

2-1.01 Refrigerator.<br />

The refrigerator (low temperature) shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> type <strong>and</strong> shall have not less than 200-liter total<br />

capacity; total shelf capacity; total shelf capacity <strong>of</strong> 0.7 sq.m. temperature range in refrigerator<br />

50° C to 50° C; with three removable shelves; hermetically sealed compressor <strong>and</strong> motor; all<br />

electrical switches <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong>rmostat to be explosion pro<strong>of</strong>; 876 mm high x 622 mm x 606 mm<br />

wide; for 220 volts, 50 Hz operation, 1000 watts, 50 kg. The refrigerator shall be furnished with<br />

an explosion-pro<strong>of</strong> line seal connector ready for final connection.<br />

2-1.02 Oxygen Meter.<br />

The oxygen meter shall be designed to measure dissolved oxygen in water as its primary<br />

function. It shall be portable, battery operated, <strong>and</strong> furnished with lea<strong>the</strong>r carrying case <strong>and</strong><br />

oxygen sensor, one battery operated stirring arrangement, <strong>and</strong> one full set <strong>of</strong> spare batteries.<br />

2-1.03 pH Meter<br />

The meter shall be portable, battery, or line operated, to have solid-state circuits, <strong>and</strong> a scale <strong>of</strong><br />

0-14 pH units in 0.05 increments. The meter shall be equipped with slope adjustment for<br />

improved precision, including combination electrode, line converter, <strong>and</strong> carrying case.<br />

2-2 Miscellaneous Items<br />

The Contractor shall furnish <strong>the</strong> following items:<br />

2-2.01 Polyethylene bottles.<br />

Furnish 4 each <strong>of</strong> 2 liter capacity; 3 liter capacity <strong>and</strong> 1 liter capacity. The bottles shall be <strong>of</strong><br />

molded polyethylene in one piece to eliminate leakage, with wide mouths <strong>and</strong> leakage-pro<strong>of</strong><br />

screw caps.<br />

2-2.02 First Aid Kit<br />

The first aid kit shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> medium size industrial grade type having a balanced assortment<br />

<strong>of</strong> first aid items that are visible <strong>and</strong> ready to use. The kit shall be contained in a 24 gauge steel<br />

case. The inner shelf shall form a convenient work-table when <strong>the</strong> kit is fastened to <strong>the</strong> wall<br />

with a storage area provided for storing reserve stock. Complete with carrying h<strong>and</strong>le for easy<br />

portability, <strong>the</strong> kit is to contain <strong>the</strong> following: cotton-tipped applicators, gauge pads <strong>and</strong><br />

b<strong>and</strong>ages, surgical gauze, Acme cotton U.S.P.. waterpro<strong>of</strong> adhesive tape <strong>and</strong> zip strips,<br />

ophthalmic pads, buckle tourniquet, ammonia inhalants, splint, scissors, tweezers, cotton balls,<br />

triangular b<strong>and</strong>age, elastic b<strong>and</strong>age, tongue depressors, aspirin, calamine lotion, instant cold<br />

packs, isopropyl alcohol, first aid h<strong>and</strong>book <strong>and</strong> wall card, antiseptic <strong>and</strong> burn ointments, eye<br />

ointment, ammonia ampoules, merthiolate, mouth-to-mouth rescue brea<strong>the</strong>r <strong>and</strong> brochure,<br />

antiseptic wipes, pencil <strong>and</strong> pad, content card, Ziploc bags, 400 mm wide x 250 mm deep x 120<br />

mm high; 6 kg.<br />

2-2.03 Goggles, plastic<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

125<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Goggles must be suitable for wearing over prescription glasses, <strong>and</strong> must be suitable for<br />

protection against splashing from acid, alkalies, <strong>and</strong> flying particles. Ventilation is to be<br />

provided by indirect louvers. Both lenses <strong>and</strong> frames to be clear plastic; lens to be 1.27 mm<br />

polycarbonate.<br />

2-2.04 Graduated Cylinders.<br />

Cylinders shall be calibrated polymethylpentene, with large bases <strong>and</strong> pour spouts. Sizes shall<br />

be as follows:<br />

2-2.05 Imh<strong>of</strong>f Settling Cones.<br />

500 ml, 5.0 ml graduations; 2.6 ± ml<br />

1000 ml, 10.0 ml graduations ; 5.0 ± ml<br />

Cone support shall be styrene- acrylonitrile, with 1000 ml graduations; 0-1 ml in 0.1 ml<br />

subdivisions, 1-10 ml in 0.5 ml subdivisions, 40-100 ml in 2 ml subdivisions, with lines <strong>and</strong><br />

numbers at 250, 500, <strong>and</strong> 1000 ml. Cones to be supplied with leak pro<strong>of</strong>, polyethylene plug in<br />

bottom for withdrawing sediment.<br />

2-2.06 Imh<strong>of</strong>f Cone Supports.<br />

Cone support shall be kiln-dried basswood to hold up Imh<strong>of</strong>f cones. Furnish with black lacquer<br />

finish.<br />

2-2.07 Interval Timer.<br />

The timer shall have a range <strong>of</strong> 1\ 4 minute to 60 minute, <strong>and</strong> shall be spring -wound ,<br />

Lever actuated, a bell signal at end <strong>of</strong> set time. Dimensions shall be not less than 57 mm x10 mm<br />

x115 mm.<br />

2-2.08 Thermometers<br />

Thermometers shall have a range <strong>of</strong> – 20° C to +150° C, <strong>and</strong> shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> partial immersion<br />

type with etched mark at immersion depth. The scale shall read -20° C to +150° C in 0.1° C<br />

subdivisions. The <strong>the</strong>rmometers shall be mercury filled wit inert gas above mercury column, 332<br />

mm long.<br />

2-2.09 Fire Extinguisher.<br />

Multipurpose, dry chemical under pressure, capacity 2.27 kg , capable <strong>of</strong> extinguishing class A,<br />

B , <strong>and</strong> C fires . Extinguisher to be located inside <strong>the</strong> operations building by <strong>the</strong> entrance door,<br />

CO2 <strong>and</strong> Powder.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

126<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Execution<br />

3-1 Installation<br />

3-1-01 Equipment Installation<br />

Skilled workmen shall perform installation <strong>of</strong> all laboratory equipment. All items shall be<br />

installed or set in place using methods <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ling equipment, which will prevent damage <strong>of</strong><br />

any kind.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

127<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 10<br />

FUEL OIL STORAGE TANKS<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 WORK OF THIS SECTION<br />

A. This section covers <strong>the</strong> work necessary to furnish <strong>and</strong> install one horizontal, steel,<br />

aboveground fuel storage tanks, complete.<br />

B. Tank manufacturer shall be experienced in <strong>the</strong> design <strong>and</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> kind <strong>of</strong> tank<br />

specified herein, <strong>and</strong> shall have furnished such similar size tanks for installations that have<br />

been in successful operation for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 10 years.<br />

C. All tanks provided under this Specification shall be UL listed for <strong>the</strong> intended product.<br />

1.2 REFERENCES<br />

A. Tanks <strong>and</strong> equipment shall be designed, fabricated, tested, inspected, <strong>and</strong> delivered in<br />

accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following St<strong>and</strong>ards:<br />

1. Underwriter’s Laboratories Subject 2085 (UL 2085) <strong>and</strong> 142 (UL 142).<br />

2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) St<strong>and</strong>ard No. 30.<br />

3. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, National Electrical Code (NEC).<br />

4. American Petroleum Institute (API) St<strong>and</strong>ard 650 “Welded Steel Tanks for Oil<br />

Storage.”<br />

5. Occupational Safety <strong>and</strong> Health Act (OSHA) St<strong>and</strong>ards for Safety.<br />

6. Environmental Protection Agency, Code <strong>of</strong> Federal Regulations 40 CFR Parts 280<br />

<strong>and</strong> 281.<br />

7. Building Officials <strong>and</strong> Code Administrators (BOCA) National Fire Prevention Code<br />

Chapter 23.<br />

8. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) Section 3R.<br />

B. Tanks <strong>and</strong> equipment shall meet or exceed local fire <strong>and</strong> safety codes.<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Submittals shall be made in accordance with Section 01300, Submittals, in Division 1,<br />

General Requirements.<br />

B. Shop Drawings <strong>and</strong> Product Data:<br />

1. Drawings showing dimensions, openings, connections, <strong>and</strong> construction details <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> tank. Tank design data submitted shall include, but shall not be limited to:<br />

a. Tank size <strong>and</strong> overall dimensions.<br />

b. Wall steel <strong>and</strong> concrete thickness.<br />

c. Locations <strong>and</strong> details <strong>of</strong> nozzles <strong>and</strong> tank connections.<br />

d. Construction details plainly identifying materials <strong>of</strong> construction.<br />

e. Details <strong>of</strong> tank support legs <strong>and</strong> anchors.<br />

2. Catalogue cuts <strong>of</strong> instrumentation components.<br />

3. Description <strong>of</strong> quality assurance program to be utilized.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

128<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

4. Installation details in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />

instructions.<br />

5. Licensed Manufacturer’s Certificate.<br />

C. Quality Control Submittals:<br />

1. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Compliance: Applicable NFPA requirements,<br />

Underwriters Laboratory (UL) requirements, EPA secondary containment<br />

requirements, Uniform Fire Code requirements.<br />

2. Factory test results, reports, <strong>and</strong> certifications.<br />

3. Copies <strong>of</strong> fabrication, quality control, <strong>and</strong> testing records for actual tanks.<br />

4. Special shipping, storage <strong>and</strong> protection, <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ling instructions.<br />

5. Manufacturer’s written/printed installation instructions.<br />

6. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />

7. Manufacturer’s list <strong>of</strong> proposed spares, expendables, <strong>and</strong> test equipment.<br />

8. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Manuals.<br />

1.4 SPECIAL GUARANTEE<br />

A. Furnish manufacturer's extended guarantee or warranty, with Owner named as beneficiary,<br />

in writing, as special guarantee. Special guarantee shall provide for correction, or at <strong>the</strong><br />

option <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Owner, removal or replacement if any material or labor is found defective<br />

during a period <strong>of</strong> 20 years after <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> Substantial Completion. Duties <strong>and</strong> obligations<br />

for correction or removal <strong>and</strong> replacement <strong>of</strong> defective Work as specified in General<br />

Conditions.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

3.1 GENERAL<br />

A. The use <strong>of</strong> a manufacturer’s name <strong>and</strong> model or catalog number is for <strong>the</strong> purpose <strong>of</strong><br />

establishing <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard <strong>of</strong> quality <strong>and</strong> general configuration desired only. O<strong>the</strong>r<br />

manufacturers’ equipment will be considered in accordance with <strong>the</strong> General Conditions.<br />

3.2 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. ConVault Mid-Atlantic, Inc.<br />

B. Or equal.<br />

3.3 FUEL STORAGE TANK<br />

A. Provide <strong>and</strong> install a single wall, steel, aboveground storage tank. The tank shall have a<br />

minimum capacity <strong>of</strong> 6000 liters with UL listing for <strong>the</strong>rmal <strong>and</strong> ballistic protection. The<br />

tank shall be designed for aboveground storage <strong>of</strong> flammable <strong>and</strong> combustible liquids at<br />

atmospheric pressure with a minimum 2 hour fire rating. The tank shall comply with<br />

NFPA 30/30 codes. FIREGUARD - Above ground fuel storage tank<br />

B. The tank shall be fabricated per UL-142 <strong>of</strong> mild carbon steel with shell seams <strong>of</strong><br />

continuous lap weld construction <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong>fer <strong>the</strong> safety <strong>of</strong> 110% UL 2085 listed secondary<br />

containment. The tank shall have a grounding lug installed for lightning protection.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

129<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

C. The tank shall be delivered with two factory supplied, welded on saddles. The tanks shall<br />

be mounted on a reinforced concrete base located outdoors in a concrete containment<br />

structure.<br />

D. The tank shall have emergency <strong>and</strong> manual vents as required by NFPA 30.<br />

E. The tank openings shall be threaded or flanged. As a minimum provide <strong>the</strong> following<br />

openings:<br />

1. One 50mm threaded – Normal Vent, complete with 2.5 meter riser.<br />

2. One 100mm flanged – Emergency Vent.<br />

3. One 75mm threaded – Product fill, with overfill protection device.<br />

4. One 25mm - Fuel Supply.<br />

5. One 25mm threaded – Fuel Return.<br />

6. One 450mm flanged – Manway.<br />

7. 50 mm condensate drain cock <strong>and</strong> plug.<br />

F. The tank shall be tested for tightness in <strong>the</strong> factory <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> field before commissioning. If<br />

leaks are noted during <strong>the</strong> tests, <strong>the</strong> tanks shall be made tight by welding <strong>and</strong> retesting.<br />

G. Tank Emergency Vent:<br />

1. Provide 100mm emergency vent. Materials shall be aluminum for <strong>the</strong> cover <strong>and</strong><br />

body <strong>and</strong> stainless steel spring. Sealing surface is to be teflon coated.<br />

2. Manufacturers <strong>and</strong> Products: OPW, Model 202 or equal.<br />

H. Shut<strong>of</strong>f <strong>and</strong> isolation valves shall be ball valves with bronze body, TFE seat <strong>and</strong> seal,<br />

threaded ends, <strong>and</strong> rated for 4000 kPa at 38°C.<br />

I. Tank Vent:<br />

1. Provide one 50mm aluminum open vent with 40 mesh brass screen <strong>and</strong> brass setscrews.<br />

2. Manufacturers <strong>and</strong> Products<br />

J. Vent: OPW, Model 23 or equal.<br />

K. The tank exterior shall be prepared, primed <strong>and</strong> finish coated in accordance with <strong>the</strong> table<br />

below.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

130<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

L. Exposed Metal-Highly Corrosive:<br />

Surface Prep. Paint Material Min. Coats, Cover<br />

Abrasive Blast, or Epoxy Primer<br />

1 coat, 2.5 MDFT<br />

Centrifugal Wheel Blast<br />

(SP 5)<br />

Polyamide high build<br />

epoxy<br />

Polyurethane Enamel<br />

1 coat, 6 MDFT<br />

1 coat, 3 MDFT<br />

M. Provide fuel tank level gauge as follows:<br />

Type: - Pneumatic indicator mounted indoors utilizing<br />

h<strong>and</strong> air pump to obtain reading<br />

Components: - H<strong>and</strong> pump <strong>and</strong> bellows<br />

- Wall-mounted dial type volume indicator,<br />

graduated in litres, range compatible with tank<br />

capacity, accuracy <strong>of</strong> ± 2%<br />

- Sufficient length <strong>of</strong> copper tubing to extend<br />

from gauge location to tank bottom<br />

Certification: - ULC listed<br />

Manufacturer <strong>and</strong> Model: - Levelometer Model No. 6705 or equal<br />

Tag Number - FST-L1<br />

N. Install copper tubing inside <strong>the</strong> tank within <strong>the</strong> drop pipe.<br />

3.4 ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Identification Plate: Identify each tank with <strong>the</strong> fabricator’s name, capacity in gallons,<br />

service, vessel number, vessel name, <strong>and</strong> date <strong>of</strong> manufacture.<br />

B. Lifting Lugs: Equipment weighing more than 100 pounds shall be provided with lifting<br />

lugs.<br />

C. UL Label: Include name <strong>of</strong> manufacturer <strong>and</strong> location <strong>of</strong> factory.<br />

D. Signage: Mark tanks on all sides with warning signs: “FLAMMABLE” or<br />

“COMBUSTIBLE,” “NO SMOKING,” product identification, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r signs as required<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

131<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

by <strong>the</strong> applicable codes. Signs shall be recessed in concrete exterior to ensure against<br />

damage.<br />

E. Bearing Pads: Provide continuous neoprene bearing pads <strong>of</strong> manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard design<br />

under each tank foot. Pads shall be not less than 25 mm thick, 60 Durometer, <strong>and</strong> 150 mm<br />

wider <strong>and</strong> longer than legs.<br />

PART 3 – MEXECUTION<br />

4.1 GENERAL<br />

A. Equipment provided under this section shall meet applicable local, state, <strong>and</strong> OSHA<br />

requirements. The tank system, including accessories, shall be installed in strict accordance<br />

with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong> applicable fire <strong>and</strong> environmental codes.<br />

B. Electrical work shall be in accordance with local codes <strong>and</strong> shall be rated for hazardous<br />

area as required. Tank shall be electrically grounded in accordance with NFPA 780.<br />

4.2 PREPARATION<br />

A. Local permits shall be obtained by Contractor prior to installation.<br />

4.3 INSTALLATION<br />

A. Installation, h<strong>and</strong>ling, <strong>and</strong> storage <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tanks <strong>and</strong> associated monitoring systems shall be<br />

in strict accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written instructions. Care shall be taken not to<br />

damage <strong>the</strong> tank <strong>and</strong> accessories.<br />

B. Tank shall be installed on a reinforced concrete base slab as indicated on <strong>the</strong> Contract<br />

Drawings. Install neoprene bearing pads under legs <strong>of</strong> tanks as required by <strong>the</strong><br />

manufacturer.<br />

4.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />

A. Prior to final installation, tanks shall be visually inspected for impact damage which may<br />

have occurred during shipping, unloading, or storage. Tank shall <strong>the</strong>n be tested for leaks by<br />

pressurizing <strong>the</strong> tank with air to a minimum pressure <strong>of</strong> 20.7 kPa, <strong>and</strong> a maximum pressure<br />

<strong>of</strong> 34.5 kPa for a minimum <strong>of</strong> 4 hours. While under pressure, a soap solution shall be<br />

applied at all piping connections to aid in <strong>the</strong> detection <strong>of</strong> leaks. If any drop in pressure or<br />

leaks are detected, <strong>the</strong> leaks shall be repaired in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written<br />

recommendations. Tank shall be repaired <strong>and</strong> retested until no leaks are detected. All<br />

testing shall be performed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written procedures. The<br />

Contractor, assisted by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s representative, shall perform <strong>the</strong> field testing.<br />

B. Prior to startup, all installed equipment shall be inspected for proper installation <strong>and</strong><br />

connection by means <strong>of</strong> a Functional Test. Such tests shall include a leakage test with <strong>the</strong><br />

tank full <strong>of</strong> clean fuel oil to verify that no liquid will leak from <strong>the</strong> installed tank. If any<br />

leaks are detected, <strong>the</strong> leaks shall be repaired in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written<br />

recommendations. The tank shall be repaired <strong>and</strong> retested until no leaks are detected. All<br />

testing shall be performed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s written procedures. The<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

132<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Contractor, assisted by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s representative, shall perform <strong>the</strong> functional<br />

testing.<br />

1. Contractor shall be responsible to arrange for, pay for, <strong>and</strong> coordinate delivery <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

fuel oil to be used, from <strong>the</strong> Owner’s existing suppliers at <strong>the</strong> existing contract price.<br />

Completely fill <strong>the</strong> fuel oil storage tank at <strong>the</strong> completion <strong>of</strong> tank <strong>and</strong> generator<br />

testing.<br />

4.5 MANUFACTURER’S FIELD SERVICES<br />

A. Furnish manufacturer’s Authorized Representative at Work site to perform field services,<br />

including as necessary, installation assistance, inspection, certification <strong>of</strong> installation,<br />

testing, startup assistance, <strong>and</strong> training <strong>of</strong> Owner’s personnel.<br />

B. Provide Manufacturer Certificates <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation for each tank.<br />

C. Furnish not less than 2 person-days, travel time excluded, to provide <strong>the</strong> necessary services.<br />

At least 1/2 person-day shall be for instructing Owner’s personnel at such time as requested<br />

by Owner.<br />

D. Furnish assistance, inspection, testing, startup, <strong>and</strong> certification services at such times as<br />

requested by Contractor.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

133<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

134<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 11<br />

FLOW MEASURING DEVICE AND PARSHALL FLUME CHANNEL<br />

A. FLOW MEASURING DEVICE<br />

The flow-measuring device shall be a float-actuated meter using a cylindrical or spherical float<br />

made <strong>of</strong> copper or stainless steel 316. The float will be installed in a stilling pipe connected to<br />

<strong>the</strong> Parshall flume. A counterweight will be attached, by means <strong>of</strong> a free pulley. The liquid level<br />

will be transmitted to a receiver situated in <strong>the</strong> <strong>of</strong>fice by means <strong>of</strong> a transmitter installed at <strong>the</strong><br />

Parshall flume. The connection will be by reinforced cable laid in a trench <strong>and</strong> in a protective<br />

sleeve. An integrator will show <strong>the</strong> total flow reading in cu.m. <strong>and</strong> will have at least a six digit<br />

capacity. The rate <strong>of</strong> flow will be readable without having to lock any part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> mechanism. A<br />

recorder with a 30 cm diameter chart will be supplied. The driving motor will be a synchronous<br />

type with an <strong>of</strong>f-on switch. It shall operate 240 volts, 50-cycle power supply. A spring drive<br />

(automatically wound) will be able to drive <strong>the</strong> chart for a 24-hour period when <strong>the</strong>re is a power<br />

failure. The speed <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> drive will be one revolution per week.<br />

The rates tendered shall include for <strong>the</strong> provision, calibration, <strong>and</strong> erection <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> float <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

receiver instrument <strong>and</strong> for <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>and</strong> fixing <strong>of</strong> all connecting tables, pipes, wiring,<br />

cables, ect., including <strong>the</strong> setting to work <strong>and</strong> site testing <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> instruments.<br />

B. FIBERGLASS PARSHALL FLUME LINER<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

Description<br />

This section covers supply <strong>and</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> a fiberglass Parshall flume liner as indicated<br />

on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Flow metering equipment for <strong>the</strong> Parshall flume is included in Section 9.<br />

Related Work<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> equipment <strong>and</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include,<br />

but are not limited to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

Materials<br />

Submittals<br />

Cast-in-Place Concrete<br />

Instrumentation <strong>and</strong> Control<br />

Materials used shall be Plastic Laminate, Polyester or o<strong>the</strong>r suitable plastic reinforced with<br />

fiberglass, with gelcoat <strong>and</strong> top coat, to <strong>the</strong> following specification:<br />

Tensile Strength at 1000 Kg/sq. cm min., ASTM D638.<br />

Break<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

134<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Flexural Strength 1700 Kg/sq. cm min., ASTM D790.<br />

Tangent Modulus <strong>of</strong> 900,000 min., ASTM D790.<br />

Elasticity<br />

Finished Thickness<br />

Within plus or minus 10 percent <strong>of</strong> nominal.<br />

Construction<br />

The Parshall flume liner shall conform to <strong>the</strong> dimensions shown on <strong>the</strong> plans <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

requirements detailed below:<br />

The Throat width, shall be 250 mm<br />

The Throat length, shall be 300 mm<br />

The liner shall be accurate in all dimensions <strong>and</strong> shall include, in one integral piece, <strong>the</strong><br />

approach, throat, <strong>and</strong> downstream sections. Each section shall have a floor <strong>and</strong> vertical<br />

sidewalls. The inside surfaces shall be smooth <strong>and</strong> free from irregularities.<br />

Flanges <strong>and</strong> anchors shall be provided as necessary on <strong>the</strong> outside surfaces to ensure that <strong>the</strong><br />

liner will be permanently anchored to <strong>the</strong> concrete.<br />

The liner shall be stiffened <strong>and</strong> braced so that <strong>the</strong> deflection caused by concrete placement<br />

shall not exceed 2 mm at any point. Internal braces shall be readily removable after concrete<br />

is placed without damage to <strong>the</strong> inside surfaces <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liner. All permanent-reinforcing<br />

members shall be completely encased in plastic.<br />

The flume shall be shipped in one piece ready for setting in <strong>the</strong> channel formwork, prior to<br />

pouring <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> concrete. The flume shall be furnished with tie strips bolted in place across<br />

<strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> flume to retain <strong>the</strong> vertical sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> liner during concrete backfilling. These<br />

tie bars may be removed following setting <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> backing concrete.<br />

The flume liner shall be fabricated in one piece utilizing corrosion resistant resin, reinforced<br />

with fiberglass mat to provide a minimum wall thickness <strong>of</strong> not less than 6 mm <strong>and</strong> a glass<br />

content not less than 30 percent by weight. Resin shall be resistant to raw sewage containing<br />

large amounts <strong>of</strong> hydrogen sulphide.<br />

The flume shall be equipped with a flush-mount mounting track <strong>and</strong> ground connection to<br />

accommodate installation <strong>of</strong> a Drexel brook Type admittance probes or be capable <strong>of</strong> track<br />

attachment.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

Installation<br />

The liner shall be carefully leveled <strong>and</strong> rigidly braced <strong>and</strong> anchored in position before <strong>the</strong><br />

adjacent concrete is placed.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

135<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 12<br />

AIR BLOWER SYSTEM<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

Description<br />

This section covers <strong>the</strong> supply <strong>and</strong> installation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> following rotary positive displacement<br />

blowers complete with all appurtenances, including <strong>the</strong> air piping system <strong>and</strong> diffusers. Each<br />

air blower <strong>and</strong> diffuser system shall comprise a complete <strong>and</strong> workable system for <strong>the</strong><br />

diffusion <strong>of</strong> low-pressure air into a channel <strong>of</strong> liquid <strong>and</strong> for convenient <strong>and</strong> regular<br />

maintenance <strong>of</strong> all components <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> system:<br />

Number <strong>of</strong> blowers shall be supplied <strong>and</strong> installed as indicated <strong>and</strong> shown on drawings for<br />

Stage I <strong>of</strong> construction.<br />

Related Work<br />

O<strong>the</strong>r items <strong>of</strong> work that relate to <strong>and</strong> are referenced in this section include, but are not<br />

limited to, <strong>the</strong> following sections:<br />

Submittals<br />

Concrete<br />

Pipe work<br />

Electrical Works<br />

Submittals<br />

Drawings, specifications, <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r data showing complete details <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> design, fabrication,<br />

materials used, <strong>and</strong> construction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> air blowers, drivers <strong>and</strong> diffuser system, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with complete data on operating conditions, curves, maintenance requirements, etc., shall be<br />

submitted in accordance with Section 3.<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

Blower Units<br />

The blowers shall be rotary positive displacement, two lobe involute type, complete with<br />

accessories as described, <strong>and</strong> shall be electric motor driven through V-belt drivers. Blower<br />

shall be mounted as shown with inlets <strong>and</strong> outlets located 180 degrees apart at <strong>the</strong> right <strong>and</strong><br />

left sides <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower as shown. (Horizontal airflow)<br />

Speed <strong>of</strong> each shall not exceed 4000 rpm.<br />

The blower rotor casing shall be <strong>of</strong> high quality grey cast iron <strong>and</strong> shall be ribbed to prevent<br />

case distortion when operating at rated pressure. Inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet connections shall be<br />

flanged, 125 psi relating to AISI B16.1, threaded as per manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ards.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

136<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Each rotor <strong>and</strong> shaft shall be made from high tensile strength spheroidal graphite cast iron<br />

casting. The rotor shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> straight, two lobe involute type <strong>and</strong> shall operate without<br />

rubbing on liquid seals <strong>of</strong> lubrication <strong>and</strong> shall be positively timed by a pair <strong>of</strong> accurately<br />

machined heat-treated alloy steel, spur tooth, timing gears. The timing gears shall be<br />

mounted on <strong>the</strong> rotor shafts on a tapered fit <strong>and</strong> secured by a locknut. Each rotor/shaft shall<br />

be supported on a single row <strong>of</strong> ball bearings.<br />

There will be provided a positive oil seal at each bearing into <strong>the</strong> air stream. Fur<strong>the</strong>r<br />

provision shall be made to vent <strong>the</strong> impeller side <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> oil seal to atmosphere to eliminate<br />

any possible carry-over <strong>of</strong> lubricant into <strong>the</strong> air stream.<br />

Gear-end, oil lubricated, double row, angular contact ball bearings, combined radial <strong>and</strong><br />

axial location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> gears <strong>and</strong> rotors. The oil filler prevents <strong>the</strong> entry <strong>of</strong> external dust <strong>and</strong><br />

dirts, <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> level plug prevent <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> over filling.<br />

The drive-end bearing single row shall be oil lubricated <strong>and</strong> shall be provided with a site<br />

glass,. The timing gears <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> gear-end bearings shall be oil lubricated by splash from <strong>the</strong><br />

gears dipping in oil. The oil level on <strong>the</strong> timing gears shall be regulated to <strong>the</strong> optimum by a<br />

metering orifice.<br />

V-belt Drive.<br />

V-belt drive shall be fixed speed type. An adjustable motor base shall be furnished allowing<br />

belt tension to be adjusted by turning a h<strong>and</strong> wheel.<br />

Equipment Base.<br />

A common base is to be supplied <strong>and</strong> mounted under each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electric-driven blowers <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong>ir drive motors. The bases shall be fabricated <strong>of</strong> rigid steel, reinforced to withst<strong>and</strong><br />

normal loading. Tack screws are to be provided for levelling bases.<br />

Blower Accessories.<br />

Suction <strong>and</strong> discharge flexible connectors shall be provided, silencers, filters, cocks, <strong>and</strong><br />

valves on blowers shall be provided by <strong>the</strong> blower manufacturer as shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings.<br />

Relief valves on blower discharge shall be <strong>of</strong> sufficient capacity to prevent damaging<br />

overloads on blower <strong>and</strong> drive. Valves shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

Individual silencers shall be furnished for <strong>the</strong> inlet <strong>and</strong> discharge <strong>of</strong> each air blower. The<br />

shell shall be <strong>of</strong> commercial quality steel with welded seams. Provide unloading valves,<br />

which shall also be suitable for drainage <strong>of</strong> accumulated oil or water. Permitted noise levels<br />

shall not exceed 80 decibels at a distance <strong>of</strong> 1 m from <strong>the</strong> equipment housing.<br />

Filters on blower inlets shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> dry type. Provide manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard flexible<br />

connection, check valves <strong>and</strong> isolation valves, safety valve on <strong>the</strong> blower discharge lines as<br />

shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings, <strong>and</strong> furnish <strong>and</strong> install suitable mechanical couplings or adapters, if<br />

required, to connect <strong>the</strong> discharge isolation valves to <strong>the</strong> air pipeline to <strong>the</strong> solids contact<br />

tank. Provide 10 mm taps with brass stopcocks at <strong>the</strong> inlet <strong>and</strong> outlet <strong>of</strong> each blower as<br />

shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings for connecting pressure, vacuum <strong>and</strong> temperature test gauges.<br />

The interior shall be thoroughly cleaned <strong>and</strong> sprayed with a rust preventive. All openings<br />

shall be covered to prevent re-entry <strong>of</strong> dirt or o<strong>the</strong>r foreign matter.<br />

Motors<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

137<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Motors shall be 1500 rpm, 50 cycles per second, 3 Phase, 380 V. Motors shall be drip-pro<strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>and</strong> torque design to NEMA B. They shall be designed for continuous duty at an ambient<br />

temperature <strong>of</strong> 40 degrees C. Motors to have manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard bearings with rated life<br />

<strong>of</strong> 50,000 hours. Motor Windings are to be copper. Insulation is to be Class F.<br />

Motors shall be mounted on adjustable rails for belt tension adjustment on a common base<br />

supplied for <strong>the</strong> blower unit. Motors shall be furnished <strong>and</strong> installed by <strong>the</strong> blower<br />

manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shall be matched with <strong>the</strong> blowers.<br />

Painting.<br />

The blower units, including motors, shall be shop primed <strong>and</strong> finish painted at <strong>the</strong> factory to<br />

<strong>the</strong> manufacturer's st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

Air Piping<br />

Pipe <strong>and</strong> fittings for air piping from <strong>the</strong> blowers to <strong>the</strong> diffusers shall be galvanized steel <strong>of</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> sizes shown on <strong>the</strong> Drawings. Materials <strong>and</strong> installation shall conform to applicable<br />

parts. Trench excavation <strong>and</strong> backfill shall conform to <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> that section.<br />

Isolation valves on each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> pipes extending down into <strong>the</strong> solids contact basin shall be<br />

bronze body, lever-operated ball valves. Provide a lever operator for each valve with <strong>the</strong><br />

lever firmly attached to <strong>the</strong> operating nut.<br />

Air Diffusers.<br />

- Air diffusers for aerated grit chambers:<br />

Diffusers shall be non-metallic, coarse bubble, fixed to a horizontal stainless steel tube,<br />

connected to a stainless steel tube down comer.<br />

The air diffusion system shall furnish range <strong>of</strong> 7 liters per second per meter <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> grit<br />

removal basin measured along <strong>the</strong> longitudinal axis.<br />

Blower Capacities<br />

The capacities <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blowers shall be as follows:-<br />

Blowers for Grit Chambers<br />

Flow rate: 324 Nm 3 /hr each<br />

Head:<br />

1 bar<br />

Motor KW: 3.4<br />

Spare Parts <strong>and</strong> Special Tools.<br />

The blower manufacturer shall include <strong>the</strong> following spare parts <strong>and</strong> tools in <strong>the</strong> shipment<br />

with <strong>the</strong> blowers:<br />

1 full set <strong>of</strong> bearings for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />

1 full set <strong>of</strong> gears for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />

4 replacement V-belts for each size <strong>of</strong> blower.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

138<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> Works for <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Any special tools required for maintenance or repair <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blower/driver units.<br />

Any o<strong>the</strong>r spare parts items recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer.<br />

The Contractor shall furnish 10% extra diffusers as spare parts.<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

The blowers <strong>and</strong> accessories shall be installed in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer's<br />

recommendations as approved.<br />

Installation<br />

All piping shall be supported to preclude <strong>the</strong> possibility <strong>of</strong> exerting undue forces or moments<br />

on <strong>the</strong> intake <strong>and</strong> outlet <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> blowers.<br />

Misalignment caused by weight or stress shall be corrected <strong>and</strong> repairs made by <strong>the</strong><br />

Contractor at his own expense.<br />

Electrical<br />

Electrical connections for blower motors shall be as specified in Section 9.<br />

Painting<br />

Units shall have been finish painted at <strong>the</strong> factory. Only field touch-up shall be required.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine<br />

139<br />

Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 13<br />

REINFORCED CONCRETE CYLINDER PIPE<br />

PART 1 - GENERAL<br />

1.1 REFERENCES<br />

A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />

1. Palestinian St<strong>and</strong>ards Institute – St<strong>and</strong>ard No. PS 49<br />

2. American Water Works Association (AWWA):<br />

a. C300, Reinforced Concrete Pressure Pipe, Steel-Cylinder Type.<br />

b. M9 (Manual), Concrete Pressure Pipe.<br />

3. ASTM International (ASTM): C361, St<strong>and</strong>ard Specification for Reinforced Concrete<br />

Low-Head Pressure Pipe.<br />

1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS<br />

A. Design pipe in accordance with AWWA C300 <strong>and</strong> Contract Drawings.<br />

1.3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Action Submittals:<br />

1. Shop Drawings:<br />

a. Design calculations for pipe, reinforcing, fittings, welding.<br />

b. Complete data <strong>and</strong> fabrication plans for pipe, fittings, <strong>and</strong> joint details, including<br />

all reinforcement dimensions <strong>and</strong> spacing.<br />

c. Shop Drawings <strong>and</strong> laying diagrams showing <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> each pipe section.<br />

d. Type <strong>and</strong> amount <strong>of</strong> concrete admixtures.<br />

e. Welding procedure specifications.<br />

2. Samples:<br />

a. Aggregate.<br />

B. Informational Submittals:<br />

1. Test specimens, material, <strong>and</strong> manufacturing test reports.<br />

2. Letter from independent testing agency certifying that pipe furnished meets<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> this section.<br />

3. Field Leakage Testing Plan: Submit at least 15 days prior to testing <strong>and</strong> at minimum,<br />

include <strong>the</strong> following:<br />

a. Testing dates.<br />

b. Piping systems <strong>and</strong> section(s) to be tested.<br />

c. Method <strong>of</strong> isolation.<br />

d. Method <strong>of</strong> conveying water from source to system being tested.<br />

e. Calculation <strong>of</strong> maximum allowable leakage for piping section(s) to be tested.<br />

4. Test report documentation.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 140 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

PART 2 - PRODUCTS<br />

2.1 GENERAL<br />

A. Pipe shall conform to requirements <strong>of</strong> Palestinian St<strong>and</strong>ards PS 49, except as modified herein.<br />

B. Pipe may be furnished from <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s inventory providing manufacturer can supply<br />

necessary documentation to indicate pipe meets specified requirements.<br />

C. Gaskets <strong>and</strong> lubricant shall be in accordance with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s recommendations.<br />

2.2 FABRICATION<br />

A. Concrete:<br />

1. Cement: Type I.<br />

2. Pozzolanic materials as a cement replacement will not be allowed.<br />

B. Reinforcement:<br />

1. Elliptical reinforcement as described in PS 49.<br />

2. Welds in Reinforcing Bars: Test in accordance with AWWA C300.<br />

C. Pipe Curing: Use any <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> methods as described in AWWA C300 or PS 49<br />

D. Pipe Marking:<br />

1. Mark each pipe section in accordance with AWWA C300.<br />

2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL<br />

A. Test concrete, mortar, steel, steel cylinders, rubber for gaskets, <strong>and</strong> welds in accordance with<br />

AWWA C300 <strong>and</strong>/or PS 49.<br />

B. Hydrostatic Testing <strong>of</strong> Completed Pipe <strong>and</strong> Joints:<br />

PART 3 - EXECUTION<br />

3.1 EXAMINATION<br />

1. Test all sections <strong>of</strong> pipe installed.<br />

2. Testing Procedure: In accordance with AWWA C302.<br />

A. Verify Conditions Prior to Installation.<br />

3.2 PREPARATION<br />

A. Verify pipe size, condition, <strong>and</strong> class prior to placement <strong>of</strong> pipe.<br />

3.3 INSTALLATION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 141 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

A. H<strong>and</strong>le <strong>and</strong> install pipe sections in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />

AWWA M9.<br />

B. Immediately notify Engineer if pipe is damaged during <strong>the</strong> installation process.<br />

C. If manufactured using elliptical or quadrant reinforcing, verify that proper axis <strong>of</strong> pipe is<br />

placed in vertical position.<br />

D. Check gasket placement using feeler gauge as approved by Engineer.<br />

E. Joint Grouting: Grout interior <strong>and</strong> exterior <strong>of</strong> joints in accordance with AWWA M9.<br />

F. Prevent construction debris from entering <strong>the</strong> existing sewer system by providing barriers <strong>and</strong><br />

plugs as required during construction.<br />

3.4 CLEANING<br />

A. Thoroughly clean <strong>and</strong> remove all dirt <strong>and</strong> debris from <strong>the</strong> sewer system <strong>and</strong> dispose <strong>of</strong> <strong>of</strong>fsite.<br />

Wash <strong>and</strong> flush pipes to a clean condition to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer prior to<br />

leakage testing.<br />

3.5 FIELD TESTING<br />

A. Pipeline Hydrostatic Test:<br />

1. General:<br />

a. Notify Engineer in writing 5 days in advance <strong>of</strong> testing. Perform testing in<br />

presence <strong>of</strong> Engineer<br />

b. Test newly installed pipelines. Using water as test medium, pipes shall<br />

successfully pass a leakage test prior to acceptance.<br />

c. Isolate new pipelines that are connected to existing pipelines.<br />

d. Conduct field hydrostatic test on buried piping after trench has been completely<br />

backfilled. Testing may, as approved by Engineer, be done prior to placement <strong>of</strong><br />

asphaltic concrete or roadway structural section.<br />

e. Contractor may, if field conditions permit <strong>and</strong> as determined by Engineer,<br />

partially backfill trench <strong>and</strong> leave joints open for inspection <strong>and</strong> conduct an<br />

initial service leak test. Final field hydrostatic test shall not, however, be<br />

conducted until backfilling has been completed as specified above.<br />

f. Supply <strong>of</strong> temporary water shall be as stated in Section 01500, Construction<br />

Facilities <strong>and</strong> Temporary Controls.<br />

2. Preparation:<br />

a. Install temporary plugs <strong>and</strong> thrust blocking or o<strong>the</strong>r restraint as necessary to<br />

isolate <strong>the</strong> pipe sections to be tested <strong>and</strong> protect adjacent piping or equipment.<br />

b. Pipe may be tested at same time as manholes provided water can be maintained<br />

above top <strong>of</strong> pipes.<br />

c. Fill test section with water <strong>and</strong> allow to st<strong>and</strong> under low pressure prior to<br />

testing.<br />

3. Procedure:<br />

a. Maximum filling velocity shall not exceed 0.076 m/s, calculated based on <strong>the</strong><br />

full area <strong>of</strong> pipe.<br />

b. Expel air from pipe system during filling.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 142 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

c. Test pressure shall be water at ground level or sufficiently above <strong>the</strong> top <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

pipes to maintain a static pressure to <strong>the</strong> satisfaction <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

d. Maintain hydrostatic test continuously for 2 hours minimum, adding additional<br />

make-up water only as necessary to restore test level.<br />

e. Determine actual leakage by measuring quantity <strong>of</strong> water necessary to maintain<br />

specified test level for duration <strong>of</strong> test.<br />

f. If measured leakage exceeds allowable leakage or if leaks are visible, repair<br />

defective pipe section <strong>and</strong> repeat hydrostatic test.<br />

4. Allowable Leakage: Maximum allowable leakage for concrete pipe with steel cylinder<br />

shall not exceed 0.075 Litres/millimetre diameter/ 100 metres <strong>of</strong> pipe/hour. Allowable<br />

leakage for manhole can be added if tested coincidentally.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 143 Mechanical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 1<br />

GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS<br />

1-1 Scope <strong>of</strong> Work<br />

These specifications cover <strong>the</strong> following systems are intended to be used for <strong>the</strong> project in accordance<br />

with drawings, specifications <strong>and</strong> as directed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

- Electrical Power<br />

- Lighting<br />

- Telephone System<br />

- St<strong>and</strong> by Generator<br />

- Earthing System<br />

The specification shall be read in association with all o<strong>the</strong>r parts <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> tender documents.<br />

1-2 General Requirements<br />

The contractor shall supply all labor <strong>and</strong> material necessary <strong>and</strong> shall install, complete <strong>and</strong> ready for<br />

use, <strong>the</strong> above mentioned systems including <strong>the</strong> installation <strong>and</strong> wiring <strong>of</strong> miscellaneous equipment<br />

<strong>and</strong> devices, as indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> as herein specified.<br />

The contractor shall carry out <strong>the</strong> whole <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical work in a workmanlike <strong>and</strong> substantial manner<br />

<strong>and</strong> in strict conformance with <strong>the</strong> code listed in <strong>the</strong> following clauses, or approved equal.<br />

The contractor shall supply <strong>the</strong> employer with one set <strong>of</strong> specialist tools for maintenance as<br />

recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturers for all <strong>the</strong> major equipments.<br />

Prior to commencement <strong>of</strong> work, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall be solely <strong>and</strong> fully responsible for complete<br />

coordination with <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities requirements. The contractor shall obtain all necessary<br />

approvals <strong>and</strong> shall coordinate <strong>and</strong> be responsible for all fees required to conduct <strong>the</strong> required<br />

authorities tests needed for supplying <strong>the</strong> project with <strong>the</strong> proper power <strong>and</strong> also <strong>the</strong> same for<br />

supplying <strong>the</strong> project with <strong>the</strong> permanent power.<br />

The contractor must submit along with his tender <strong>the</strong> CV’s <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical engineers, foreman, <strong>and</strong><br />

electricians for <strong>the</strong> approval by <strong>the</strong> employer.<br />

1-3 Protection <strong>of</strong> Electrical Equipments<br />

Electrical equipment shall be protected against mechanical damage <strong>and</strong> from <strong>the</strong> wea<strong>the</strong>r especially<br />

from water dripping or splashing upon it at all times during shipment, storage, <strong>and</strong> installment. Any<br />

equipment or material damaged by mechanical means or water should be replaced at <strong>the</strong> expense <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

contractor without extra charge.<br />

1-4 Codes <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

The contractor shall carry out all electrical works in accordance with <strong>the</strong> latest specifications <strong>of</strong> BS or<br />

IEC <strong>and</strong> where not in contradiction with <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities requirements, all equipments<br />

<strong>and</strong> materials supplied for this contract shall be manufactured in strict compliance with <strong>the</strong> latest<br />

relevant recommendations <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrical local authorities, o<strong>the</strong>rwise, <strong>the</strong>y shall comply with <strong>the</strong><br />

latest relevant BS, CIBSE, IEE, specifications.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 144 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-5 Electrical Services<br />

The electrical power system will operate on 220/380 volt, 3-phase, 4-wires, 50 HZ system, with 4%<br />

maximum allowable voltage drop from main power supply panel.<br />

The low current system shall operate on <strong>the</strong> voltage specified or as recommended by <strong>the</strong> manufacturer<br />

to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

1-6 Local Electrical Authorities <strong>and</strong> Infrastructure Network Requirements<br />

The contractor shall attend on <strong>and</strong> afford all facilities to <strong>the</strong> local electrical authorities <strong>and</strong> to<br />

infrastructure electrical network, <strong>and</strong> shall be responsible for preparing any shop drawings for <strong>the</strong><br />

approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> authorities.<br />

The contractor shall also be responsible for coordination with all existing infrastructure network<br />

drawings <strong>and</strong> construction.<br />

1-7 Shop Drawings, Samples, <strong>and</strong> O<strong>the</strong>r Submittals<br />

The contractor shall submit shop drawings <strong>and</strong> samples for all <strong>the</strong> equipment or systems for <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineers’ approval, no equipment or system shall be ordered or installed unless all such drawings <strong>and</strong><br />

samples are reviewed <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

The shop drawings shall reflect all necessary adjustments to <strong>the</strong> design to incorporate all requirements<br />

<strong>of</strong> all equipments. These shall be based upon <strong>the</strong> actual equipment to be installed, selected for use by<br />

<strong>the</strong> contractor according to manufacturers subsequently approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer. The contractor shall<br />

make such adjustments to <strong>the</strong> design as are necessary to accommodate <strong>the</strong> technical <strong>and</strong> physical<br />

requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> selected equipment in <strong>the</strong> preparation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> shop drawings.<br />

The shop drawings shall be drawn to scale showing exact cable tray, conduit, <strong>and</strong> cable routing,<br />

junction box location, location in relevance to o<strong>the</strong>r equipment such as lighting fixtures or mechanical<br />

equipments, <strong>and</strong> exact heights for implementation, circuit wiring showing phase, neutral, earth, <strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong>f<br />

lines.<br />

The shop drawings shall be to a minimum scale 1:50 <strong>and</strong> complex area, such as plant rooms, services<br />

ducts, any areas considered by <strong>the</strong> engineer, scales <strong>of</strong> 1:20 <strong>and</strong> 1:10 shall be employed.<br />

Manufacturer’s drawings or catalogue sheet, giving full fitness <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r pertinent facts shall be<br />

submitted to <strong>the</strong> engineer for approval before apparatus in question is ordered, built or installed for <strong>the</strong><br />

following systems.<br />

- Panel boards, sub-distribution boards, main distribution boards;<br />

- Lighting fixture, lighting equipments, <strong>and</strong> lamps;<br />

- ATS for st<strong>and</strong> by generator <strong>and</strong> control panel.<br />

The approval <strong>of</strong> drawings will be general, but approval shall not be constructed as permitting any<br />

departure from <strong>the</strong> contract requirements, not relieving <strong>the</strong> contractor <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> responsibility for any<br />

errors, including details, dimensions, materials, etc.<br />

1-8 As-Built Drawings<br />

The contractor shall submit <strong>the</strong> As-built drawings to <strong>the</strong> Engineer <strong>of</strong> every system after installation,<br />

contractor shall include all works, scale, format, <strong>and</strong> number <strong>of</strong> copies is to be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 145 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Within thirty days <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> certificate <strong>of</strong> completion, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall provide 3 sets (1<br />

Original + 2 Copies) <strong>of</strong> fully detailed as-built record drawings <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> whole contract works, toge<strong>the</strong>r<br />

with full operating <strong>and</strong> maintenance instructions taking <strong>the</strong> form <strong>of</strong> a manual in which is described <strong>the</strong><br />

layout <strong>and</strong> function <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> systems, schedules <strong>of</strong> components comprising each <strong>and</strong> every item <strong>of</strong><br />

equipment including manufacturer’s name, reference, serial number, <strong>and</strong> operating maintenance<br />

instruction based on <strong>the</strong> manufacturers st<strong>and</strong>ard instruction, to be checked <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong><br />

Engineer.<br />

Drawings shall (Shop dwg. or As-built dwg.)<br />

- Indicate size <strong>and</strong> position <strong>of</strong> all equipments, conduit, trunking, under floor<br />

ducting, cable trays, <strong>and</strong> cable toge<strong>the</strong>r with inspection points <strong>and</strong> cable joints.<br />

- Indicate circuit reference for all equipment <strong>and</strong> each outlet shown.<br />

- Show <strong>the</strong> disposition <strong>and</strong> depth <strong>of</strong> all cables, whe<strong>the</strong>r buried direct in ground or<br />

through ducts or manholes.<br />

- Show <strong>the</strong> position <strong>and</strong> nature <strong>of</strong> all earth electrodes installed <strong>and</strong> range <strong>of</strong><br />

connection copper tapes.<br />

1-9 Labeling<br />

The contractor shall provide all identification nameplates for all boards <strong>and</strong> panels, <strong>and</strong> shall provide a<br />

complete labeling system for all components <strong>of</strong> boards to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />

The contractor shall also provide labeling for cables, all power outlets, Low voltage points, <strong>and</strong> switch<br />

panels.<br />

1-10 Tests<br />

The contractor shall perform all required testing for <strong>the</strong> different components for <strong>the</strong> electrical works.<br />

All test fees if required, fuel, electric current, water, oil, or gas needed for <strong>the</strong> performance <strong>of</strong> such<br />

required test is <strong>the</strong> sole responsibility <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contractor <strong>and</strong> shall be deemed to be included in <strong>the</strong> cost<br />

<strong>of</strong> supplying <strong>and</strong> or commissioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> equipments. No apparatus, equipment, plant, panels, or<br />

installation should be recognized as complete until all <strong>of</strong> specified inspection <strong>and</strong> all tests have been<br />

satisfactorily carried out <strong>and</strong> at <strong>the</strong> cost <strong>of</strong> contractor up to <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> certificate <strong>of</strong><br />

h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> work.<br />

1-11 Warranty<br />

Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted, warrant <strong>the</strong> electrical work to be in strict accordance with contract documents<br />

<strong>and</strong> free from defects for a period mentioned in <strong>the</strong> general terms <strong>and</strong> conditions <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> contract starting<br />

from <strong>the</strong> date <strong>of</strong> issue <strong>of</strong> a certificate <strong>of</strong> h<strong>and</strong>ing over <strong>the</strong> work.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 146 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 2<br />

CONDUIT AND FITTINGS<br />

1-1 General<br />

Conduit <strong>and</strong> fittings shall be distinctively marked as manufactured for electrical purpose <strong>and</strong> shall be<br />

designed <strong>and</strong> constructed that <strong>the</strong>y ensure reliable mechanical protection to <strong>the</strong> cables contained<br />

<strong>the</strong>rein, <strong>and</strong> shall withst<strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> stresses likely occur during transport, storage <strong>and</strong> installation, <strong>the</strong>y<br />

should be marked with <strong>the</strong> manufacturer name <strong>and</strong> Taken Stamp clearly.<br />

Conduit shall have a minimum 3/4” (outer diameter) size <strong>and</strong> shall be adequate for proper <strong>and</strong> easy<br />

wire pulls, <strong>and</strong> in no case shall <strong>the</strong> wires occupy across sectional area <strong>of</strong> more than 40% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> inner<br />

conduit cross section.<br />

1-2 Metallic-Conduit<br />

Conduits shall be constructed for solid mild steel, outside <strong>and</strong> inside galvanized. The galvanized coat<br />

<strong>of</strong> zinc shall be uniform thickness applied to outside <strong>and</strong> inside including <strong>the</strong> threads. Each conduit<br />

shall be straight, free from blisters <strong>and</strong> o<strong>the</strong>r defects, cut square <strong>and</strong> taper reamed.<br />

1-3 Flexible conduits:<br />

Flexible conduits shall be constructed by square locked galvanized steel with a pvc outer covering.<br />

1-4 Nonmetallic Conduit:<br />

Nonmetallic conduit shall be heavy gauge, pvc, having a maximum continuous service temperature <strong>of</strong><br />

70 0 C or more. Conduit installed above false ceiling shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> fire resistant type. Each electrical<br />

or low voltage system shall run in a different color.<br />

1-5 Installation <strong>of</strong> Conduit<br />

Conduit embedded in ceiling slab, in walls <strong>and</strong> under floor shall be non-metallic type.<br />

Conduit exposed above false ceiling shall be fire resistant type.<br />

Conduit in boiler, pump, mechanical, main electrical rooms, <strong>and</strong> plant rooms shall be metallic type.<br />

Conduit connected to motors or equipments shall be galvanized flexible type.<br />

All conduit work <strong>and</strong> plastering shall be complete before wires are pulled. Conduit shall be plugged<br />

with cork <strong>and</strong> boxes covered appropriately to avoid filling with plaster.<br />

Conduit runs between outlets shall not contain more than three bends. The maximum run between two<br />

outlets shall not exceed 30 M for straight runs <strong>and</strong> 10 M for runs with one or more bends. Pull boxes<br />

shall be provided; location <strong>of</strong> pull boxes shall be accessible <strong>and</strong> approved by <strong>the</strong> Engineer.<br />

Raceways (cable trays) exposed above false ceilings shall be supported from <strong>the</strong> slab above <strong>the</strong> ceiling<br />

by st<strong>and</strong>ard factory spacer bar saddles <strong>and</strong> shall not be supported from false ceiling supports.<br />

Approved manufacturer <strong>of</strong> conduit Superior, MeteZerplas, or approved equal.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 147 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 3<br />

WIRES AND CABLES<br />

1-1 General<br />

The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> install all wires <strong>and</strong> cables necessary for <strong>the</strong> complete electrical<br />

system, as indicated on <strong>the</strong> drawings, as required <strong>and</strong> as herein specified.<br />

Approved manufacturers: Superior, Cable Heifa, Cable Zion, or approved equal.<br />

1-2 Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables for Lighting <strong>and</strong> Power<br />

All wires for light <strong>and</strong> power system shall be not less than 2.5 mm 2 , single core, insulated with pvc<br />

compound <strong>of</strong> grade not less than 450/750 volts <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS6234 / 1987.<br />

Armored cables shall be multi-core, pvc shea<strong>the</strong>d, galvanized steel wire <strong>of</strong> double tape armored <strong>and</strong><br />

overall pvc extruded shea<strong>the</strong>d, <strong>of</strong> grade not less than 600/1000 volts, <strong>and</strong> shall comply with BS5467 /<br />

1989 <strong>and</strong> BS1442 / 1969, non armored cables <strong>of</strong> grade 600/1000 volts shall comply with BS6004 /<br />

1984.<br />

The core installation colors for single cable shall be red, yellow or blue for phase, black for neutral,<br />

green <strong>and</strong> yellow for earth, for multi core cables, <strong>the</strong> core installation colors shall be red, yellow, blue<br />

for phase, black for neutral, green <strong>and</strong> yellow for earth. All wiring shall be carried out using loop in<br />

system, with each phase wiring <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same color at both ends with proper identification <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> circuit<br />

number.<br />

1-3 Installation <strong>of</strong> Wires <strong>and</strong> Cables<br />

Where more than one conductor is used per phase, neutral if any <strong>and</strong> ground wires shall be run in each<br />

conduit, conductor shall be continuous from outlet to outlet <strong>and</strong> no splices shall be made.<br />

The contractor shall not change any circuit number, especially from phase to a different phase. If such<br />

a change is necessary due to modification on site, <strong>the</strong> contractor shall bring this matter to <strong>the</strong> attention<br />

<strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer for approval.<br />

Armored cables used in vertical shafts shall be <strong>the</strong> steel wire armored <strong>and</strong> not <strong>the</strong> tape type. No joints<br />

or splices shall be accepted on main feeders.<br />

1-4 Cable Gl<strong>and</strong>s<br />

Cable gl<strong>and</strong>s shall be provided at <strong>the</strong> termination <strong>of</strong> cables at <strong>the</strong> enclosure <strong>of</strong> a distribution boards or<br />

any o<strong>the</strong>r equipment, cable gl<strong>and</strong>s shall be indoor or outdoor type, ordinary or wea<strong>the</strong>r pro<strong>of</strong> according<br />

to <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> termination, <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />

1-5 Cable Shoes<br />

Cable shoes shall be provided at cable ends.<br />

1-6 Directly Buried Cables<br />

All cables laid in <strong>the</strong> same trench shall be placed in <strong>the</strong> same horizontal plane leaving a space <strong>of</strong> at<br />

least 7.5 cm.<br />

Cable buried depth shall be at not less than 70 cm depth, cables shall be protected by 15 cm s<strong>of</strong>t s<strong>and</strong><br />

below <strong>and</strong> above, <strong>and</strong> 5 cm recast cover with a warning tape.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 148 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 4<br />

WIRING DEVICES<br />

1-1 General<br />

Wiring devices shall be flush mounted type, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise noted <strong>and</strong> shall be installed at heights as<br />

shown on drawings, or as directed by <strong>the</strong> engineer, samples <strong>of</strong> devices <strong>and</strong> plates shall be submitted for<br />

choice <strong>and</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />

Location <strong>of</strong> wiring device shall be clearly marked on <strong>the</strong> shop drawings, shall conform to <strong>the</strong> furniture<br />

<strong>and</strong> equipment layouts, <strong>and</strong> shall be to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> engineer.<br />

Approved manufacturer: GEWISS – ITALY or approved equal.<br />

1-2 Device plates<br />

Plates shall be rectangular in shape, <strong>and</strong> designed to match associated device, plates for flush mounted<br />

devices shall be constructed <strong>of</strong> molded material <strong>of</strong> approved color. Fixing screw shall be chromium<br />

polished screws heads shall be finished to suit <strong>the</strong> plates.<br />

1-3 Switches <strong>and</strong> Switches Assemblies<br />

Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break with silver alloy contacts, trunnions <strong>and</strong> spring assembly<br />

lubricated for <strong>the</strong> life <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> switch neoprene bumpers.<br />

The general mounting height for all lighting switches shall be as specified on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

Switches shall be fully rated for tungsten filament <strong>and</strong> fluorescent lamp loads, <strong>and</strong> up to 80% <strong>of</strong> rated<br />

capacity for motor loads, lighting switches shall be 10A rated. Double pole switches for water heaters<br />

shall be with silver contacts, on-<strong>of</strong>f indicator; safety interlocked cover <strong>and</strong> shall be suitable for flush<br />

mounting.<br />

Waterpro<strong>of</strong> switches shall conform to IP44 for wet areas, IP65 for outdoor installation <strong>and</strong> IP20 for<br />

indoor applications.<br />

1-4 Socket Outlets<br />

Socket outlets shall be <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ard 2 pole + earth, non-switched, single general service phase,<br />

molded plastic type.<br />

Socket outlet shall be rated 16A. Air h<strong>and</strong>ling units socket outlet shall be rated 32A at least. H<strong>and</strong><br />

drier socket outlet shall be rated 20A.<br />

The general mounting height <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> socket outlets shall be as specified on <strong>the</strong> drawings.<br />

Waterpro<strong>of</strong> socket shall be IP44 for wet areas, IP65 for outdoor installation <strong>and</strong> IP20 for indoor<br />

applications.<br />

1-5 Control Stations<br />

Control stations shall be spring type with silver plated contacts; plates shall be constructed from rigid<br />

plastics <strong>and</strong> shall have two push buttons (Start & Stop), when line voltage is 380V. And <strong>the</strong> control in<br />

line connected a warning notice shall be inscribed in <strong>the</strong> device in a clearly visible manner.<br />

1-6 Disconnecting Switches (Isolators)<br />

Switches shall be quick-make, quick-break type capable <strong>of</strong> making; carrying <strong>and</strong> interrupting specified<br />

current at its rated voltage.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 149 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

Switches rated 200A or less, when used with motor shall be motor circuit type <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> horsepower rating<br />

equal to, or more than that <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> associated motor <strong>and</strong> having interrupting capacity at least equal to <strong>the</strong><br />

maximum operating overload current <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> motor at rated voltage. Enclosure shall be waterpro<strong>of</strong>,<br />

treated with rust inhibiting phosphate, <strong>and</strong> finish in gray baked enamel color.<br />

Approved manufacturers: Siemens-Germany, Merlin Gerin, Klockner Moeller or approved equal.<br />

1-7 Telephone System<br />

Telephone cabinets shall be a general-purpose type enclosure made <strong>of</strong> galvanized sheet steel 1.5mm<br />

thickness powder coated with enough space for terminals blocks for telephone system.<br />

Telephone outlet points shall be flush mounted <strong>and</strong> shall consist <strong>of</strong> terminals blocks fixed inside <strong>the</strong><br />

outlet box <strong>and</strong> special telephone socket, with at least 2 pairs cable or more <strong>and</strong> to <strong>the</strong> approval <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

engineer.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 150 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 5<br />

ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS<br />

1-1 General<br />

The contractor shall supply <strong>and</strong> install <strong>the</strong> electrical distribution boards <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> control boards as<br />

indicated in <strong>the</strong> drawings <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> board schedules <strong>and</strong> as herein specified. Form <strong>of</strong> construction shall<br />

conform to BS5486. All main, sub-main distribution boards <strong>and</strong> motor control panels shall be free<br />

st<strong>and</strong>.<br />

1-2 Cabinets <strong>and</strong> Fronts<br />

Fronts shall include doors <strong>and</strong> have locks with catches <strong>and</strong> spring loaded door pulls; completely<br />

concealed steel hinges shall mount doors. Fronts shall be <strong>of</strong> code gauge, full-finished steel with rustinhibiting<br />

primer <strong>and</strong> baked enamel finish color shall be Beige. Protection degree shall be IP44.<br />

1-3 Board Bus Assembly<br />

The bus for connections to <strong>the</strong> branch circuit breaker shall be <strong>the</strong> “distribution phase” or “phase<br />

sequence” type. Three phase, four-wire bussing shall be such that any three adjacent single pole<br />

breakers are individually connected to each <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> three different phases. All bus bars shall comply<br />

with BS159.<br />

Neutral bus bars shall be full size <strong>and</strong> shall incorporate one neutral terminal for each single pole <strong>and</strong><br />

neutral way.<br />

Cabinet shall be provided with grounding terminals with a minimum number <strong>of</strong> cable terminations<br />

equal to <strong>the</strong> single pole number <strong>of</strong> way <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> board.<br />

1-4 Molded case circuit breakers (MCCB)<br />

MCCB shall comply with BS EN60947-2 1992 <strong>and</strong>:<br />

- Shall be triple pole with each pole internally gauged <strong>and</strong> operated by one control toggle.<br />

- Shall have <strong>the</strong>rmal <strong>and</strong> magnetic tripping adjustable mechanism.<br />

- Shall be electric type to trip units with interchangeable rating plugs for breakers with<br />

250 or 400 A.<br />

- Shall have solid-state trip unit complete with built in current transformer, solid-state trip<br />

unit for breakers <strong>of</strong> 600A <strong>and</strong> above.<br />

- Shall be operated by a toggle type h<strong>and</strong>le, with quick-make, quick break over center<br />

switching mechanism that is mechanically trip free.<br />

- Shall provide complete circuit over current protection by having inverse time.<br />

- Shall have minimum RMS symmetrical interrupting not less than 25KA.<br />

- Disconnecting time shall not exceed 5 seconds.<br />

- MCCB’s interrupting capacities shall be <strong>the</strong> same as <strong>the</strong> panel.<br />

- Over capacity <strong>of</strong> MCCB shall not be less than 125% <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> rated amp for 90 minutes.<br />

- Labeling shall be provided to MCCB.<br />

1-5 Miniature Circuit Breakers (MCB)<br />

All shall be plug-in type, quick-make, toggle mechanism, <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum short circuit<br />

rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> 10KA.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 151 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-6 Earth Leakage Circuit Breakers (ELCB)<br />

ELCB shall be current operated type providing protection against overloads, short circuit, <strong>and</strong> low<br />

level earth faults <strong>of</strong> 30MA.<br />

It shall be plug-in type. ELCB shall have 3000A interrupting capacity <strong>and</strong> shall have minimum<br />

rupturing capacity <strong>of</strong> 10KA.<br />

1-7 Starters<br />

Starters shall have horsepower ratings at least equal to rating <strong>of</strong> motors <strong>the</strong>y serve.<br />

Star-delta starters shall be provided for all motors having rating <strong>of</strong> 7.5KW or more, <strong>and</strong> less than<br />

7.5KW motors shall be equipped with D.O.L. starters.<br />

S<strong>of</strong>t starters with by bass contactor shall be provided for all motors having rating <strong>of</strong> 25KW or more.<br />

1-8 Control<br />

Control relays shall be heavy duty, industrial, or machine tool type with at least two normally closed<br />

<strong>and</strong> two normally opened auxiliary contracts.<br />

Control power transformer shall be provided as applicable to limit <strong>the</strong> control voltage to 220 volts.<br />

Automatic alternator shall normally select alternative motors automatically during normal operation.<br />

Push buttons shall be heavy duty, oil tight type with removable contact blocks; contact rating shall be<br />

10A Continuous current.<br />

Selector switches shall be heavy-duty oil tight type.<br />

Indication lights shall be equipped with reduced voltage transformers <strong>and</strong> 6-volt lamps.<br />

All main distribution boards shall be supplied with microprocessor based metering package installed in<br />

front <strong>of</strong> each panel with <strong>the</strong> provision <strong>of</strong> connection to a building management system.<br />

1-9 Installation <strong>of</strong> Boards<br />

The boards shall be aligned, leveled, <strong>and</strong> securely fastened to <strong>the</strong> building for free st<strong>and</strong>ing boards; it<br />

shall be installed directly above trenches to enable cables installation.<br />

All unused openings in <strong>the</strong> board’s cabinets shall be properly closed.<br />

Approved Manufacturer: (ABB, Siemens –Germany, WH, Klockner Moller, <strong>and</strong> Merlin Gerin)<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 152 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 6<br />

GROUNDING (EARTHING) SYSTEM<br />

1-1 General<br />

The earthing system shall be in full compliance with <strong>the</strong> requirements <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> IEE wiring regulations<br />

16 th edition, local authorities particles <strong>and</strong> specifications.<br />

The contractor at no extra cost shall do any modification required by local authorities <strong>and</strong> codes <strong>of</strong><br />

practice.<br />

All material used for main reinforcement steel underground earthing shall be galvanized steel strips<br />

size <strong>and</strong> thickness to be suitable to rated current supplied, <strong>and</strong> all materials used for grounding<br />

(electrodes) system shall be <strong>of</strong> copper.<br />

1-2 Grounding System<br />

1. Foundation earthing welding a galvanized strip as a ring around <strong>the</strong> building in accordance with<br />

drawings.=<br />

2. Copper bus bar in <strong>the</strong> electrical room inside main panels.<br />

3. Copper electrodes shall be dogged under ground <strong>and</strong> connected to main bus bar, complete with<br />

an inspection pit. The resistance <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> electrode system shall not exceed 1 ohm. The system<br />

shall be tested through its various stages <strong>of</strong> construction to confirm <strong>the</strong>se requirements.<br />

1-3 Grounding Pit<br />

The grounding electrode shall be made from copper clad steel. The inspection manhole shall be<br />

according to drawings <strong>and</strong> shall have an approved steel cover.<br />

1-4 Main Connections<br />

All metallic incoming services shall be bonded to <strong>the</strong> electrical earthing system at <strong>the</strong> location <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong>ir<br />

entry point, between joints; this shall include all services where metallic pipes, ducts, cable trays etc.<br />

are used in project.<br />

1-5 Transformer <strong>and</strong> Generator<br />

The start point <strong>of</strong> each transformer shall be connected to an adjacent bar using pvc insulated copper<br />

tape not less than 3x25mm 2 . The transformer tank <strong>and</strong> frame shall be separately bonded to <strong>the</strong> earth<br />

bus bar with a similar conductor.<br />

The start point <strong>of</strong> a generator shall be connected to an earth bus bar in <strong>the</strong> generator room through a<br />

neutral earth conductor 3x25 mm 2 pvc insulated copper tape.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 153 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 7<br />

EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY<br />

1-1 Description<br />

1. The output rating <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> generator shall be a minimum 450KVA with an 80%<br />

lagging power factor, 220/380V, 50MZ<br />

2. Direct Electric Generator.<br />

3. Fuel Storage Tank.<br />

4. Automatic Fuel Pump.<br />

5. Exhaust System.<br />

1-2 Tests <strong>and</strong> Acceptance Criteria<br />

1. Perform manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard load testing at factory.<br />

2. Perform site acceptance test to demonstrate that <strong>the</strong> generator set is in proper<br />

working order.<br />

3. Generator output voltage shall be 380 / 220 volts.<br />

1-3 Applicable codes <strong>and</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards<br />

1. Materials <strong>and</strong> workmanship: all materials, equipment <strong>and</strong> parts comprising<br />

<strong>the</strong> units specified herein shall be new <strong>and</strong> unused, <strong>of</strong> current manufacture<br />

<strong>and</strong> <strong>of</strong> highest grade.<br />

2. The diesel generator sets shall be furnished complete with all necessary parts<br />

<strong>and</strong> equipment whe<strong>the</strong>r specifically called for herein or not, to provide for<br />

starting, operating <strong>and</strong> shutting down units.<br />

3. Manufacturer: <strong>the</strong> engine, generator <strong>and</strong> all major items <strong>of</strong> auxiliary<br />

equipment shall be by manufacturers currently engaged in <strong>the</strong> production <strong>of</strong><br />

such equipment, <strong>the</strong> unit shall be factory assembled <strong>and</strong> tested by <strong>the</strong> entire<br />

manufacturer <strong>and</strong> shipped to <strong>the</strong> job site by his authorized dealer having a<br />

parts <strong>and</strong> service facility in <strong>the</strong> area.<br />

1-4 System <strong>of</strong> Operation<br />

Any electric failure lasting for 15 seconds or more in duration shall immediately signal<br />

<strong>the</strong> ATS, ATS shall simultaneously signal <strong>the</strong> automatic <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong> by generator,<br />

which shall run up to speed, synchronize <strong>and</strong> switch in to feed <strong>the</strong> emergency loads.<br />

Upon restoration <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> main incoming supply, <strong>the</strong> ATS shall reverse to its normal<br />

closed position to carry <strong>the</strong> st<strong>and</strong> by generator to a cool down condition for at least 15<br />

minutes (adjustable) to automatically shut down.<br />

Under transient conditions, <strong>the</strong> governor shall have <strong>the</strong> capacity <strong>of</strong> restoring frequency<br />

within <strong>the</strong> limits as specified under <strong>the</strong> general technical requirements.<br />

1-5 Automatic Transfer Switch (ATS)<br />

ATS shall be on automatic mode with manual mode possibility. The ATS shall contain<br />

two No. 4-pole contactors manually <strong>and</strong> fully interlocked or two No.4-pole changes<br />

over switches for changing over from mains supply to emergency supply; both supply<br />

cables shall enter <strong>the</strong> cubicle via no-load isolators. The option <strong>of</strong> zero position shall be<br />

included in <strong>the</strong> change over switch. The change over switch shall include <strong>the</strong> control<br />

logic panel, which utilizes solid state sensing to initiate emergency modes.<br />

1-6 Acoustic Control<br />

Noise criteria shall not be more than 55db at 10 meters away from generator when <strong>the</strong><br />

set is operated at full load.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 154 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-7 Diesel Fuel Oil System<br />

All engine-mounted equipment, filters, pumps, piping, valves control required for <strong>the</strong><br />

automatic <strong>and</strong> proper functioning <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> diesel engine shall be furnished as part <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong><br />

engine.<br />

1-8 Engine Instruments Panel<br />

The following instrument shall be mounted in <strong>the</strong> instrument panel <strong>and</strong> shall be clearly<br />

labeled:<br />

1. Pressure gauge, fuel oil.<br />

2. Pressure gauge, lubricating oil.<br />

3. Temperature indicator, cooling water in.<br />

4. Temperature indicator, cooling water out.<br />

5. Temperature indicator, lubricating oil in.<br />

6. Temperature indicator, lubricating oil out.<br />

7. Thermometer exhausts gas temperature.<br />

1-9 Exhaust System<br />

All pipe work associated with <strong>the</strong> exhaust system shall be mild steel with a thickness not<br />

less than 5.4mm, rust pro<strong>of</strong>ed internally <strong>and</strong> externally. Joints between pipe works <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>the</strong> silencer <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> flexible coupling shall be flanged.<br />

1-10 Engine Alarm System<br />

The engine <strong>and</strong> engine instrument panel shall be furnished completely <strong>and</strong> wired with<br />

all alarm <strong>and</strong> safety circuits for <strong>the</strong> operation <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> unit <strong>and</strong> <strong>the</strong> control panel shall<br />

include a fire alarm indication.<br />

1-11 Tests<br />

1. Factory Tests<br />

The set shall be tested at <strong>the</strong> factory for acceptance prior to delivery at no additional<br />

cost to <strong>the</strong> employer. Tests shall be performed in accordance with applicable DIN,<br />

VDI, VDE, Transient Voltage, frequencies, <strong>and</strong> temperature to be recorded during<br />

all tests.<br />

2. Field Test<br />

Following <strong>the</strong> complete installation <strong>of</strong> unit, field <strong>and</strong> operational tests shall be<br />

conducted under <strong>the</strong> supervision <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> manufacturer’s technical representative. The<br />

contractor shall provide <strong>and</strong> supply all instruments, labor, test loads required for <strong>the</strong><br />

test including fuel <strong>and</strong> lubricating oils.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 155 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

SECTION 8<br />

LOW VOLTAGE AC INDUCTION MOTORS<br />

PART 1 GENERAL<br />

1-1 RELATED SECTIONS<br />

A. This section applies only when referenced by a motor-driven equipment<br />

specification. Application, horsepower, enclosure type, mounting, shaft type,<br />

synchronous speed, <strong>and</strong> any deviations from this section will be listed in <strong>the</strong><br />

equipment specification. Where such deviations occur, <strong>the</strong>y shall take<br />

precedence over this section.<br />

1-2 REFERENCES<br />

A. The following is a list <strong>of</strong> st<strong>and</strong>ards which may be referenced in this section:<br />

1. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (ABMA):<br />

a. 9, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings.<br />

b. 11, Load Ratings <strong>and</strong> Fatigue Life for Roller Bearings.<br />

2. Institute <strong>of</strong> Electrical <strong>and</strong> Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE):<br />

a. 85, Test Procedure for Airborne Sound Measurements on Rotating<br />

Electric Machinery.<br />

b. 112, St<strong>and</strong>ard Test Procedures for Polyphase Induction Motors <strong>and</strong><br />

Generators.<br />

c. 114, St<strong>and</strong>ard Test Procedures for Single-Phase Induction Motors.<br />

d. 620, Guide for <strong>the</strong> Presentation <strong>of</strong> Thermal Limit Curves for Squirrel<br />

Cage Induction Motors.<br />

e. 841, St<strong>and</strong>ard for Petroleum <strong>and</strong> Chemical Industry – Severe Duty<br />

Totally Enclosed Fan-Cooled (TEFC) Squirrel Cage Induction<br />

Motors – up to <strong>and</strong> Including 500 hp.<br />

3. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA):<br />

a. 250, Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1,000 Volts Maximum).<br />

b. C50.41, Polyphase Induction Motors for Power Generating Stations.<br />

c. MG 1, Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators.<br />

d. MG 13, Frame Assignments for Alternating Current Integral<br />

Horsepower Induction Motors.<br />

4. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA): 70, National<br />

Electrical Code. (NEC)<br />

5. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):<br />

a. 1, Flexible Metal Conduit.<br />

b. 674, St<strong>and</strong>ard for Safety Electric Motors <strong>and</strong> Generators for use in<br />

Division 1 Hazardous (Classified)<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 156 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1-3 SUBMITTALS<br />

A. Action Submittals:<br />

1. Descriptive information.<br />

2. Nameplate data in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />

3. Additional Rating Information:<br />

a. Service factor.<br />

b. Locked rotor current.<br />

c. No load current.<br />

d. Guaranteed minimum full load efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor.<br />

4. Enclosure type <strong>and</strong> mounting (e.g. horizontal, vertical).<br />

5. Dimensions <strong>and</strong> total weight.<br />

6. Conduit box dimensions <strong>and</strong> usable volume as defined in NEMA MG 1 <strong>and</strong><br />

NFPA 70.<br />

7. Bearing type.<br />

8. Bearing lubrication.<br />

9. Bearing life.<br />

10. Description, ratings, <strong>and</strong> wiring diagram <strong>of</strong> motor <strong>the</strong>rmal protection.<br />

11. Motor sound power level in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />

12. Maximum brake horsepower required by <strong>the</strong> equipment driven by <strong>the</strong> motor.<br />

B. Informational Submittals:<br />

1. Factory test reports.<br />

2. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />

3. Operation <strong>and</strong> Maintenance Data: As specified in Section 01430, Operation <strong>and</strong><br />

Maintenance<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 157 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

PART 2 PRODUCTS<br />

2-1 MANUFACTURERS<br />

A. General Electric.<br />

B. Reliance Electric.<br />

C. MagneTek.<br />

D. Siemens Energy <strong>and</strong> Automation, Inc., Motors <strong>and</strong> Drives Division.<br />

E. Baldor.<br />

F. U.S. Electrical Motors.<br />

G. TECO-Westinghouse Motor Co.<br />

H. Toshiba International Corp., Industrial Division.<br />

I. WEG Electric Motors Corp.<br />

2-2 GENERAL<br />

A. For multiple units <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> same type <strong>of</strong> equipment, furnish identical motors <strong>and</strong><br />

accessories <strong>of</strong> a single manufacturer.<br />

B. In order to obtain single source responsibility, utilize a single supplier to provide a<br />

drive motor, its driven equipment, <strong>and</strong> specified motor accessories.<br />

C. Meet requirements <strong>of</strong> NEMA MG 1.<br />

D. Frame assignments in accordance with NEMA MG 13.<br />

E. Provide motors for hazardous (classified) locations that conform to UL 674 <strong>and</strong><br />

have an applied UL listing mark.<br />

F. Motors shall be specifically designed for <strong>the</strong> use <strong>and</strong> conditions intended, with a<br />

NEMA design letter classification to fit <strong>the</strong> application.<br />

G. Lifting lugs on all motors weighing 100 pounds or more.<br />

H. Operating Conditions:<br />

1. Maximum ambient temperature not greater than 40 degrees C.<br />

2. Motors shall be suitable for operating conditions without any reduction being<br />

required in <strong>the</strong> nameplate rated horsepower or exceeding <strong>the</strong> rated temperature<br />

rise.<br />

3. Overspeed in ei<strong>the</strong>r direction in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />

2-3 HORSEPOWER RATING<br />

A. As designated in motor-driven equipment specifications.<br />

B. Constant Speed Applications: Brake horsepower <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> driven equipment at any<br />

operating condition not to exceed motor nameplate horsepower rating, excluding<br />

any service factor.<br />

2-4 SERVICE FACTOR<br />

1.15 minimum at rated ambient temperature, unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated.<br />

2-5 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY RATING<br />

A. System Frequency: 60-Hz.<br />

B. Voltage Rating: Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated in motor-driven equipment<br />

specifications:<br />

Size Voltage Phases<br />

1/2 hp <strong>and</strong> smaller 230 1<br />

3/4 hp through 400 hp 400 3<br />

C. Suitable for full voltage starting.<br />

D. Suitable for accelerating <strong>the</strong> connected load with supply voltage at motor starter supply<br />

terminals dipping to 90 percent <strong>of</strong> motor rated voltage.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 158 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2-6 EFFICIENCY AND POWER FACTOR<br />

For all motors except single-phase, under 1 horsepower, multispeed, short-time rated<br />

<strong>and</strong> submersible motors, or motors driving gates, valves, elevators, cranes, trolleys,<br />

<strong>and</strong> hoists:<br />

1. Efficiency:<br />

a. Tested in accordance with NEMA MG ,.<br />

b. Guaranteed minimum at full load in accordance with as indicated in motordriven<br />

equipment specifications.<br />

2. Power Factor: Guaranteed minimum at full load in accordance with Table 1 or as<br />

indicated in motor-driven equipment specifications<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 159 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2-7 LOCKED ROTOR RATINGS<br />

A. Locked rotor kVA Code F or lower, if motor horsepower not covered by<br />

NEMA MG 1 tables.<br />

B. Safe stall time 12 seconds or greater.<br />

2-8 INSULATION SYSTEMS<br />

A. Single-Phase, Fractional Horsepower Motors: Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard winding<br />

insulation system.<br />

B. Motors Rated Over 600 Volts: Sealed windings in accordance with<br />

NEMA MG 1.<br />

C. Three-Phase <strong>and</strong> Integral Horsepower Motors: Unless o<strong>the</strong>rwise indicated in<br />

motor-driven equipment specifications, Class B or Class F at nameplate<br />

horsepower <strong>and</strong> designated operating conditions, except EXP <strong>and</strong> DIP motors<br />

which must be Class B with Class B rise.<br />

2-9 ENCLOSURES<br />

A. Enclosures to conform to NEMA MG 1.<br />

B. 400 V, 3 pH motors to be <strong>of</strong> cast iron construction.<br />

C. TEFC <strong>and</strong> TENV: Furnish with a drain hole with porous drain/wea<strong>the</strong>r plug.<br />

D. Explosion-Pro<strong>of</strong> (EXP):<br />

1. TEFC listed to meet UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class I,<br />

Division 1, Group C <strong>and</strong> D hazardous locations.<br />

2. Drain holes with drain <strong>and</strong> brea<strong>the</strong>r fittings.<br />

3. Integral <strong>the</strong>rmostat opening on excessive motor temperature in accordance<br />

with UL 2111 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70.<br />

4. Terminate <strong>the</strong>rmostat leads in terminal box separate from main terminal box.<br />

E. Dust-Ignition-Pro<strong>of</strong> (DIP):<br />

1. TEFC listed to met UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class II,<br />

Division 1, Group E.<br />

2. Integral <strong>the</strong>rmostat opening on excessive motor temperature in accordance<br />

with UL 2111 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70.<br />

3. Thermostat leads to terminate in a terminal box separate from main terminal<br />

box.<br />

F. Submersible: In accordance with Article Special Motors.<br />

G. Chemical Industry, Severe-Duty (CISD-TEFC): In accordance with Article<br />

Special Motors.<br />

2-10 TERMINAL (CONDUIT) BOXES<br />

A. Oversize main terminal boxes for all motors.<br />

B. Diagonally split, rotatable to each <strong>of</strong> four 90-degree positions. Threaded hubs for<br />

conduit attachment.<br />

C. Except ODP, furnish gaskets between box halves <strong>and</strong> between box <strong>and</strong> motor<br />

frame.<br />

D. Minimum usable volume in percentage <strong>of</strong> that specified in NEMA MG 1,<br />

Section 1, Paragraph 4.19 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70, Article 430:<br />

E. Terminal for connection <strong>of</strong> equipment grounding wire in each terminal box.<br />

2-11 BEARINGS AND LUBRICATION<br />

A. Horizontal Motors:<br />

1. 3/4 Horsepower <strong>and</strong> Smaller: Permanently lubricated <strong>and</strong> sealed ball<br />

bearings, or regreasable ball bearings in labyrinth sealed end bells with<br />

removable grease relief plugs.<br />

2. 1 Through 400 Horsepower: Regreasable ball bearings in labyrinth sealed end<br />

bells with removable grease relief plugs.<br />

B. Vertical Motors:<br />

a. Thrust Bearings:<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 160 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

1. Antifriction bearing.<br />

2. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard lubrication 100 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />

3. Oil lubricated 125 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />

4. Minimum 50,000 hours L-10 bearing life.<br />

b. Guide Bearings:<br />

1. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard bearing type.<br />

2. Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard lubrication 200 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller.<br />

c. Regreasable Antifriction Bearings:<br />

1. Readily accessible, grease injection fittings.<br />

2. Readily accessible, removable grease relief plu<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 161 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

2-12 NOISE<br />

A. Measured in accordance with IEEE 85 <strong>and</strong> NEMA MG 1.<br />

B. Motors controlled by adjustable frequency drive systems shall not exceed sound<br />

levels <strong>of</strong> 3 dBA higher than NEMA MG 1.<br />

2-13 BALANCE AND VIBRATION CONTROL<br />

In accordance with NEMA MG 1, Part 7.<br />

2-14 EQUIPMENT FINISH<br />

A. Protect Motor for Service Conditions:<br />

Outdoor industrial atmospheres, including moisture <strong>and</strong> direct sunlight exposure.<br />

B. External Finish: Prime <strong>and</strong> finish coat manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

C. Internal Finish: Bore <strong>and</strong> end turns coated with clear polyester or epoxy varnish.<br />

2-15 SPECIAL FEATURES AND ACCESSORIES<br />

A. Screen Over Air Openings: Corrosion-resistant on motors with ODP, WPI,<br />

<strong>and</strong> WPII enclosures meeting requirements for Guarded Machine in NEMA MG 1,<br />

<strong>and</strong> attached with stainless steel screws.<br />

B. Nameplates:<br />

1. Raised or stamped letters on stainless steel or aluminum.<br />

2. Display motor data required by NEMA MG 1, Paragraph 10.39 <strong>and</strong><br />

Paragraph 10.40 in addition to bearing numbers for both bearings.<br />

3. Premium efficiency motor nameplates to also display NEMA nominal<br />

efficiency, guaranteed minimum efficiency, full load power factor, <strong>and</strong><br />

maximum allowable kVAR for power factor correction capacitors.<br />

C. Anchor Bolts: Provide anchor bolts meeting manufacturer’s recommendations <strong>and</strong><br />

<strong>of</strong> sufficient size <strong>and</strong> number for <strong>the</strong> specified seismic conditions.<br />

2-16 SPECIAL MOTORS<br />

A. Requirements in this article take precedence over conflicting features specified<br />

elsewhere in this section.<br />

B. Chemical Industry, Severe-Duty (CISD-TEFC):<br />

1. In accordance with IEEE 841.<br />

2. TEFC in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />

3. Suitable for indoor or outdoor installation in severe-duty applications<br />

including high humidity, chemical (corrosive), dirty, or salty atmospheres.<br />

4. Motor Frame, End Shields, Terminal Box, <strong>and</strong> Fan Cover: Cast iron.<br />

5. Ventilating Fan: Corrosion-resistant, nonsparking, external.<br />

6. Drain <strong>and</strong> Brea<strong>the</strong>r Fittings: Stainless steel.<br />

7. Nameplate: Stainless steel.<br />

8. Gaskets between terminal box halves <strong>and</strong> terminal box <strong>and</strong> motor frame.<br />

9. Extra slinger on rotor shaft to prevent moisture seepage along shaft into motor.<br />

10. Double shielded bearings.<br />

11. 125,000 hours minimum L-10 bearing life for direct-connected loads.<br />

12. External Finish: Double-coated epoxy enamel.<br />

13. Coated rotor <strong>and</strong> stator air gap surfaces.<br />

14. Insulation System, Windings, <strong>and</strong> Connections:<br />

a. Class F insulation, Class B rise or better at 1.0 service factor.<br />

b. Multiple dips <strong>and</strong> bakes <strong>of</strong> nonhygroscopic polyester varnish.<br />

15. Service Factor:<br />

a. At 40 Degrees C Ambient: 1.15.<br />

b. At 65 Degrees C Ambient: 1.00.<br />

16. Safe Stall Time Without Injurious Heating: 20 seconds minimum.<br />

C. Severe-Duty Explosion-Pro<strong>of</strong>: Meet requirements for EXP enclosures <strong>and</strong> CISD-<br />

TEFC motors.<br />

D. Severe-Duty, Dust-Ignition-Pro<strong>of</strong>: Meet requirements for DIP enclosures <strong>and</strong><br />

CISD-TEFC motors.<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 162 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

E. Submersible Pump Motor:<br />

1. Manufacturers:<br />

a. Reliance Electric.<br />

b. ITT Flygt Corp.<br />

2. At 100 Percent Load:<br />

Horsepower<br />

Submersible Pump Motors<br />

Guaranteed<br />

Minimum<br />

Efficiency<br />

Guaranteed<br />

Minimum<br />

Power Factor<br />

5 through 10 80 82<br />

10.1 through 50 85 82<br />

3. Insulation System: Manufacturer’s st<strong>and</strong>ard Class B or Class F.<br />

4. Motor capable <strong>of</strong> running dry continuously.<br />

5. Enclosure:<br />

a. Hermetically sealed, watertight, for continuous submergence up to<br />

65-foot depth.<br />

b. Listed to meet UL 674 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70 requirements for Class I,<br />

Division 1, Group D hazardous atmosphere.<br />

c. Seals: T<strong>and</strong>em mechanical.<br />

6. Bearing <strong>and</strong> Lubrication:<br />

a. Permanently sealed <strong>and</strong> lubricated, replaceable antifriction guide <strong>and</strong><br />

thrust bearings.<br />

b. Minimum 15,000 hours L-10 bearing life.<br />

7. Inrush kVA/horsepower no greater than NEMA MG 1 <strong>and</strong> NFPA 70, Code F.<br />

8. Winding <strong>the</strong>rmal protection, moisture detection, <strong>and</strong> bearing overtemperature<br />

specified above may be monitored by a single device providing two<br />

independent 120V ac contacts, one closing <strong>and</strong> one opening on malfunction.<br />

9. Connecting Cables:<br />

a. One cable containing power, control, <strong>and</strong> grounding conductors.<br />

b. Each cable suitable for hard service, submersible duty with watertight<br />

seal where cable enters motor.<br />

c. Length: 9.2 m (30 feet) minimum.<br />

d. UL 1 listed <strong>and</strong> sized in accordance with NFPA 70.<br />

F. Inclined Motors:<br />

1. Motors suitable for operation only in horizontal position not acceptable.<br />

2. Bearings designed for thrust imposed by driven equipment <strong>and</strong> by motor rotor<br />

when motor is in inclined position.<br />

3. Lubrication system designed to provide adequate bearing lubrication when<br />

motor is in inclined position.<br />

2-17 FACTORY TESTING<br />

A. Tests:<br />

1. In accordance with IEEE 112 for polyphase motors <strong>and</strong> IEEE 114 for singlephase<br />

motors.<br />

2. Routine (production) tests on all motors in accordance with NEMA MG 1.<br />

Test multispeed motors at all speeds.<br />

3. For energy efficient motors, test efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor at 50, 75, <strong>and</strong><br />

100 percent <strong>of</strong> rated horsepower:<br />

a. In accordance with IEEE 112, Test Method B, <strong>and</strong> NEMA MG 1,<br />

paragraph 12.59. <strong>and</strong> paragraph 12.60.<br />

b. On motors <strong>of</strong> 100 horsepower <strong>and</strong> smaller, furnish a certified copy <strong>of</strong> a<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 163 Electrical Works


<strong>Rehabilitation</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Expansion</strong> <strong>of</strong> <strong>the</strong> <strong>Existing</strong> WWTP in Jenin City<br />

Technical Specifications<br />

motor efficiency test report on an identical motor.<br />

B. Test Report Forms:<br />

1. Routine Tests: IEEE 112, Form A-1.<br />

2. Efficiency <strong>and</strong> power factor by Test Method B, IEEE 112, Form A-2, <strong>and</strong><br />

NEMA MG 1,Table 12-9 Table 12-11.]<br />

3. Temperature Test: IEEE 112, Form A-2.<br />

PART 3 EXECUTION<br />

3-1 INSTALLATION<br />

A. In accordance with manufacturer’s instructions <strong>and</strong> recommendations.<br />

B. Align motor carefully <strong>and</strong> properly with driven equipment.<br />

C. Secure equipment to mounting surface with anchor bolts.<br />

3-2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL<br />

Refer to Section 16080, Electrical Testing.<br />

3-3 MANUFACTURER’S SERVICES<br />

A. Furnish manufacturer’s representative at Site in accordance with Section 01640,<br />

Manufacturers’ Services, for installation assistance, inspection, equipment<br />

testing, <strong>and</strong> startup assistance for motors larger than horsepower.<br />

B. Manufacturer’s Certificate <strong>of</strong> Proper Installation.<br />

END OF SECTION<br />

Arabtech Jardaneh/Palestine 164 Electrical Works

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!